Recording Component (RC-I) User Manual

Transcription

1 Recrding Cmpnent (RC-I) User Manual 2011 On-Net Surveillance Systems Inc.

2 On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. One Blue Hill Plaza, 7 th Flr, PO Bx 1555 Pearl River, NY Phne: (845) Fax: (845) Web: RC-I7.0-OC2.0( ) Legal Ntice This prduct manual is intended fr general infrmatin purpses nly, and due care has been taken in its preparatin. Any risk arising frm the use f this infrmatin rests with the recipient, and nthing herein shuld be cnstrued as cnstituting any kind f warranty On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. OnSSI and the Eye lg are registered trademarks f On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. Ocularis, Ocularis Client, Ocularis Client Lite, Ocularis Vide Synpsis, NetEVS, NetDVMS, NetDVR, PrSight, NetGuard, NetGuard-EVS, NetSwitcher, NetMatrix, NetCentral, NetTransact, NetPDA and NetCell are trademarks f On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. All ther trademarks are prperty f their respective wners. ii

3 Table f Cntents Table f Cntents System & Requirements... 1 System Overview... 1 Several Targeted Cmpnents in One...1 Updates...1 Minimum System Requirements... 1 Administratr Rights... 3 Imprtant Prt Numbers... 3 Virus Scanning Infrmatin... 3 Time Server Recmmended... 4 Installatin... 5 Installatin... 5 Upgrade... 5 Upgrade frm a Previus Versin... 5 Getting Started... 8 Features... 8 Get Yur System Up and Running... 8 Access the Management Applicatin Use the Built-in Help System Navigating the Built-in Help System Printing Help Tpics Wizards Overview f Wizards Cnfiguratin & Prperties Archiving Extends Recrding Strage String Archives at Other Lcatins than the Default Archiving Directry Dynamic Path Selectin fr Archives Archiving Audi Different Drives: Autmatic Archiving if Database Drive Runs Out f Disk Space Same Drive: Autmatic Mving r Deletin f Archives if Running Out f Disk Space Archives Stred Lcally r n Netwrk Drives Exprted Archives Cnfigure Archiving Lcatins Cnfigure Archiving Schedules Audi Add Audi Surces Add Audi Surces Cnfigure Micrphnes Cnfigure Speakers Micrphne (Prperties) Speaker (Prperties) Cameras & Recrdings Add Cameras & Other Hardware Devices Cnfigure Vide & Recrding View Vide frm Cameras in Management Applicatin Cnfigure When Cameras Shuld D What Mnitr Strage Space Usage Database Resizing Disable r Delete Cameras Wizards Cnfigure Vide & Recrding Wizard Adjust Mtin Detectin Wizard General Recrding & Strage Prperties Recrding & Archiving Paths Dynamic Path Selectin Vide Recrding Manual Recrding Frame Rate - MJPEG Frame Rate - MPEG Audi Selectin Audi Recrding Strage Infrmatin Camera-Specific Prperties Camera On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. iii

4 Table f Cntents Frame Rate Vide Audi Recrding Settings Recrding & Archiving Paths Event Ntificatin Output Mtin Detectin & Exclude Regins PTZ Preset Psitins PTZ Patrlling PTZ n Event NetCentral Cnfigure NetCentral Cnnectins Prperties NetCentral Client Access t Surveillance System Cnfigure Server Access Prperties Server Access Lcal IP Ranges Language Supprt & XML Encding Cnfigure Ntificatins Cnfigure SMS (Mbile Text) Ntificatins Prperties: Ntificatins SMS Ntificatins Events, Input & Output Overview f Events, Input & Output Cnfigure General Event Handling Add a Hardware Input Event Add a Manual Event Add a Generic Event Test a Generic Event Add a Timer Event Add a Hardware Output Cnfigure Hardware Output n Event General Event Prperties Prts & Plling Event- & Output-Specific Prperties Hardware Input Event Manual Event Generic Event Timer Event Hardware Output Hardware Devices Add Hardware Devices Cnfigure Hardware Devices Use Dedicated Input/Output Devices Replace Hardware Devices Delete Hardware Devices Wizard Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Express Methd Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Advanced Methd Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Manual Methd Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Imprt frm CSV File Methd Cameras and Server Are Online Camera and Server Are Offline Optinal Parameters Replace Hardware Device Wizard Prperties: Name & Vide Channels Netwrk, Device Type & License PTZ Device Licenses Imprt DLKs (Device License Keys) Specify a New SLC (Sftware License Cde) Ocularis Base SLC Recrding Cmpnent (RC-I) SLC Lgging Overview f Lgs Cnfigure System, Event and Audit Lgging On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. iv

5 Table f Cntents Prperties: Lgs Management Applicatin Apply r Save Cnfiguratin Changes Change r Reset the Management Applicatin Behavir Cnfigure the Management Applicatin Passwrd Prtectin Master & Slave Servers Cnfigure Master and Slave Servers Prperties: Master and Slave Prperties Master Server Prperties Slave Server Prperties NetMatrix Vide Sharing Cnfigure NetMatrix Prperties: NetMatrix Recipients NetMatrix Event Cntrl Scheduling Cnfigure General Scheduling and Archiving Cnfigure Camera-specific Schedules General Scheduling Prperties Scheduling All Cameras Scheduling Optins Archiving Camera-specific Scheduling Prperties Online Perid Speedup Ntificatin SMS Ntificatin PTZ Patrlling Services Overview f Services Start & Stp Services System Cnfigure Default File Paths Find Versin & Plug-in Infrmatin System Restratin & Migratin Restre System Cnfiguratin frm a Restre Pint Exprt & Imprt System Cnfiguratin Imprt Changes t Cnfiguratin Daylight Savings Time Spring: Switch frm Standard Time t DST Fall: Switch frm DST t Standard Time Stability Imprvement Adding the 3 GB Switch Remving the 3 GB Switch Adding the 3 GB Switch Remving the /3GB Switch Prtect Recrding Databases frm Crruptin Users Overview f Users and Grups Cnfigure User Access Wizard Add Basic Users Add Windws Users Add User Grups Cnfigure User and Grup Rights User Infrmatin Grup Infrmatin General Access Camera Access Drivers Update Vide Device Drivers Hardware Driver IDs Clients & Ancillary Applicatins Ocularis Client NVR Dwnlad Manager Using the NVR Dwnlad Manager Initial Lk On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. v

6 Table f Cntents NVR Dwnlad Manager's Tree Structure Explained Installing New Features n Server Making New Features Available thrugh the Dwnlad Manager Recrding Server Manager Using the Recrding Server Manager NetMatrix Mnitr Intrductin OnSSI Viewer Intrductin Backup System Cnfiguratin Backup T Back Up: T Restre Yur Backed-up Cnfiguratin: Remval Entire System Remve Entire Surveillance System Individual Cmpnents Remve Installatin Files fr End-User Features Remve the NVR Dwnlad Manager Remve the Surveillance Server Sftware Remve Vide Device Drivers Clients Cnfiguratin Archiving Audi Audi Recrding Audi Selectin Camera Camera Access Dynamic Path Selectin Ntificatins Ntificatin Event Ntificatin Frame Rate - MJPEG Frame Rate - MPEG Frame Rate General Access Generic Event Grup Infrmatin Hardware Input Event Hardware Output Language Supprt & XML Encding Lcal IP Ranges Lgs Manual Event Manual Recrding Master and Slave Prperties Master Server Prperties Slave Server Prperties Micrphne (Prperties) Mtin Detectin & Exclude Regins Name & Vide Channels NetCentral NetMatrix Event Cntrl NetMatrix Recipients Netwrk, Device Type & License Online Perid Output Prts & Plling PTZ Device PTZ n Event PTZ Patrlling PTZ Patrlling PTZ Preset Psitins Recrding & Archiving Paths Recrding & Archiving Paths Recrding Settings Scheduling All Cameras Scheduling Optins Server Access On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. vi

7 Table f Cntents SMS Ntificatins SMS Ntificatin Speaker (Prperties) Speedup Strage Infrmatin Timer Event User Infrmatin Vide Vide Recrding Wizards Intrs Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Advanced Methd Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Express Methd Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Imprt frm CSV File Methd Cameras and Server Are Online Camera and Server Are Offline Optinal Parameters Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Manual Methd Adjust Mtin Detectin Wizard Cnfigure User Access Wizard Cnfigure Vide & Recrding Wizard Replace Hardware Device Wizard Pages Overview f Wizards Add a Generic Event Test a Generic Event Add a Hardware Input Event Add a Hardware Output Add a Manual Event Add a Timer Event Add Audi Surces Add Basic Users Add Cameras & Other Hardware Devices Add Hardware Devices Add User Grups Add Windws Users Apply r Save Cnfiguratin Changes Archiving Extends Recrding Strage String Archives at Other Lcatins than the Default Archiving Directry Dynamic Path Selectin fr Archives Archiving Audi Different Drives: Autmatic Archiving if Database Drive Runs Out f Disk Space Same Drive: Autmatic Mving r Deletin f Archives if Running Out f Disk Space Archives Stred Lcally r n Netwrk Drives Exprted Archives Change r Reset the Management Applicatin Behavir Cnfigure Archiving Lcatins Cnfigure Archiving Schedules Cnfigure Camera-specific Schedules Cnfigure Default File Paths Cnfigure Ntificatins Cnfigure General Event Handling Cnfigure General Scheduling and Archiving Cnfigure Hardware Devices Cnfigure Hardware Output n Event Cnfigure the Management Applicatin Passwrd Prtectin Cnfigure Master and Slave Servers Cnfigure Micrphnes Cnfigure NetCentral Cnnectins Cnfigure NetMatrix Cnfigure Server Access Cnfigure SMS (Mbile Text) Ntificatins Cnfigure Speakers Cnfigure System, Event and Audit Lgging Cnfigure User and Grup Rights Cnfigure Vide & Recrding Cnfigure When Cameras Shuld D What Database Resizing Delete Hardware Devices On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. vii

8 Table f Cntents Disable r Delete Cameras Exprt & Imprt System Cnfiguratin Imprt Changes t Cnfiguratin Imprt DLKs (Device License Keys) Mnitr Strage Space Usage Overview f Events, Input & Output Overview f Lgs Overview f Services Overview f Users and Grups Replace Hardware Devices Restre System Cnfiguratin frm a Restre Pint Specify a New SLC (Sftware License Cde) Start & Stp Services Use Dedicated Input/Output Devices View Vide frm Cameras in Management Applicatin Cntact Infrmatin On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. viii

9 System & Requirements System & Requirements System Overview The RC-I recrding cmpnent prvides a state-f-the-art IP vide surveillance system, supprting the widest chice f netwrk cameras and vide encders, with the equipment cnnected t an ffice LAN r ther TCP/IP netwrk, such as the internet. RC-I handles an unlimited number f cameras (up t 64 simultaneusly used cameras per server), multiple servers and multiple sites. It is a tp perfrmance slutin, well suited t the sphisticated high-end f the security market. The RC-I recrder is: Cmpatible with a wide range f different IP vide prducts frm the leading manufacturers, s yu chse the hardware yu want in cmbinatins t Dependable; with rbust and stable perfrmance prven in peratin n thusands f cameras wrldwide Flexible; with remte access features that let yu use the surveillance system frm any place and at any time Scalable; with pen architecture based n IP technlgy with nging develpment and regular updates, which gives yu lng-term returns n yur surveillance investment Future-safe; the IP netwrk apprach is the fundatin fr tmrrw available tday Several Targeted Cmpnents in One RC-I cnsists f a number f cmpnents, each targeted at specific tasks and user types: The Management Applicatin: The applicatin used by surveillance system administratrs fr cnfiguring the RC-I surveillance system server, upn installatin r whenever cnfiguratin adjustments are required, fr example when adding new cameras r users t the system. The Recrding Server service: A vital part f the surveillance system; vide streams are nly transferred t the recrder while the Recrding Server service is running. The Recrding Server service is autmatically installed and runs in the backgrund n the RC-I surveillance system server. Yu can manage the service thrugh the RC-I Management Applicatin. The Image Server service: Handles access t the surveillance system fr users lgging in with clients. The Image Server service is autmatically installed and runs in the backgrund n the RC-I surveillance system server. Yu can manage the service thrugh the Management Applicatin. The Dwnlad Manager: Lets yu manage which NVR related features yur rganizatin's users will be able t access frm a targeted welcme page n the surveillance system server. The Ocularis Client: The Ocularis Client let users view live vide, play back recrded vide, activate utput, print and exprt evidence, etc. The feature-rich Ocularis Client shuld always be dwnladed and installed n remte users' cmputers. Updates On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. regularly releases service updates fr ur prducts, ffering imprved functinality and supprt fr new devices. If yu are a surveillance system administratr, it is recmmended that yu check fr updates at regular intervals in rder t make sure yu are using the mst recent versin f yur surveillance sftware. Minimum System Requirements The fllwing are minimum system requirements fr running RC-I and assciated applicatins. We always suggest visiting the On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. website, fr the mst recent system perfrmance parameters. Tip: DirectX is a sftware requirement fr several f the cmpnents listed in the fllwing. T check which DirectX versin is installed n a cmputer, click Start, select Run..., and type dxdiag. When yu click OK, the DirectX Diagnstic On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 1

10 System & Requirements Tl windw will pen; versin infrmatin is displayed near the bttm f its System tab. Shuld the server require a DirectX update, the latest versins f DirectX are available frm RC-I Server Operating System CPU RAM Netwrk Hard Disk Type Hard Disk Space Sftware Micrsft Windws Server 2003 (32 bit r 64 bit*), Windws Server 2008 R1/R2 (32 bit r 64 bit*). Intel Pentium 4, 2.4 GHz r higher (Cre TM 2 recmmended). Minimum 2 GB. Ethernet (1 Gbit recmmended). E-IDE, PATA, SATA, SCSI, SAS (7200 RPM r faster). Minimum 1 GB free hard disk space available, excluding space needed fr recrdings. Micrsft.NET 3.5 Framewrk Service Pack 1 r newer. DirectX 9.0 * Running as a 32 bit service/applicatin. Ocularis Client Operating System CPU RAM Graphics Adapter Sftware Micrsft Windws XP Prfessinal, Windws Vista Business, Ultimate, Enterprise (32 bit r 64 bit), Windws 7 Prfessinal, Ultimate, Enterprise (32 bit r 64 bit). Intel Cre2 Du, minimum 2.4 GHz r higher (mre pwerful CPU recmmended when running high number f cameras and multiple views and displays). Minimum 2 GB (higher RAM recmmended when running high number f cameras and multiple views and displays). PCI-Express, minimum 256 MB RAM, Direct 3D supprted. Micrsft.NET 3.0 Framewrk Service, DirectX 9.0 r newer. NetMatrix Mnitr NetMatrix Mnitr is a dedicated applicatin fr viewing NetMatrix-triggered vide frm the RC-I surveillance system. Apart frm a few features that are unique t the NetMatrix Mnitr, the Ocularis Client ffers nearidentical pssibilities fr viewing NetMatrix-triggered vide. Operating System Micrsft Windws XP Prfessinal (32 bit r 64 bit*) and Windws Server 2003 (32 bit r 64 bit*), Windws Vista Business (32 bit r 64 bit*), Windws Vista Enterprise (32 bit r 64 bit*) and Windws Vista Ultimate (32 bit r 64 bit*). CPU RAM Netwrk Graphics Adapter Hard Disk Space Sftware Intel Pentium 4, 2.4 GHz r higher. Minimum 512 MB (1 GB recmmended n Micrsft Windws Vista). Ethernet (100 Mbit r higher recmmended). AAGP r PCI-Express, minimum 1024 x 768, 16 bit clrs. Minimum 50 MB free. DirectX 9.0 r newer * Running as a 32 bit service/applicatin. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 2

11 System & Requirements Administratr Rights When yu install it is imprtant that yu have administratr rights n the cmputer that will run. If yu nly have standard user rights, yu will nt be able t cnfigure the surveillance system. Cnsult yur IT system administratr if in dubt abut yur rights. Imprtant Prt Numbers RC-I uses particular prts when cmmunicating with ther cmputers, cameras, etc. What is a prt? A prt is a lgical endpint fr data traffic. Netwrks use different prts fr different types f data traffic. Therefre it is smetimes, but nt always, necessary t specify which prt t use fr particular data cmmunicatin. Mst prts are used autmatically based n the types f data included in the cmmunicatin. On TCP/IP netwrks, prt numbers range frm 0 t 65536, but nly prts 0 t 1024 are reserved fr particular purpses. Fr example, prt 80 is used fr HTTP traffic when viewing web pages. When using RC-I, make sure that the fllwing prts are pen fr data traffic n yur netwrk: Prt 20 and 21 (inbund and utbund): Used fr FTP traffic. FTP (File Transfer Prtcl) is a standard fr exchanging files acrss netwrks. FTP uses the TCP/IP standards fr data transfer, and is ften used fr uplading r dwnlading files t and frm servers. Prt 25 (inbund and utbund): Used fr SMTP traffic. SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Prtcl) is a standard fr sending messages between servers. This prt shuld be pen since, depending n cnfiguratin, sme cameras may send images t the surveillance system server via . Prt 80 (inbund and utbund): Used fr HTTP traffic between the surveillance server and cameras, Ocularis Client, and the default cmmunicatin prt fr the surveillance system's Image Server service. HTTP (HyperText Transfer Prtcl) is a standard fr exchanging files acrss netwrks; widely used fr frmatting and transmissin f data n the wrld wide web. Prt 554 (inbund and utbund): Used fr RSTP (Real-time Streaming Prtcl) traffic in cnnectin with H.264 vide streaming. Prt 1024 and abve (utbund nly): Used fr HTTP traffic between cameras and the surveillance server. Prt 1234 (inbund and utbund): Used fr event handling. Prt 1237 (inbund and utbund): Used fr cmmunicatin with the NetCentral add-n prduct (if used by yur rganizatin) Prt 7008: Used fr Push Vide cmmunicatin with Ocularis Base. Any ther prt numbers yu may have selected t use, fr example if yu have changed the server access prt frm its default prt number (80) t anther prt number. Cnsult the administratr f yur rganizatin's firewall if in dubt abut hw t pen prts fr traffic. Virus Scanning Infrmatin Virus scanning n the RC-I server, and cmputers t which data is archived shuld, if pssible, be avided: If yu are using virus scanning sftware n the RC-I server, r n a cmputer t which data is archived, it is likely that the virus scanning will use a cnsiderable amunt f system resurces n scanning all the data which is being archived. This may affect system perfrmance negatively. Als, virus scanning sftware may temprarily lck each file it scans, which may further impact system perfrmance negatively. Likewise, virus scanning sftware n the RC-I server is likely t use a cnsiderable amunt f system resurces n scanning data used by the Dwnlad Manager. If allwed in yur rganizatin, yu shuld therefre disable any virus scanning f affected areas (such as camera databases, etc.) n the RC-I server as well as n any archiving destinatins. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 3

12 System & Requirements Time Server Recmmended All images are time-stamped by upn receptin, but since cameras are separate units which may have separate timing devices, pwer supplies, etc., camera time and system time may nt crrespnd fully, and this may ccasinally lead t cnfusin. If supprted by yur cameras, we recmmend yu aut-synchrnize camera and system time thrugh a time server fr cnsistent synchrnizatin. Fr infrmatin abut cnfiguring a time server searching fr time server, time service, r similar. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 4

13 Installatin Installatin Installatin D nt install RC-I n a munted drive (that is a drive attached t an empty flder n an NTFS (NT File System) vlume, with a label r name instead f a drive letter). If using munted drives, critical system features may nt wrk as intended; yu will, fr example, nt receive any warnings if the system runs ut f disk space. Prerequisites: Shut dwn any existing surveillance sftware. If upgrading, read Upgrade frm a Previus Versin first. 1. Insert the RC-I sftware DVD, wait fr a shrt while, click the RC-I installatin link, then select required language. Alternatively, if yu are installing a versin dwnladed frm the internet, run the dwnladed installatin file frm the lcatin yu have saved it t. Depending n yur security settings, yu may receive ne r mre security warnings (such as D yu want t run r save this file?, D yu want t run this sftware? r similar). When this is the case, click the Run buttn. 2. When the installatin wizard starts, click Next t cntinue. 3. Read and accept the End User License Agreement, then click Next. 4. If an earlier RC-I versin r NetDVR versin 6.0a r later is present n the server, yu will be asked t accept that it is autmatically remved during installatin f the new versin. The autmatic remval will nt delete any existing recrdings r cnfiguratin. If asked, we recmmend answering Yes, since this will ensure that ld versins will nt interfere with yur new versin. NetDVR versins earlier than 6.0 must be remved manually befre installing RC-I. 5. Select Typical installatin (advanced users may select Custm installatin, and chse which features t install and where t install them). 6. Select Install licensed versin. Specify yur user name, rganizatin, and Sftware License Cde (SLC). When ready, click Next. 7. Click the Install buttn t begin the sftware installatin. During the prcess, all the necessary cmpnents will be installed ne after the ther. 8. Click Finish n the last step t cmplete the installatin. If a Status Infrmatin windw appears n yur screen during installatin, simply click its OK buttn. The windw simply prvides a summary f yur installatin. When installatin is cmplete, yu can begin cnfiguring RC-I thrugh its Management Applicatin: Duble-click the Management Applicatin desktp shrtcut r select Start > All Prgrams > OnSSI > Management Applicatin. See mre under Get Yur System Up & Running. Upgrade Upgrade frm a Previus Versin Upgrading RC-I is an easy task, and yu need nt wrry abut spending hurs recnfiguring yur sftware. The fllwing infrmatin applies if upgrading frm ne RC-I versin t anther as well as if upgrading t RC-I frm NetDVR r PrSight-SMB. Prerequisites Take nte f yur SLC (Sftware License Cde). The SLC will change when the sftware versin number changes. If yur SLC has changed, s have yur DLKs (Device License Keys). Yu get DLKs (Device License Keys) upn request. Once apprved, all yur DLKs are sent t yu as a single.dlk file attached t an On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 5

14 Installatin . When yu have installed the new versin f RC-I, yu shuld imprt the new DLK file as described later. Back Up Yur Current Cnfiguratin When yu install a new versin f RC-I, it will inherit the cnfiguratin frm yur ld versin. Hwever, we recmmend that yu make regular backups f yur server cnfiguratin as a disaster recvery measure. Upgrading yur server is n exceptin. While it is rare t lse yur cnfiguratin (cameras, schedules, views, etc), it can happen under unfrtunate circumstances. Luckily, it takes nly a minute t back up yur existing cnfiguratin: The fllwing describes a backup f NetDVR versins 6.5x and earlier, which is mst likely needed when upgrading t RC-I versin 7.0. If yu need infrmatin abut hw t back up yur RC-I 7.0 cnfiguratin, see Back Up System Cnfiguratin. 1. Create a flder called Backup n a netwrk drive, r n remvable media. 2. On the RC-I server, pen My Cmputer, and navigate t C:\Prgram Files\OnSSI\NetDVR. 3. Cpy the fllwing files and flders int yur Backup flder: All cnfiguratin (.ini) files All scheduling (.sch) files The file users.txt (nly present in a few installatins) Flders with a name ending in...viewgrups Nte that sme f the files/flders may nt exist if upgrading frm ld sftware versins. Remve the Current Versin In mst cases, yu d nt need t manually remve the ld versin f RC-I befre yu install a new versin. The ld versin is remved when yu install the new versin. Nte, hwever, that when upgrading frm NetDVR versins earlier than 6.0, this sftware must be remved manually befre installing the new versin f RC-I. Install the New Versin Run the installatin file fr the new sftware versin. Select the installatin ptins that best fit yur needs. Imprt New DLKs 1. Open the Management Applicatin. 2. In the Management Applicatin's File menu, select Imprt DLKs Brwse t the lcatin at which yu have saved the received.dlk file, select the file, and click Open. All the new DLKs are nw imprted int RC-I. Restre a Cnfiguratin Backup (if Required) If fr sme reasn after installing the new sftware versin yu have lst yur cnfiguratin, yu can easily restre yur cnfiguratin, prvided yu have fllwed the previus instructins. Cnfiguratin is stred in a unique frmat in RC-I 7.0, s yur ld cnfiguratin will have t be cnverted t the new frmat befre yu can use it. 1. Clse the Management Applicatin if it is pen. 2. Make sure the flder C:\Prgram Files\OnSSI\Recrders\CnfiguratinBackup\ exists, and that it cntains the.ini and.sch files frm yur ld cnfiguratin. Make sure the RC-I installatin flder cntains a flder named CnfiguratinBackup, and that the flder cntains the.ini and.sch files frm yur ld cnfiguratin. If nt, create the flder, and cpy yur backed-up cnfiguratin files int the flder. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 6

15 Installatin 3. In Windws Start menu, select Run 4. Type cmd and click OK. 5. In the cmmand line windw, type the fllwing: Then press ENTER. 6. Clse the cmmand line windw. 7. Open the Management Applicatin again. C:\Prgram Files\OnSSI\Recrders\CnfiguratinUpgrader.exe Tip: Once the cnfiguratin has been cnverted, yur entire cnfiguratin will be cntained in a single file. When yu later want t back up yur cnfiguratin, yu can simply make a cpy f the file cnfiguratin.xml, typically lcated in C:\Dcuments and Settings\All Users\Applicatin Data\OnSSI\Recrders\ if running Windws XP r C:\PrgramData\OnSSI\Recrders\ if running Windws Vista. When yu later want t back up yur cnfiguratin, yu can simply make a cpy f the file cnfiguratin.xml, typically lcated in a flder under C:\Dcuments and Settings\All Users\Applicatin Data\ if running Windws XP r C:\PrgramData\ if running Windws Vista. Upgrade Vide Device Drivers Vide device drivers are small prgrams used fr cntrlling/cmmunicating with the hardware devices cnnected t a RC-I system. Vide device drivers are installed autmatically during the installatin f yur RC-I system. Hwever, new versins f the vide device drivers als called Device Packs are released and made available fr frm time t time. We therefre recmmend that yu regularly visit the OnSSI website (lk under Supprt > Dwnlads, Dems, Manuals, Tutrials & White Papers) and dwnlad the latest Device Pack. When updating vide device drivers, there is n need t remve the ld vide device drivers first; simply install the latest versin n tp f any ld versin yu may have. Fr detailed infrmatin, see Update Vide Device Drivers. Upgrade Ocularis Clients Ocularis Client users shuld remve their ld Ocularis Client versins and install the new ne: 1. On the required cmputers, pen a brwser and cnnect t RC-I at the fllwing address: address r hstname f server]:[prt number; default is 80] Example: 2. Frm the welcme page that appears, dwnlad and install the latest Ocularis Client versin. The installatin wizard will prmpt yu t uninstall any lder versins it may find. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 7

16 Getting Started Getting Started Features RC-I 7.0 has many features: Single Management Applicatin. A single Management Applicatin has a mdern lk and an intuitive and cnsistent gruping f features. Wizard-driven cnfiguratin guides yu thrugh cmmn RC-I tasks, such as adding f hardware devices and cameras t the system. Detailed cnfiguratin, withut wizards, is f curse als pssible. Multi-instance cnfiguratin thrugh templates r quickly editable summaries lets yu cnfigure multiple cameras, events, users, etc. in ne step. N separate Image Server Administratr applicatin; all management f users, rights, etc. takes place directly in the Management Applicatin. Amng the less nticeable yet imprtant features yu will find that: Archiving takes place autmatically; See Archiving Extends Recrding Strage. Yu can view live vide in the Management Applicatin; See View Vide frm Cameras in Management Applicatin. Yu can cntrl all surveillance services in the Management Applicatin. See Overview f Services. Cnfiguratin is stred as XML. Yur existing cnfiguratin is autmatically cnverted t the new frmat if yu upgrade frm a previus versin. Cnfiguratin restre pints let yu quickly return t a previus cnfiguratin state. See Restre System Cnfiguratin frm Restre Pint. Yu can exprt and imprt cnfiguratins, fr example if installing many similar RC-I systems. See Exprt & Imprt System Cnfiguratin and Imprt Changes t Cnfiguratin. Get Yur System Up and Running The fllwing utlines the tasks typically invlved in setting up a wrking RC-I system. Nte that althugh infrmatin is presented as a checklist, a cmpleted checklist des nt in itself guarantee that the system will match the exact needs f yur rganizatin. T make the system match the needs f yur rganizatin, it is highly recmmended that yu mnitr and adjust the system nce it is running. Fr example, it is ften a very gd idea t spend time n testing and adjusting the mtin detectin sensitivity settings fr individual cameras under different physical cnditins (day/night, windy/calm, etc.) nce the system is running. The setup f events and assciated actins typically als depends entirely n yur rganizatin s needs. Verify Initial Cnfiguratin f Cameras and ther Hardware Devices Befre ding anything n RC-I, make sure the hardware devices (cameras, vide encders, etc.) yu are ging t use are crrectly installed and cnfigured with IP addresses, passwrds, etc. as specified by the manufacturers. Such initial cnfiguratin is required in rder t be able t cnnect the devices t the netwrk and RC-I. Register Yur RC-I Sftware and Get DLKs Yu must register yur sftware and get a Device License Key (DLK) fr every device (cameras, etc.) yu are ging t use n yur RC-I system. Upn request, all yur DLKs are sent t yu as a single.dlk file attached t an . G t and click the Device Registratin link in the Supprt sectin. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 8

17 Getting Started Fill ut the Sftware Registratin and Device License Keys frm. Click Send. When prcessed by OnSSI, yu will receive an with an attachment. Detach this.dlk file and prepare t imprt it int RC-I. Install the Recrding Cmpnent RC-I See Install Surveillance Server Sftware. If upgrading an existing versin f RC-I, see Upgrade frm a Previus Versin. Open the Management Applicatin See Access the Management Applicatin. Imprt Yur DLKs Nw it is time t imprt the Device License Keys int RC-I; see Imprt DLKs (Device License Keys). Add Hardware Devices in RC-I; RC-I can quickly scan yur netwrk fr relevant hardware devices (cameras, vide encders, etc.), and add them t yur system. See Add Hardware Devices. Cnfigure Cameras in RC-I Yu can specify a wide variety f settings fr each camera cnnected t yur RC-I system. Settings include vide frmat, reslutin, mtin detectin sensitivity, where t stre and archive recrdings, any PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zm) preset psitins, assciatin with micrphnes and speakers, etc. See Cnfigure Vide & Recrding Settings. What des... archive recrdings mean? Archiving an integrated and autmated feature helps yu stre recrdings beynd the capabilities f RC-I's standard database. Archiving thus maximizes strage capacity and minimizes risk. See Archiving Extends Recrding Strage. Cnfigure Events, Input & Output If required, system events, fr example based n input frm sensrs, etc., can be used fr autmatically triggering actins in RC-I. Examples f actins: starting r stpping recrding n cameras, switching t a particular vide frame rate, making PTZ cameras mve t specific preset psitins. Events can als be used fr activating hardware utput, such as lights r sirens. See Overview f Events, Input & Output. Cnfigure Scheduling When d yu want t archive? D yu want sme cameras t transfer vide t RC-I at all times, and ther cameras t transfer vide nly within specific perids f time, r when specific events ccur? With the scheduling feature, yu can specify this as well as when yu want t receive ntificatins frm the system. Fr PTZ cameras with patrlling (autmatic mvement between preset psitins), yu are furthermre able t specify use f specific patrlling prfiles fr specific perids f time. See Cnfigure General Scheduling & Archiving and Cnfigure Camera-specific Schedules. Cnfigure Users Nw specify an accunt fr whmever shuld be able t access yur RC-I system. D yu want passwrd prtectin fr the Management Applicatin? If required, yu can add users frm Active Directry, thus leveraging yur rganizatin's existing user data. See Quickly Add Users with Access t All Cameras, Add Individual Users, Add User Grups and Cnfigure User & Grup Rights. Install Ocularis Base Prceed with the installatin f all Ocularis cmpnents and license Ocularis Base. See the Ocularis Installatin and Licensing Guide available in the installatin package/dvd r frm Cnfigure Ocularis Base Launch the Ocularis Administratr applicatin t cnfigure Oculars Base. See the Ocularis Administratr's User Manual fr mre details. The abve list represents the cnfiguratin steps that mst administratrs are likely t cver. Additinal cnfiguratin is f curse likely, due t cntinued tweaking f system settings fr cameras and strage. Nte that the behavir f the Management Applicatin can be custmized. Descriptins here are, hwever, always based n the Management Applicatin's default behavir. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 9

18 Getting Started Access the Management Applicatin Access the Management Applicatin by duble-clicking the Management Applicatin desktp shrtcut. Alternatively, use Windws' Start menu: Start > All Prgrams > OnSSI > Management Applicatin. Depending n yur cnfiguratin, access t the Management Applicatin may be passwrd-prtected. Use the Built-in Help System T use RC-I's built-in help system, simply click the Help buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Alternatively, press the F1 key n yur keybard while using RC-I. The help system pens in a separate windw, allwing yu t easily switch between help and RC-I. The help system is cntext-sensitive. This means that when yu press F1 fr help while wrking in a particular RC-I dialg, the help system autmatically displays help matching that dialg. Navigating the Built-in Help System T navigate between the help system's cntents, simply use the help windw's tabs: Cntents, Search, Favrites and Glssary, r use the links inside the help tpics. Cntents Tab: Navigate the help system based n a tree structure. Many users will be familiar with this type f navigatin frm, fr example, Windws Explrer. Search Tab: Search fr help tpics cntaining particular terms f interest. Fr example, yu can search fr the term zm and every help tpic cntaining the term zm will be listed in the search results. Duble-clicking a help tpic title in the search results list will pen the required tpic. Favrites Tab: Build a list f yur favrite help tpics. Whenever yu find a help tpic f particular interest t yu, simply add the tpic t yur favrites list. Yu can then access the tpic with a single click als if yu clse the help windw and return t it later. Help tpics cntain varius types f links, ntably s-called expanding drp-dwn links. Clicking such a link will display detailed infrmatin immediately belw the link itself; the cntent n the tpic simply expands. Expanding drp-dwn links thus help save space. Tip: T quickly hide all texts frm expanding drp-dwn links in a help tpic, simply click the title f the tpic n the help system's Cntents tab. Printing Help Tpics T print a help tpic, navigate t the required tpic and click the help windw's Print buttn. A dialg bx may ask yu whether yu wish t print the selected tpic nly r all tpics under the selected heading; when this is the case, select Print the selected tpic and click OK. Tip: When printing a help tpic, it will be printed as yu see it n yur screen. Therefre, if a tpic cntains expanding drp-dwn links, click each required drp-dwn link t display the text in rder fr it t be included when yu print. This allws yu t create targeted printuts, cntaining exactly the amunt f infrmatin yu require. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 10

19 Wizards Wizards Overview f Wizards Wizards guide yu thrugh cmmn tasks in : The Add Hardware Devices wizard helps yu add cameras and ther hardware devices, such as vide encders, DVRs, etc., t yur system. If micrphnes and/r speakers are attached t a hardware device, they are autmatically added as well. The Cnfigure Vide and Recrding wizard helps yu quickly cnfigure yur cameras' vide and recrding prperties. The Adjust Mtin Detectin wizard helps yu quickly cnfigure yur cameras' mtin detectin prperties. The Cnfigure User Access Wizard helps yu quickly cnfigure clients' access t the server. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 11

20 Cnfiguratin & Prperties Cnfiguratin & Prperties Archiving Extends Recrding Strage Archiving is an integrated and autmated feature that helps yu stre recrdings beynd the capabilities f NVR's standard database. Archiving maximizes strage capacity and minimizes risk; yu can keep recrdings fr as lng as required, limited nly by the available hardware strage capacity. Have yu used archiving in ther NVRs? In that case, nte that RC-I autmatically archives recrdings if a camera's database becmes full. Als nte that retentin time is likely t affect when archiving will take place. Retentin time is the ttal amunt f time fr which yu want t keep recrdings frm a camera (that is recrdings in the camera's database as well as any archived recrdings). In ther NVRs, time limits may need t be specified separately fr the database and archives; with RC-I, yu nly specify ne time limit (the retentin time). Yu specify retentin time as part f the general Recrding & Archiving Paths prperties. Scheduled archiving is pssible up t 24 times per day. In the fllwing tpics, archiving is explained in detail. If yu want t cnfigure archiving immediately, see Cnfigure Archiving Lcatins and Cnfigure Archiving Schedules. Benefits f Archiving With archiving, recrdings are mved frm their standard lcatin t anther lcatin, the archiving lcatin. With archiving, the amunt f recrdings yu are able t stre is limited nly by the available hardware strage capacity: By default, recrdings are stred in RC-I's database fr each camera. The database fr each camera is capable f cntaining a maximum f recrds r 40 GB. Hwever, the maximum size f a database is nt in itself very imprtant: If a database fr a camera becmes full, its cntent will autmatically be archived, freeing up space in the database. Having sufficient archiving space is mre imprtant (see Strage Capacity Required fr Archiving in the fllwing). In additin t autmatic archiving when a database becmes full, yu can schedule archiving t take place at particular times up t 24 times per day. This way, yu can practively archive recrdings, s databases will never becme full. By using archiving, yu will als be able t back up archived recrds n backup media f yur chice, using yur preferred backup sftware. Hw Archiving Wrks Fr each camera, the cntents f the camera database will be mved t a default archiving flder, called Archives. This will happen autmatically if a database becmes full, and ne r mre times every day, depending n yur archiving settings. By default, the default archiving flder is lcated n the RC-I server in C:\VideData. In the archiving flder, separate subflders fr string archives fr each camera are autmatically created. These subflders are named after the MAC address f the hardware device t which the camera is cnnected. Since yu can keep archives spanning many days f recrdings, and since archiving may take place several times per day, further subflders, named after the archiving date and time, are als autmatically created. The subflders will be named accrding t the fllwing structure:...\archives\cameramacaddress_videencderchannel\dateandtime Example: With the default archiving flder lcated under C:\VideData, vide frm an archiving taking place at n 31st December 2010 fr a camera attached t channel 2 n a vide encder hardware device with the MAC address 00408c51e181 wuld be stred at the fllwing destinatin: C:\VideData\Archives\00408c51e181_2\ If the hardware device t which the camera is attached is nt a vide encder device with several channels, the vide encder channel indicatin in the sub-directry named after the hardware device's MAC address will always be _1 (example: 00408c51e181_1). On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 12

21 Cnfiguratin & Prperties String Archives at Other Lcatins than the Default Archiving Directry Yu are f curse als able t stre archives in ther directries than the default archiving directry. Hwever, yu cannt archive t external drives, nly t a lcal drive n the cmputer running RC-I. Yu are f curse als able t stre archives at ther lcatins than lcally in the default archiving directry. Yu may, fr example, specify that yur archives shuld be stred n a netwrk drive. When archiving t ther lcatins than the default archiving directry, RC-I will first temprarily stre the archive in the lcal default archiving directry, then immediately mve the archive t the archiving lcatin yu have specified. While this may at first glance seem unnecessary, it greatly speeds up the archiving prcedure, and reduces delays in case f netwrk prblems. Archiving directly t a netwrk drive wuld mean that archiving time wuld vary depending n the available bandwidth n the netwrk. First string the archive lcally, then mving it, ensures that archiving is always perfrmed as fast as pssible. If archiving t a netwrk drive, nte the regular camera database can nly be stred n a lcal drive, that is a drive attached directly t the RC-I server. Dynamic Path Selectin fr Archives With dynamic archiving paths, yu specify a number f different archiving paths, usually acrss several drives. Using dynamic paths is highly recmmended, and is the default setting when yu cnfigure cameras thrugh the Cnfigure Vide & Recrding Wizard. If the path cntaining the camera's database is n ne f the drives yu have selected fr dynamic archiving, RC-I will always try t archive t that drive first. If nt, RC-I autmatically archives t the archiving drive with the mst available space at any time, prvided there is nt a camera database using that drive. Which drive that is used fr archiving may change during the archiving prcess, and archiving may therefre happen t several archiving drives during the same prcess. This fact will have n impact n hw users find and view archived recrdings. Dynamic archiving paths are general fr all yur cameras; yu cannt cnfigure dynamic archiving paths fr individual cameras. When deciding which drives t use fr dynamic archiving, cnsider the prs and cns in the fllwing examples (in which we assume that the default archiving path is n drive C: drive letters are examples nly, different drive letters may f curse be used in yur rganizatin): Camera recrds t drive C: and archives t drive C: If the path cntaining the camera's database is n ne f the drives yu have selected fr dynamic archiving, RC-I will always try t archive t that drive first. Archiving will take place quickly, but may als fairly quickly fill up the drive with data. Camera recrds t drive C: and archives t drive D: Obvius benefit is that recrdings and archives are n separate drives. Archiving takes place less quickly. RC-I will first temprarily stre the archive in the lcal default archiving directry n C:, then immediately mve the archive t the archiving lcatin n D:. Therefre, sufficient space t accmmdate the temprary archive is required n C:. Camera 1 recrds t drive C: and archives t drive D: while Camera 2 recrds t drive D: and archives t drive C: Avid. One camera's archiving may take up space required fr anther camera's recrdings. In the abve example, Camera 1's archiving t D: may result in n recrding space fr camera 2 n D:. The rule f thumb is: D nt crss recrding and archiving drives. If yu use several surveillance servers in a master/slave setup, each surveillance server must archive t its wn mapped lcatin in rder fr archiving t wrk. If yu attempt t archive t the same mapped lcatin fr all the servers, archiving will fail. Archiving Audi If an audi surce (micrphne r speaker) is enabled n a hardware device, audi recrdings will be archived tgether with vide recrdings frm the camera attached t the hardware device. If the hardware device is a vide encder with several channels, audi will be archived with the camera n channel 1. When an audi surce is enabled, audi is recrded t the assciated camera s database. This will affect the database s capacity fr string vide. Yu may therefre want t use scheduled archiving mre frequently if recrding audi and vide than if nly recrding vide. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 13

22 Cnfiguratin & Prperties Strage Capacity Required fr Archiving The strage capacity required fr archiving depends entirely n the amunt f recrdings yu plan t keep, and n hw lng yu want t keep them (als knwn as retentin time). Sme rganizatins want t keep archived recrdings frm a large number f cameras fr several mnths r years. Other rganizatins may nly want t archive recrdings frm ne r tw cameras, and they may want t keep their archives fr much shrter perids f time. Yu shuld always first cnsider the strage capacity f the lcal drive cntaining the default archiving directry t which archived recrdings are always mved, even thugh they may immediately after be mved t an archiving lcatin n anther drive: As a rule f thumb, the capacity f the lcal drive shuld be at least twice the size required fr string the databases f all cameras. Yu cannt archive t external drives, nly t lcal drives n the RC-I server. When archiving, RC-I autmatically checks that space required fr the data t be archived plus 1 GB f free disk space per camera is available at the archiving lcatin. If nt, the archive lcatin's ldest data frm the camera in questin will be deleted until there is sufficient free space fr the new data t be archived. In shrt: When estimating strage capacity required fr archiving, cnsider yur rganizatin's needs, then plan fr wrst case rather than best case scenaris. Tip: OnSSI's Strage Calculatr, fund in the Supprt sectin f the OnSSI website, can help yu easily determine the strage capacity required fr yur surveillance system. Autmatic Respnse if Running Out f Disk Space The archiving functin can autmatically respnd t the threat f running ut f disk space. Tw scenaris can ccur, depending n whether the camera database drive is different frm, r identical t, the archiving drive: Different Drives: Autmatic Archiving if Database Drive Runs Out f Disk Space In the case where the RC-I server is running ut f disk space, and the archiving drive is different frm the camera database drive, and archiving has nt taken place within the last hur, archiving will autmatically begin in an attempt t free up disk space. This will happen regardless f any archiving schedules. The server is cnsidered t be running ut f disk space if: there is less than 10% disk space left, and the available disk space ges belw 30 GB plus 1.5 GB per camera - r - the available disk space ges belw 150 MB plus 20 MB per camera (example: with ten cameras, the server wuld be running ut f disk space if the remaining available disk space went belw 350 MB (150 MB plus 20 MB fr each f the ten cameras)) The difference ensures that very large disks will nt necessarily be cnsidered t be running ut f disk space just because they have less than 10% disk space left. On the archiving drive, RC-I autmatically checks that the space required fr data frm a camera t be archived plus 1 GB f free disk space per camera is available. If nt, the archive drive's ldest data frm the camera in questin will be deleted until there is sufficient free space fr the new data t be archived. IMPORTANT: Yu will lse the archive data being deleted. Same Drive: Autmatic Mving r Deletin f Archives if Running Out f Disk Space In the case where the RC-I server is running ut f disk space, and the archiving drive is identical t the camera database drive, RC-I will autmatically d the fllwing in an attempt t free up disk space: 1. First, RC-I will attempt t mve archives (mving archives is nly pssible if yu use dynamic archiving, with which yu can archive t several different drives). This will happen if: there is less than 15% disk space left, and the available disk space ges belw 40 GB plus 2 GB per camera - r - On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 14

23 Cnfiguratin & Prperties the available disk space ges belw 225 MB plus 30 MB per camera (example: with ten cameras, the server wuld be running ut f disk space if the remaining available disk space went belw 525 MB (225 MB plus 30 MB fr each f the ten cameras)) The difference ensures that very large disks will nt necessarily be cnsidered t be running ut f disk space just because they have less than 15% disk space left. 2. If mving archives is nt pssible, RC-I will attempt t delete the ldest archives. This will happen if: there is less than 10% disk space left, and the available disk space ges belw 30 GB plus 1.5 GB per camera - r - the available disk space ges belw 150 MB plus 20 MB per camera (example: with ten cameras, the server wuld be running ut f disk space if the remaining available disk space went belw 350 MB (150 MB plus 20 MB fr each f the ten cameras)) The difference ensures that very large disks will nt necessarily be cnsidered t be running ut f disk space just because they have less than 10% disk space left. IMPORTANT: Yu will lse data frm the archives being deleted. 2. Ultimately, if there are n archives t delete, RC-I will attempt t resize camera databases by deleting their ldest recrdings. This will happen if: there is less than 5% disk space left, and the available disk space ges belw 20 GB plus 1 GB per camera - r - the available disk space ges belw 75 MB plus 10 MB per camera (example: with ten cameras, the server wuld be running ut f disk space if the remaining available disk space went belw 175 MB (75 MB plus 10 MB fr each f the ten cameras)) The difference ensures that very large disks will nt necessarily be cnsidered t be running ut f disk space just because they have less than 5% disk space left. IMPORTANT: Yu will lse the data deleted as part f the database resizing prcess. When the recrding server is restarted upn such database resizing, the riginal database sizes will be used. Yu shuld therefre make sure the drive size prblem is slved, r adjust camera database sizes t reflect the altered drive size. Tip: Shuld the database resizing prcedure take place, yu will be infrmed n-screen in the Ocularis Client, in lg files, and (if set up) thrugh an and/r SMS ntificatin. 3. First, RC-I will attempt t delete archives. This will happen if: there is less than 10% disk space left, and the available disk space ges belw 30 GB plus 1.5 GB per camera - r - the available disk space ges belw 150 MB plus 20 MB per camera (example: with ten cameras, the server wuld be running ut f disk space if the remaining available disk space went belw 350 MB (150 MB plus 20 MB fr each f the ten cameras)) The difference ensures that very large disks will nt necessarily be cnsidered t be running ut f disk space just because they have less than 10% disk space left. IMPORTANT: Yu will lse data frm the archives being deleted. 2. Ultimately, if there are n archives t delete, RC-I will attempt t resize camera databases. This will happen if: there is less than 5% disk space left, and the available disk space ges belw 20 GB plus 1 GB per camera - r - the available disk space ges belw 75 MB plus 10 MB per camera (example: with ten cameras, the server wuld be running ut f disk space if the remaining available disk space went belw 175 MB (75 MB plus 10 MB fr each f the ten cameras)) The difference ensures that very large disks will nt necessarily be cnsidered t be running ut f disk space just because they have less than 5% disk space left. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 15

24 Cnfiguratin & Prperties IMPORTANT: Yu will lse the data deleted as part f the database resizing prcess. When the recrding server is restarted upn such database resizing, the riginal database sizes will be used. Yu shuld therefre make sure the drive size prblem is slved, r adjust camera database sizes t reflect the altered drive size. Tip: Shuld the database resizing prcedure take place, yu will be infrmed in lg files, and (if set up) thrugh an ntificatin. Backing Up Archives Many rganizatins want t back up recrdings frm cameras, using tape drives r similar. Creating such backups based n the cntent f camera databases is nt recmmended; it may cause sharing vilatins r ther malfunctins. Instead, create such backups based n the cntent f archives. If yu have nt specified separate archiving lcatins fr separate cameras, yu culd simply back up the default lcal archiving directry, Archives. When scheduling a backup, make sure the backup jb des nt verlap with any scheduled archiving times. Viewing Archived Recrdings Archived recrdings may be viewed with the Ocularis Client. Yu are able t use all f Ocularis Client's advanced features (vide brwsing, searching, exprt, etc.) fr archived recrdings as well. Archives Stred Lcally r n Netwrk Drives Fr archived recrdings stred lcally r n netwrk drives yu simply use the Ocularis Client's playback features, fr example the Kinetic Timeline brwser, fr finding and viewing the required recrdings; just like yu wuld with recrdings stred in a camera's regular database. Exprted Archives Fr exprted archives, fr example archives stred n a CD, yu may als use the Ocularis Client. Virus Scanning and Archiving If allwed in yur rganizatin, disable any virus scanning f camera databases and archiving lcatins. Fr mre infrmatin see Virus Scanning Infrmatin. New Database if Archiving Fails Under extremely rare circumstances archiving may fail. Fr example, a database may be full and ready fr archiving, but the perating system may lck cntent in the database if a cntent file is pen. This wuld prevent archiving. In practice, this situatin wuld nly ccur if smebdy attempted t view a database file directly frm the database flder at the time f the archiving (viewing the file directly wuld actually nt wrk since database cntent cannt be viewed as individual files, nly thrugh the Ocularis Client). In such situatins, the database will be put aside fr archiving at a later pint in time. While the database is put aside, a special temprary database is created fr strage f new recrdings. This way, n new recrdings will be lst even thugh the riginal database is full (prvided enugh disk space is available fr string the special temprary database). RC-I will wait fr the next archiving ccasin (either scheduled r because the special temprary database als becmes full). It will then archive the cntent f the special temprary database, and thus free up space in it. RC-I will then cntinue t stre new recrdings in the special temprary database. This will apply until the Recrding Server service is restarted. Once the service has been restarted, the cntent f the riginal database will be archived, and new recrdings will again be stred in the riginal database. The special temprary database will als be archived, and will then cease t exist. Can I view recrdings frm the special temprary database? Nrmally, the cntent f databases can be viewed with the Ocularis Client regardless whether the databases have been archived r nt. Hwever, the cntent f the special temprary database cannt be viewed thrugh a client until the cntent has been archived. On the surveillance server itself, yu will be able t view the cntent f the special temprary database thrugh the Ocularis Client, even if the special temprary database has nt been archived yet. Since the special temprary database will be used fr string new recrdings until the Recrding Server service is restarted even thugh the riginal database may n lnger be lcked yu may in these extremely rare situatins experience that new recrdings are nt viewable thrugh clients. In that case, restarting the On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 16

25 Cnfiguratin & Prperties Recrding Server service will help, since it will frce the riginal database t again be used fr string new recrdings. Cnfigure Archiving Lcatins Befre cnfiguring archiving lcatins, cnsider whether yu want t use static r dynamic archiving paths: Static archiving paths mean that fr a particular camera, archiving will take place t a particular lcatin, and t that lcatin nly. Static archiving paths are in principle individual fr each camera, but they d nt have t be unique: several cameras can easily use the same path if required. Yu can cnfigure static archiving paths fr individual cameras, r as part f the general Recrding & Archiving Paths prperties. Individual cameras: In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, expand Cameras and Strage Infrmatin, duble-click the required camera, select Recrding & Archiving Paths, and specify required prperties. General Recrding & Archiving Paths: In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, duble-click Cameras and Strage Infrmatin, and specify required prperties. Tip: If several cameras shuld use the same path, use the General Recrding & Archiving Paths prperties. With this functin, a template feature is available which lets yu specify shared archiving lcatins with just a few clicks. Dynamic archiving paths allw greater flexibility, and are therefre highly recmmended. With dynamic archiving paths, yu specify a number f different archiving paths, usually acrss several drives. If the path cntaining the camera database t be archived is n ne f the drives yu have selected fr dynamic archiving, will always try t archive t that drive first. If nt, autmatically archives t the archiving drive with the mst available space at any time, prvided there is nt a camera database using that drive. This fact will have n impact n hw users find and view archived recrdings. Dynamic archiving paths are general fr all yur cameras; yu cannt cnfigure dynamic archiving paths fr individual cameras. T cnfigure archiving paths: In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, duble-click Cameras and Strage Infrmatin, select Dynamic Path Selectin - Archives, and specify required prperties. If cnfiguring yur cameras thrugh the Cnfigure Vide & Recrding Wizard, the wizard als lets yu cnfigure archiving paths. Cnfigure Archiving Schedules autmatically archives recrdings if a camera's database becmes full (in earlier versins, this was an ptin cnfigured individually fr each camera). Yu are furthermre able t schedule archiving at particular pints in time up t 24 times per day, with minimum ne hur between each ne. This way, yu can practively archive recrdings, s databases will never becme full. As a rule f thumb, the mre yu expect t recrd, the mre ften yu shuld archive. There are tw ways in which t cnfigure archiving schedules: While cnfiguring yur cameras thrugh the Cnfigure Vide & Recrding Wizard, in which case yu cnfigure yur archiving schedule n the wizard's Drive selectin page. As part f the general Scheduling & Archiving Paths prperties: In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click Scheduling and Archiving, select Prperties, select Archiving in the dialg, and specify required prperties. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 17

26 Audi Audi Add Audi Surces Yu add cameras and ther hardware devices, such as vide encders, DVRs, etc., t the system thrugh the Add Hardware Devices... wizard. If micrphnes and/r speakers are attached t a hardware device, they are autmatically added as well. When managing micrphnes and speakers, it is imprtant t remember the basic cncepts: Micrphnes are attached t hardware devices, and are typically physically lcated next t cameras. They generally recrd what peple near a camera are saying. Operatrs, with the necessary rights, can then listen t these recrdings thrugh their Ocularis Client (prvided the cmputer running the Ocularis Client has speakers attached). It is nly pssible t have ne micrphne enabled at a time. Speakers are als attached t devices, and als typically physically lcated next t cameras. They can transmit infrmatin t peple near a camera. Operatrs, with the necessary rights, can talk thrugh such speakers using their Ocularis Client (prvided the cmputer running the Ocularis Client has a micrphne attached). Example: An elevatr is stuck. Thrugh a camera munted in the elevatr, Ocularis Client peratrs can see that there is a persn in the elevatr. A micrphne attached t the camera recrds that the persn says: The elevatr is stuck; please help me ut! Thrugh a speaker attached t the camera, peratrs can tell the persn that: Help is n its way; yu shuld be ut in less than fifteen minutes. When managing micrphnes and speakers in RC-I, yu manage the micrphnes and speakers attached t cameras; nt micrphnes and speakers attached t Ocularis Client peratrs' cmputers. Add Audi Surces Yu add cameras and ther hardware devices, such as vide encders, DVRs, etc., t the system thrugh the Add Hardware Devices... wizard. If micrphnes and/r speakers are attached t a hardware device, they are autmatically added as well. When managing micrphnes and speakers, it is imprtant t remember the basic cncepts: Micrphnes are attached t hardware devices, and are typically physically lcated next t cameras. They generally recrd what peple near a camera are saying. Operatrs, with the necessary rights, can then listen t these recrdings thrugh their Ocularis Client (prvided the cmputer running the Ocularis Client has speakers attached). It is nly pssible t have ne micrphne enabled at a time. Speakers are als attached t devices, and als typically physically lcated next t cameras. They can transmit infrmatin t peple near a camera. Operatrs, with the necessary rights, can talk thrugh such speakers using their Ocularis Client (prvided the cmputer running the Ocularis Client has a micrphne attached). Example: An elevatr is stuck. Thrugh a camera munted in the elevatr, Ocularis Client peratrs can see that there is a persn in the elevatr. A micrphne attached t the camera recrds that the persn says: The elevatr is stuck; please help me ut! Thrugh a speaker attached t the camera, peratrs can tell the persn that: Help is n its way; yu shuld be ut in less than fifteen minutes. When managing micrphnes and speakers in RC-I, yu manage the micrphnes and speakers attached t cameras; nt micrphnes and speakers attached t Ocularis Client peratrs' cmputers. Cnfigure Micrphnes Cnfiguratin f micrphnes is very basic; settings such as vlume, etc. are cntrlled n the micrphne units themselves. 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, expand Hardware Devices, and expand the hardware device t which the required micrphne is attached. 2. Right-click the required micrphne, and select Prperties. 3. Specify prperties as required. 4. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 18

27 Audi Cnfigure Speakers Cnfiguratin f speakers is very basic; settings such as vlume, etc. are cntrlled n the speaker units themselves. 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, expand Hardware Devices, and expand the hardware device t which the required speaker is attached. 2. Right-click the required speaker, and select Prperties. 3. Specify prperties as required. 4. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Micrphne (Prperties) When yu cnfigure micrphnes, prperties are limited t: Enabled: Micrphnes are by default enabled, meaning that they are able t transfer audi t RC-I. If required, yu can disable an individual micrphne, in which case n audi will be transferred frm the micrphne t the NVR. Micrphne name: Name f the micrphne as it will appear in the Management Applicatin as well as in clients. If required, yu can verwrite the existing micrphne name with a new ne. Micrphne names must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] In RC-I it is nly pssible t have ne micrphne enabled at a time. On sme hardware devices, audi can als be enabled/disabled n the hardware device itself, typically thrugh the hardware device's wn cnfiguratin web page. If audi n a hardware device des nt wrk after enabling it in the Management Applicatin, yu shuld thus verify whether the prblem may be due t audi being disabled n the hardware device itself. Speaker (Prperties) When yu cnfigure speakers, prperties are limited t: Enabled: Speakers are enabled by default, meaning that what is transmitted thrugh the speakers is transferred t the NVR. If required, yu can disable an individual speaker, in which case it will nt be pssible t say anything thrugh the speaker. Speaker name: Name f the speaker as it will appear in the Management Applicatin as well as in clients. If required, yu can verwrite the existing speaker name with a new ne. Speaker names must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] On sme hardware devices, audi can als be enabled/disabled n the hardware device itself, typically thrugh the hardware device's wn cnfiguratin web page. If audi n a hardware device des nt wrk after enabling it in the Management Applicatin, yu shuld thus verify whether the prblem may be due t audi being disabled n the hardware device itself. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 19

28 Cameras & Recrdings Cameras & Recrdings Add Cameras & Other Hardware Devices Yu add cameras and ther hardware devices, such as vide encders, DVRs, etc., t the system thrugh the Add Hardware Devices... wizard. If micrphnes and/r speakers are attached t a hardware device, they are autmatically added as well. The wizard ffers yu fur different ways f adding cameras: Express (recmmended): Scans yur netwrk fr relevant hardware devices, and helps yu quickly add them t yur system. T use the Express methd, the RC-I server and yur cameras must be n the same layer 2 netwrk, that is a netwrk where all servers, cameras, etc. can cmmunicate withut the need fr a ruter. See Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Express. Advanced: Scans yur netwrk fr relevant hardware devices based n yur specificatins regarding required IP ranges, discvery methds, drivers, and device user names and passwrds. See Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Advanced. Manual: Lets yu specify details abut each hardware device separately. A gd chice if yu nly want t add a few hardware devices, and yu knw their IP addresses, required user names and passwrds, etc. See Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Manual. Imprt frm CSV file: Lets yu imprt data abut cameras as cmma-separated values frm a file; an effective methd if setting up several similar systems. See Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Imprt frm CSV File. Cnfigure Vide & Recrding Once yu have added hardware devices and attached cameras, yu can cnfigure vide and recrding settings in three ways: Wizard-driven: Guided cnfiguratin which lets yu specify vide, recrding and archiving settings fr all yur cameras. See Cnfigure Vide & Recrding Wizard and Adjust Mtin Detectin Wizard. General: Lets yu specify vide, recrding and shared settings (such as dynamic archiving paths and whether audi shuld be recrded r nt) fr all yur cameras. 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click Cameras and Strage Infrmatin, and select Prperties. 2. Specify prperties as required fr Recrding & Archiving Paths, Dynamic Path Selectin, Vide Recrding, Frame Rate - MJPEG, Frame Rate - MPEG, Audi Selectin, and Audi Recrding. When ready, click OK. 3. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Camera-specific: Lets yu specify vide, recrding and camera-specific settings (such as event ntificatin, PTZ preset psitins, etc.) fr each individual camera. 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, and expand Cameras and Strage Infrmatin. 2. Right-click the required camera, and select Prperties. 3. Specify prperties as required fr Camera, Frame Rate, Vide, Audi, Recrding, Recrding & Archiving Paths, Event Ntificatin, Output, Mtin Detectin & Exclude Regins, and if applicable PTZ Preset Psitins, PTZ Patrlling, and PTZ n Event. 4. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 20

29 Cameras & Recrdings View Vide frm Cameras in Management Applicatin Yu can view live vide frm single cameras directly in the Management Applicatin: 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, and expand Cameras and Strage Infrmatin. 2. Select the required camera t view live vide frm that camera. Abve the live vide, yu will find a summary f the mst imprtant prperties fr the selected camera. Belw the live vide, yu will find infrmatin abut the camera's reslutin and average image file size. Fr cameras using MPEG r H.264, yu will als see the bit rate in Mbit/secnd. IMPORTANT: Viewing f live vide in the Management Applicatin may, under certain circumstances, affect any simultaneus recrding frm the camera in questin. The fllwing three scenaris are imprtant t cnsider: 1) Sme cameras supprting multistreaming may have their frame rate reduced by half r respnd with ther negative effects when a secnd stream is pened. 2) If a camera delivers live vide in very high quality, the de-cding f images may increase the lad n the Recrding Server service. This may, in turn, affect nging recrdings negatively. 3) Cameras that d nt supprt multiple simultaneus vide streams will nt be able t cnnect t the surveillance server and the Management Applicatin at the same time; therefre it is recmmended t stp the Recrding Server service when cnfiguring such devices fr mtin detectin and PTZ. Cnfigure When Cameras Shuld D What Use the scheduling feature t cnfigure when: Cameras shuld be nline (that is, transfer vide t the NVR) Cameras shuld use speedup (i.e. use a higher than nrmal frame rate) Yu want t receive any and/r SMS ntificatins regarding cameras PTZ cameras shuld patrl, and accrding t which patrlling prfile Archiving shuld take place See Cnfigure General Scheduling & Archiving and Cnfigure Camera-specific Schedules. Mnitr Strage Space Usage T view hw much strage space yu have used and hw much space is free n the system, d the fllwing: 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, and select Cameras and Strage Infrmatin. 2. View the Strage Usage Summary fr the fllwing infrmatin: which drives are available, what drives are used fr, the size f each drive, as well as hw much vide data, ther data, and free space there is in each drive. Database Resizing In case the recrdings fr a camera get bigger than expected, r the available drive space is suddenly reduced in anther way, an advanced database resizing prcedure will autmatically take place: If archives are present n the same drive as the camera's database, the ldest archive fr all cameras archived n that drive will be mved t anther drive (mving archives is nly pssible if yu use dynamic archiving, with which yu can archive t several different drives) r if mving is nt pssible deleted. If n archives are present n the drive cntaining the camera's database, the size f all camera databases n the drive will be reduced by deleting a percentage f their ldest recrdings, thus temprarily limiting the size f all databases When the Recrding Server service is restarted upn such database resizing, the riginal database sizes will be used. Yu shuld therefre make sure that the drive size prblem is slved. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 21

30 Cameras & Recrdings Shuld the database resizing prcedure take place, yu will be infrmed in lg files, and (if set up) thrugh an and/r SMS ntificatin. Disable r Delete Cameras All cameras are enabled by default. This means vide frm the cameras can be transferred t the NVR prvided that the cameras are scheduled t be nline. T disable a camera: 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, expand Cameras and Strage Infrmatin, duble-click the camera yu want t disable, and clear the Enabled checkbx. 2. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. T delete a camera, yu technically have t delete the hardware device. Deleting the hardware device will als delete any attached speakers and micrphnes. If yu d nt want this, cnsider disabling the camera instead. Wizards Cnfigure Vide & Recrding Wizard The Cnfigure Vide and Recrding wizard helps yu quickly cnfigure yur cameras' vide and recrding prperties. The wizard is divided int a number f pages: Vide Settings and Preview Online Schedule Live and Recrding Settings (Mtin-JPEG Cameras) Live and Recrding Settings (MPEG Cameras) Drive Selectin Recrding and Archiving Settings Adjust Mtin Detectin Wizard The Adjust Mtin Detectin wizard helps yu quickly cnfigure yur cameras' mtin detectin prperties. The wizard is divided int tw pages: Exclude Regins Mtin Detectin Cameras that d nt supprt multiple simultaneus vide streams will nt be able t cnnect t the surveillance server and the Management Applicatin at the same time; therefre it is recmmended t stp the Recrding Server service when cnfiguring such devices fr mtin detectin and PTZ. See als View Vide frm Cameras in Management Applicatin. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 22

31 General Recrding & Strage Prperties General Recrding & Strage Prperties Recrding & Archiving Paths All prperties n a white backgrund are editable, prperties n a light blue backgrund cannt be edited. Nte that all f the Recrding and Archiving Paths prperties can als be specified individually fr each camera. Template: The template can help yu cnfigure similar prperties quickly. Fr example: yu have 50 cameras and yu want t change the recrding path, archiving path, and retentin time fr all f them. Instead f having t enter the same three pieces f infrmatin 50 times, yu can simply enter them nce in the template, and then apply the template t the 50 cameras with nly tw clicks. Apply Template: Lets yu select which cameras yu want t apply the template fr. Yu then use ne f the tw Set buttns (see descriptins in the fllwing) t actually apply the template. Tip: T select all cameras in the list, click the Select All buttn. Camera Name: Name f the camera as it will appear in the Management Applicatin as well as in clients. If required, yu can verwrite the existing camera name with a new ne. Camera names must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Shrtcut: Camera shrtcut may be used in certain access clients. Recrding Path: Path t the flder in which the camera's database shuld be stred. Default is C:\VideData. T brwse fr anther flder, click the brwse icn next t the required cell. Yu are nly able t specify a path t a flder n a lcal drive. Yu cannt specify a path t a netwrk drve. The reasn fr this limitatin is that if yu were using a netwrk drive, it wuld nt be pssible t save recrdings if the netwrk drive became unavailable. If yu change the recrding path, and there are existing recrdings at the ld lcatin, yu will be asked whether yu want t mve the recrdings t the new lcatin (recmmended), leave them at the ld lcatin, r delete them. Tip: If yu have several cameras, and several lcal drives are available, yu can imprve perfrmance by distributing individual cameras' databases acrss several drives. Archiving Path: Only editable if nt using dynamic paths fr archiving. Path t the flder in which the camera's archived recrdings shuld be stred. Default is C:\VideData. T brwse fr anther flder, click the brwse icn next t the required cell. Yu can specify a path t lcal r netwrked drive as required. Yu can nly specify a path t lcal drive. If yu change the archiving path, and there are existing archived recrdings at the ld lcatin, yu will be asked whether yu want t mve the archived recrdings t the new lcatin (recmmended), leave them at the ld lcatin, r delete them. Nte that if mving archived recrdings, RC-I will als archive what is currently in the camera's database; in case yu wnder why the camera database is empty just after yu have mved archived recrdings, this is the reasn. Retentin Time: Ttal amunt f time fr which yu want t keep recrdings frm the camera (that is recrdings in the camera's database as well as any archived recrdings). Default is 30 days. Nte that the retentin time cvers the ttal amunt f time yu want t keep recrdings. Camera: Click the Open buttn t cnfigure detailed and/r camera-specific settings (such as event ntificatin, PTZ preset psitins, etc.) fr the selected camera. Select All: Click buttn t select all cameras in the Apply Template clumn. Clear All: Click buttn t clear all selectins in the Apply Template clumn Set selected template value n selected cameras: Lets yu apply ne r mre selected values frm the template (rather than all values) t selected cameras. Set all template values n selected cameras: Lets yu apply all values frm the template t selected cameras. Dynamic Path Selectin On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 23

32 General Recrding & Strage Prperties With dynamic archiving paths, yu specify a number f different archiving paths, usually acrss several drives. If the path cntaining the vide database is n ne f the drives yu have selected fr archiving, the attempt t archive that drive first will always be made. If nt, the archive will be made t the archiving drive with the mst available space at any time, prvided there is nt a camera database using that drive. Which drive that is may change during the archiving prcess, and archiving may therefre happen t several archiving drives during the same prcess. This fact will have n impact n hw users find and view archived recrdings. Dynamic archiving paths are general fr all yur cameras; yu cannt cnfigure dynamic archiving paths fr individual cameras. If yu use several surveillance servers in a master/slave setup, each surveillance server must archive t its wn mapped lcatin in rder fr archiving t wrk. If yu attempt t archive t the same mapped lcatin fr all the servers, archiving will fail. All prperties n a white backgrund are editable, prperties n a light blue backgrund cannt be edited. Enable dynamic path selectin archives: Enables the use f dynamic path selectin, allwing yu t select which paths yu want t use. The list f selectable paths initially represents all drives n the server, bth lcal and mapped drives. Yu can add further paths with the New path feature belw the list. Use: Lets yu select particular paths fr use as dynamic archiving paths. Als lets yu select a previusly manually added path fr remval (see descriptin f Remve buttn in the fllwing) Drive: Indicates which drive the path belngs n. Path: Path t use as dynamic archiving path. Drive Size: Ttal amunt f space n the drive, that is free space as well as used space. Free Space: Amunt f free space available n the drive in questin. New path: Lets yu specify a new path, and add it t the list using the Add buttn. Paths must be reachable by the surveillance system server, and yu must specify the path using the UNC (Universal Naming Cnventin) frmat, example: \\server\vlume\directry\. When the new path is added, yu can select it fr use as a dynamic archiving path. Add: Lets yu add the path specified in the New path field t the list. Remve: Lets yu remve a selected path which has previusly been manually added frm the list. Yu cannt remve any f the initially listed paths, nt even when they are selected. Vide Recrding The term recrding means saving vide and, if applicable, audi frm a camera in the camera's database n the surveillance system server. Vide/audi is ften saved nly when there is a reasn t d s, fr example as lng as mtin is detected, when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs, r within a certain perid f time. All prperties n a white backgrund are editable, prperties n a light blue backgrund cannt be edited. Nte that all f the Vide Recrding prperties can als be specified individually fr each camera. Template: The template can help yu cnfigure similar prperties quickly. Fr example: yu have 50 cameras and yu want 10 secnds f pre-recrding n all f them. Instead f having t enter the same piece f infrmatin 50 times, yu can simply enter it nce in the template, and then apply the template t the 50 cameras with nly tw clicks. Apply Template: Lets yu select which cameras yu want t apply the template fr. Yu then use ne f the tw Set buttns (see descriptins in the fllwing) t actually apply the template. Tip: T select all cameras in the list, click the Select All buttn. Camera Name: Name f the camera as it will appear in the Management Applicatin as well as in clients. If required, yu can verwrite the existing camera name with a new ne. Camera names must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Recrd n: Lets yu select under which cnditins vide frm the camera shuld be recrded: On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 24

33 General Recrding & Strage Prperties Always: Recrd whenever the camera is enabled and scheduled t be nline (the latter allws fr time-based recrding). Never: Never recrd. Live vide will be displayed, but since n vide is kept in the database users will nt be able t play back vide frm the camera. Mtin Detectin: Select this t recrd vide in which mtin is detected. Unless pst-recrding (see the fllwing) is used, recrding will stp immediately after the last mtin is detected. Event: Select this t recrd vide when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs. Use f recrding n event requires that events have been defined, and that yu select start and stp events in the neighbring clumns. Tip: If yu have nt yet defined any suitable events, yu can quickly d it: Use the Cnfigure events list, lcated in the bttm left crner f the windw. Mtin Detectin & Event: Select this t recrd vide in which mtin is detected, r when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs. Remember t select start and stp events in the neighbring clumns. Start Event: Use when recrding n Event r Mtin Detectin & Event. Select required start event. Recrding will begin when the start event ccurs (r earlier if using pre-recrding; see the fllwing). Stp Event: Select required stp event. Recrding will end when the stp event ccurs (r later if using pstrecrding; see the fllwing). Pre-recrding: Yu can stre recrdings frm perids preceding detected mtin and/r start events. Select check bx t enable this feature. Remember t specify required number f secnds in the neighbring clumn. Hw des pre- and pst-recrding wrk? The NVR receives vide in a cntinuus stream frm the camera whenever the camera is enabled and scheduled t be nline. This is what lets yu view live vide, but it als means that the NVR can easily stre received vide fr a number f secnds in its memry (a.k.a. buffering). If it turns ut that the buffered vide is needed fr pre- r pst-recrding, it is autmatically appended t the recrding. If nt, it is simply discarded. Secnds [f pre-recrding]: Specify the number f secnds fr which yu want t recrd vide frm befre recrding start cnditins (that is mtin r start event) are met. Usually, nly sme secnds f pre-recrding is required, but yu can specify up t secnds f pre-recrding, crrespnding t 18 hurs, 12 minutes and 15 secnds. Hwever, if specifying a very lng pre-recrding time, yu can ptentially run int a scenari where yur pre-recrding time spans scheduled r unscheduled archiving times. That can be prblematic since prerecrding des nt wrk well during archiving. Pst-recrding: Yu can stre recrdings frm perids fllwing detected mtin and/r stp events. Select check bx t enable this feature. Remember t specify required number f secnds in the neighbring clumn. Secnds [f pst-recrding]: Specify the number f secnds fr which yu want t recrd vide frm after recrding stp cnditins (that is mtin r stp event) are met. Usually, nly sme secnds f pst-recrding is required, but yu can specify up t secnds f pst-recrding, crrespnding t 18 hurs, 12 minutes and 15 secnds. Hwever, if specifying a very lng pst-recrding time, yu can ptentially run int a scenari where yur pst-recrding time spans scheduled r unscheduled archiving times. That can be prblematic since pst-recrding des nt wrk well during archiving. Camera: Click the Open buttn t cnfigure detailed and/r camera-specific settings (such as event ntificatin, PTZ preset psitins, etc.) fr the selected camera. Select All: Click buttn t select all cameras in the Apply Template clumn. Clear All: Click buttn t clear all selectins in the Apply Template clumn Set selected template value n selected cameras: Lets yu apply nly a selected value frm the template t selected cameras. Example: Only the selected value is applied using this methd On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 25

34 General Recrding & Strage Prperties Set all template values n selected cameras: Lets yu apply all values frm the template t selected cameras. Manual Recrding When manual recrding is enabled, Ocularis Client users with the necessary rights can manually start recrding if they see smething f interest while viewing live vide frm a camera which is nt already recrding. If enabled, manual recrding can thus take place even if recrding fr individual cameras is set t Never r Cnditinally. When started frm the Ocularis Client, such user-driven recrding will always take place fr a fixed time, fr example fr five minutes. Enable manual recrding: Select check bx t enable manual recrding and specify further details. Default duratin f manual recrding: Perid f time (in secnds) during which user-driven recrding will take place. Default duratin is 300 secnds, crrespnding t five minutes. Maximum duratin f manual recrding: Maximum allwed perid f time fr user-driven recrding. This maximum is nt relevant in cnnectin with manual recrding started frm the Ocularis Client, since such manual recrding will always take place fr a fixed time. In sme installatins it is, hwever, als pssible t cmbine manual recrding with third-party applicatins if integrating these with the NVR thrugh an API r similar, and in such cases specifying a maximum duratin may be relevant. If yu are simply using manual recrding in cnnectin with the Ocularis Client, disregard this prperty. Frame Rate - MJPEG All prperties n a white backgrund are editable, prperties n a light blue backgrund cannt be edited. Nte that all f the Frame Rate - MJPEG prperties can als be specified individually fr each camera using MJPEG. Template and Cmmn Prperties Template: The template can help yu cnfigure similar prperties quickly. Fr example: yu have 50 cameras and yu want a particular frame rate n all f them. Instead f having t enter the same piece f infrmatin 50 times, yu can simply enter it nce in the template, and then apply the template t the 50 cameras with nly tw clicks. Apply Template: Lets yu select which cameras yu want t apply the template fr. Yu then use ne f the tw Set buttns (see descriptins in the fllwing) t actually apply the template. Tip: T select all cameras in the list, click the Select All buttn. Select All: Click buttn t select all cameras in the Apply Template clumn. Clear All: Click buttn t clear all selectins in the Apply Template clumn Set selected template value n selected cameras: Lets yu apply nly a selected value frm the template t selected cameras. Example: Only the selected value is applied using this methd Set all template values n selected cameras: Lets yu apply all values frm the template t selected cameras. Camera Name: Name f the camera as it will appear in the Management Applicatin as well as in clients. If required, yu can verwrite the existing camera name with a new ne. Camera names must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Regular Frame Rate Prperties Live frame rate: Required average frame rate fr live vide frm the camera. Select number f frames, then select required interval (per secnd, minute r hur) in the Frame Rate Time Base On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 26

35 General Recrding & Strage Prperties clumn. Recrding frame rate: Required average frame rate fr recrded vide frm the camera. Select number f frames, then select required interval (per secnd, minute r hur) in the Frame Rate Time Base clumn. Frame Rate Time Base: Select required unit fr live and recrding frame rates (per secnd, minute, r hur). Camera: Click the Open buttn t cnfigure detailed and/r camera-specific settings (such as event ntificatin, PTZ preset psitins, etc.) fr the selected camera. Speedup Frame Rate Prperties Enable Speedup: The speedup feature lets yu use a higher than nrmal frame rate if mtin is detected and/r an event ccurs. When yu enable speedup, further clumns fr specifying speedup details becme available. Live Frame Rate: Required average speedup frame rate fr viewing live vide frm the camera. Select number f frames, then select required interval (per secnd, minute r hur) in the Frame Rate Time Base clumn. The frame rate must be higher than the live frame rate specified under nrmal mde. Recrding frame rate: Required average speedup frame rate fr viewing recrded vide frm the camera. Select number f frames, then select required interval (per secnd, minute r hur) in the Frame Rate Time Base clumn. The frame rate must be higher than the recrding frame rate specified under nrmal mde. Frame Rate Time Base: Select required unit fr live and recrding speedup frame rates (per secnd, minute, r hur). Nte that yu can nly select time bases that let yu speed up frame rates. Example: If yu have specified 15 frames per secnd in nrmal mde, yu cannt specify 16 frames per minute r hur in speedup mde. Speedup n: Lets yu select under which cnditins t use speedup frame rates: Mtin Detectin: Select this t speed up when mtin is detected. Nrmal frame rates will be resumed immediately after the last mtin is detected. Event: Select this t speed up when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs. Use f speedup n event requires that events have been defined, and that yu select start and stp events in the neighbring clumns. Tip: If yu have nt yet defined any suitable events, yu can quickly d it: Use the Cnfigure events list, lcated in the bttm left crner f the windw. Mtin Detectin & Event: Select this t speed up when mtin is detected, r when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs. Remember t select start and stp events in the neighbring clumns. Schedule nly: Select this t speed up accrding t the camera's speedup schedule nly. Start Event: Select required start event. The camera will begin using the speedup frame rates when the start event ccurs. Stp Event: Select required start event. The camera will return t the nrmal frame rates when the stp event ccurs. Frame Rate - MPEG Camera: Click the Open buttn t cnfigure detailed and/r camera-specific settings (such as event ntificatin, PTZ preset psitins, etc.) fr the selected camera. All prperties n a white backgrund are editable, prperties n a light blue backgrund cannt be edited. Nte that all f the Frame Rate - MPEG prperties can als be specified individually fr each camera using MPEG. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 27

36 General Recrding & Strage Prperties Template: The template can help yu cnfigure similar prperties quickly. Fr example: yu have 50 cameras and yu want a particular frame rate n all f them. Instead f having t enter the same piece f infrmatin 50 times, yu can simply enter it nce in the template, and then apply the template t the 50 cameras with nly tw clicks. Apply Template: Lets yu select which cameras yu want t apply the template fr. Yu then use ne f the tw Set buttns (see descriptins in the fllwing) t actually apply the template. Tip: T select all cameras in the list, click the Select All buttn. Camera Name: Name f the camera as it will appear in the Management Applicatin as well as in clients. If required, yu can verwrite the existing camera name with a new ne. Camera names must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Live FPS: Lets yu select the camera's live frame rate per secnd (FPS). Recrd Keyframe Only: Keyframes stred at specified intervals recrd the entire view f the camera, whereas the fllwing frames recrd nly pixels that change; this helps greatly reduce the size f MPEG files. Select the check bx if yu nly want t recrd keyframes. Nte that yu can specify exceptins in the neighbring clumn. Recrd All Frames n: Allws yu t make exceptins if yu have selected Recrd Keyframes Only: Mtin Detectin: Select this t recrd all frames when mtin is detected. Tw secnds after the last mtin is detected, the camera will return t recrding keyframes nly. Event: Select this t recrd all frames when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs. Requires that events have been defined, and that yu select start and stp events in the neighbring clumns. Tip: If yu have nt yet defined any suitable events, yu can quickly d it: Use the Cnfigure events list, lcated in the bttm left crner f the windw. Mtin Detectin & Event: Select this t recrd all frames when mtin is detected, r when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs. Remember t select start and stp events in the neighbring clumns. Schedule nly: Select this t recrd all frames accrding t the camera's speedup schedule nly. Start Event: Select required start event. The camera will begin recrding all frames when the start event ccurs. Stp Event: Select required start event. The camera will return t nly recrding keyframes when the stp event ccurs. Camera: Click the Open buttn t cnfigure detailed and/r camera-specific settings (such as event ntificatin, PTZ preset psitins, etc.) fr the selected camera. Select All: Click buttn t select all cameras in the Apply Template clumn. Clear All: Click buttn t clear all selectins in the Apply Template clumn Set selected template value n selected cameras: Lets yu apply nly a selected value frm the template t selected cameras. Example: Only the selected value is applied using this methd Set all template values n selected cameras: Lets yu apply all values frm the template t selected cameras. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 28

37 General Recrding & Strage Prperties Audi Selectin With a default micrphne and/r speaker selected fr a camera, audi frm the micrphne and/r speaker will autmatically be used when vide frm the camera is viewed. Nte that all f the Audi Selectin prperties can als be specified individually fr each camera. Template: The template can help yu cnfigure similar prperties quickly. Fr instance: if yu have 8 cameras and yu want a particular default micrphne fr all f them. Instead f having t enter the same piece f infrmatin eight times, yu can simply enter it nce in the template, and then apply the template t the 8 cameras with nly tw clicks. Apply Template: Lets yu select which cameras yu want t apply the template fr. Yu then use ne f the tw Set buttns (see descriptins in the fllwing) t actually apply the template. Tip: T select all cameras in the list, click the Select All buttn. Camera Name: Name f the camera as it will appear in the Management Applicatin as well as in clients. If required, yu can verwrite the existing camera name with a new ne. Camera names must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Default Micrphne: Select required default micrphne. Tip: Nte that yu can select a micrphne attached t anther hardware device than the selected camera itself. This als applies when selecting default speakers. Default Speaker: Select required default speaker. Camera: Click the Open buttn t cnfigure detailed and/r camera-specific settings (such as event ntificatin, PTZ preset psitins, etc.) fr the selected camera. Select All: Click buttn t select all cameras in the Apply Template clumn. Clear All: Click buttn t clear all selectins in the Apply Template clumn Set selected template value n selected cameras: Lets yu apply nly a selected value frm the template t selected cameras. Example: Only the selected value is applied using this methd Set all template values n selected cameras: Lets yu apply all values frm the template t selected cameras. Audi Recrding When yu cnfigure vide and recrding fr specific cameras, yu can determine whether audi shuld be recrded r nt. Yur chice will apply fr all cameras n the system. Always: Always recrd audi n all applicable cameras. Never: Never recrd audi n any cameras. Nte that even thugh audi is never recrded, it will still be pssible t listen t live audi in the Ocularis Client. If yu recrd audi, it is imprtant that yu nte the fllwing: Only audi frm micrphnes is recrded: Only incming audi, that is audi recrded by micrphnes attached t hardware devices, is recrded. Outging audi, that is what Ocularis Client peratrs say when they talk thrugh speakers attached t hardware devices, is nt recrded. Audi recrding affects vide strage capacity: Audi is recrded t the assciated camera s database. It is imprtant t keep in mind that the database is likely t becme full earlier if recrding audi and vide than if nly recrding vide. The fact that the database becmes full is nt in itself a prblem since the NVR autmatically archives data if the database becmes full. Hwever, there is likely t be a greater need fr archiving space if yu recrd audi. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 29

38 General Recrding & Strage Prperties Example: If using MPEG4, each ne-secnd vide GOP (Grup Of Pictures) will be stred in ne recrd in the database. Each secnd f audi will als be stred in ne recrd in the database. When this is the case, the database s vide strage capacity will be halved, because half f the database s recrds will be used fr string audi. Cnsequently, the database will run full sner, and autmatic archiving will take place mre ften than if yu were nly recrding vide. Example: If using MJPEG, audi is stred in ne recrd fr every JPEG fr as lng as the audi blck size des nt exceed the time between the JPEGs. The database s vide strage capacity can thus in extreme cases be halved, because half f the database s recrds will be used fr string audi. If using very high frame rates, where there is less time between each JPEG, a smaller prtin f the database will be used fr string audi recrds, and cnsequently a larger prtin will be available fr string vide. Anyway, the database will run full sner, and autmatic archiving will take place mre ften than if yu were nly recrding vide. Abve examples are simplified, the exact available vide strage capacity will als depend n GOP/JPEG and audi kilbyte size. Strage Infrmatin The strage usage summary infrmatin lets yu view hw much strage space yu have used and free n yur system: Drive: Letter representing the drive in questin, fr example C:. Path: Path t the strage area, fr example C:\ r \\OurServer\OurFlder\OurSubflder\. Usage: What the strage area is used fr, fr example recrding r archiving. Drive Size: Ttal size f the drive. Vide Data: Amunt f vide data n the drive. Other Data: Amunt f ther data n the drive. Free Space: Amunt f unused space left n the drive. Tip: T quickly view disk space usage in a pie chart frmat, select the line representing the drive yu are interested in. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 30

39 Camera Specific Prperties Camera-Specific Prperties Camera Enabled: Cameras are by default enabled, meaning that prvided they are scheduled t be nline, they are able t transfer vide t the NVR. If required, yu can disable an individual camera, in which case n vide/audi will be transferred frm the camera surce. Camera name: Name f the camera as it will appear in the Management Applicatin as well as in clients. If required, yu can verwrite the existing camera name with a new ne. Camera names must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Tip: Camera names can be very lng if required: the upper limit is mre than 2000 characters, althugh such lng camera names are hardly ever needed. Camera shrtcut number: Users f sme clients can take advantage f keybard shrtcuts, sme f which let the users tggle between viewing different cameras. Such shrtcuts include numbers which are used t identify each camera. Frame Rate If the Camera Uses the MJPEG Vide Frmat With MJPEG, yu can define frame rates fr regular as well as speedup mdes: Regular Frame Rate Mde: Live frame rate: Frame rate fr viewing live vide frm the camera. Select number f frames in the first field, and required interval (per secnd, minute r hur) in the secnd field. Recrding frame rate: Frame rate fr viewing recrded vide frm the camera. Select number f frames in the first field, and required interval (per secnd, minute r hur) in the secnd field. Speedup Frame Rate Mde: Enable speedup frame rate: The speedup feature lets yu use a higher than nrmal frame rate if mtin is detected and/r an event ccurs. When yu enable speedup, further fields fr specifying speedup details becme available. Live frame rate: Speedup frame rate fr viewing live vide frm the camera. Select number f frames in the first field, and required interval (per secnd, minute r hur) in the secnd field. The frame rate must be higher than the live frame rate specified under nrmal mde. Recrding frame rate: Speedup frame rate fr viewing recrded vide frm the camera. Select number f frames in the first field, and required interval (per secnd, minute r hur) in the secnd field. The frame rate must be higher than the recrding frame rate specified under nrmal mde. On mtin: Select this check bx t use the speedup frame rates when mtin is detected. The camera will return t the nrmal frame rates tw secnds after the last mtin is detected. On event: Select this check bx t use the speedup frame rates when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs. Use f speedup n event requires that events have been defined, and that yu select start and stp events in the neighbring lists. Tip: If yu have nt yet defined any suitable events, yu can quickly d it: Use the Cnfigure events list, lcated belw the ther fields. Start event: Select required start event. The camera will begin using the speedup frame rates when the start event ccurs. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 31

40 Camera Specific Prperties Stp event: Select required start event. The camera will return t the nrmal frame rates when the stp event ccurs. Tip: Speedup des nt necessarily have t be based n mtin- r events, yu can als use scheduling t cnfigure speedup based n particular perids f time. If yu prefer such time-based speedup, yu shuld still enable the use f speedup by selecting the Enable speedup check bx. If the Camera Uses the MPEG Vide Frmat With MPEG, yu can define frame rate as well as when t recrd keyframes r all frames: Frame rate per secnd: Frame rate fr viewing live and recrded vide frm the camera. Select number f frames per secnd. Recrd keyframes nly:keyframes stred at specified intervals recrd the entire view f the camera, whereas the fllwing frames recrd nly pixels that change; this helps greatly reduce the size f MPEG files. Select the check bx if yu nly want t recrd keyframes. Nte that yu can specify exceptins if mtin is detected r events ccur (see the fllwing). Recrd all frames n mtin: Allws yu t make exceptins if yu have selected recrd keyframes nly. Select this check bx t recrd all frames when mtin is detected. Tw secnds after the last mtin is detected, the camera will return t recrding keyframes nly. Recrd all frames n event: Allws yu t make exceptins if yu have selected recrd keyframes nly. Select this check bx t recrd all frames when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs. Use f this feature requires that events have been defined, and that yu select start and stp events in the neighbring lists. Tip: If yu have nt yet defined any suitable events, yu can quickly d it: Use the Cnfigure events list, lcated belw the ther fields. Start event: Select required start event. The camera will begin recrding all fames when the start event ccurs. Vide Stp event: Select required start event. When the stp event ccurs, the camera will return t recrding keyframes nly. When yu cnfigure vide and recrding fr specific cameras, prperties are t a large extent camera-specific. Since such prperties vary frm camera t camera, descriptins in the fllwing are fr guidance nly. If the selected camera is accessible, a live preview is displayed. Click the Cnfigure Vide Prperties buttn t pen a separate windw with prperties fr the selected camera. The vide prperties typically let yu cntrl bandwidth, brightness, cmpressin, cntrast, reslutin, rtatin, etc. by verwriting existing values f selecting new nes. When adjusting vide settings, yu are fr mst cameras able t preview the effect f yur settings in an image belw the fields. Vide settings may feature an Include Date and Time setting. If set t Yes, date and time frm the camera will be included in vide. Nte, hwever, that cameras are separate units which may have separate timing devices, pwer supplies, etc. Camera time and NVR system time may therefre nt crrespnd fully, and this may ccasinally lead t cnfusin. As all frames are time-stamped by the NVR upn receptin, and exact date and time infrmatin fr each image is already knwn, it is recmmended that the setting is set t N. Tip: Fr cnsistent time synchrnizatin, yu may if supprted by the camera autmatically synchrnize camera and system time thrugh a time server. Audi With a default micrphne and/r a speaker selected fr a camera, audi frm the micrphne and/r a speaker will autmatically be used when vide frm the camera is viewed. If a micrphne and/r a speaker is attached t the same hardware device as the camera, that micrphne/speaker will be the camera's default micrphne/speaker if yu d nt select therwise. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 32

41 Camera Specific Prperties Tip: Nte that yu can select a micrphne and/r a speaker attached t anther hardware device than the selected camera itself. Default micrphne: Select required micrphne. Default speaker: Select required speaker. The ability t select a default micrphne and/r a speaker fr the camera requires that at least ne micrphne and/r speaker has been attached t a hardware device n the surveillance system. Recrding Settings The term recrding means saving vide and, if applicable, audi frm a camera in the camera's database n the surveillance system server. Vide/audi is ften saved nly when there is a reasn t d s, fr example as lng as mtin is detected, when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs, r within a certain perid f time. When yu cnfigure vide and recrding fr specific cameras, recrding prperties include: Always: Recrd whenever the camera is enabled and scheduled t be nline (the latter allws fr time-based recrding). Never: Never recrd. Live vide will be displayed, but since n vide is kept in the database users will nt be able t play back vide frm the camera. Cnditinally: Recrd when certain cnditins are met. When yu select this ptin, specify required cnditins (see the fllwing). On built-in mtin detectin: Select this check bx t recrd vide in which mtin is detected. Unless pstrecrding (see the fllwing) is used, recrding will stp immediately after the last mtin is detected. On event: Select this check bx t recrd vide when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs. Use f recrding n event requires that events have been defined, and that yu select start and stp events in the neighbring lists. Tip: If yu have nt yet defined any suitable events, yu can quickly d it: Use the Cnfigure events list, lcated belw the ther fields. Start event: Select required start event. Recrding will begin when the start event ccurs (r earlier if using pre-recrding; see the fllwing). Stp event: Select required start event. Recrding will end when the stp event ccurs (r later if using pstrecrding; see the fllwing). When the ptin Cnditinally is selected, yu can stre recrdings frm perids preceding and fllwing detected mtin and/r specified events. Example: If yu have defined that vide shuld be stred when a dr is pened, being able t see what happened immediately prir t the dr being pened may als be imprtant. Fr example, yu may have specified that vide shuld be stred cnditinally n event, with a start event called Dr Opened and a stp event called Dr Clsed. With three secnds f pre-recrding, vide will be recrded frm three secnds befre Dr Opened ccurs and until Dr Clsed ccurs. Enable pre-recrding: Available nly when the ptin Cnditinal is selected. Specify the number f secnds fr which yu want t recrd vide frm befre recrding start cnditins (that is mtin r start event) are met. Enable pst-recrding: Available nly when the ptin Cnditinal is selected. Specify the number f secnds fr which yu want t recrd vide after recrding stp cnditins (that is mtin end r stp event) are met. Hw des pre- and pst-recrding wrk? The NVR receives vide in a cntinuus stream frm the camera whenever the camera is enabled and scheduled t be nline. This is what lets yu view live vide, but it als means that the NVR can easily stre received vide fr a number f secnds in its memry (a.k.a. buffering). If it turns ut that the buffered vide is needed fr pre- r pst-recrding, it is autmatically appended t the recrding. If nt, it is simply discarded. Recrding & Archiving Paths Recrding path: Path t the flder in which the camera's database shuld be stred. Default is C:\VideData. T brwse fr anther flder, click the brwse buttn next t the Recrding path field. Yu are nly able t specify a path t a flder n a lcal drive. If using a netwrk drive, it wuld nt be pssible t save recrdings if On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 33

42 Camera Specific Prperties the netwrk drive became unavailable. If yu change the recrding path, and there are existing recrdings at the ld lcatin, yu will be asked whether yu want t mve the recrdings t the new lcatin (recmmended), leave them at the ld lcatin, r delete them. Tip: If yu have several cameras, and several lcal drives are available, yu can imprve perfrmance by distributing individual cameras' databases acrss several drives. Delete Database: Click buttn t delete all recrdings in the database fr the camera. Archived recrdings will nt be affected. IMPORTANT: Use with cautin; all recrdings in the database fr the camera will be permanently deleted. As a security measure, yu will be asked t cnfirm the deletin. Archiving path: Only available if nt using dynamic paths fr archiving. Path t the flder in which the camera's archived recrdings shuld be stred. Default is C:\VideData\Archives. T brwse fr anther flder, click the brwse buttn next t the Archiving path field. Yu can specify a path t lcal r netwrked drive as required. Yu can nly specify a path t lcal drive. If yu change the archiving path, and there are existing archived recrdings at the ld lcatin, yu will be asked whether yu want t mve the archived recrdings t the new lcatin (recmmended), leave them at the ld lcatin, r delete them. Nte that if mving archived recrdings, RC-I will als archive what is currently in the camera's database; in case yu wnder why the camera database is empty just after yu have mved archived recrdings, this is the reasn. Delete Archives: Click buttn t delete all archived recrdings fr the camera. Recrdings in the camera's regular database will nt be affected. The ability t delete is available regardless f whether yu use a single archiving path r dynamic archiving paths. IMPORTANT: Use with cautin; all archived recrdings fr the camera will be permanently deleted. As a security measure, yu will be asked t cnfirm the deletin. Retentin time: Ttal amunt f time fr which yu want t keep recrdings frm the camera (that is recrdings in the camera's database as well as any archived recrdings). Default is 30 days. Nte that the retentin time cvers the ttal amunt f time yu want t keep recrdings. Database repair actin: Select which actin t take if the database becmes crrupted: Repair, scan, delete if fails: Default actin. If the database becmes crrupted, tw different repair methds will be attempted: a fast repair and a thrugh repair. If bth repair methds fail, the cntents f the database will be deleted. Repair, delete if fails: If the database becmes crrupted, a fast repair will be attempted. If the fast repair fails, the cntents f the database will be deleted. Repair, archive if fails: If the database becmes crrupted, a fast repair will be attempted. If the fast repair fails, the cntents f the database will be archived. Delete (n repair): If the database becmes crrupted, the cntents f the database will be deleted. Archive (n repair): If the database becmes crrupted, the cntents f the database will be archived. N vide can be recrded in a database while it is being repaired. Fr large installatins, a repair may take several hurs, especially if the Repair, scan, delete if fails actin (which invlves tw different repair methds) is selected, and the first repair methd (fast repair) fails. Tip: There are several things yu can d t prevent that yur databases becme crrupt in the first place. See Prtect Recrding Databases frm Crruptin. Cnfigure Dynamic Paths: With dynamic archiving paths, yu specify a number f different archiving paths, usually acrss several drives. If the drive cntaining the camera's database is amng the path yu have selected fr dynamic archiving, the NVR will always try t archive t that path first. If nt, the NVR autmatically archives t the archiving path with the mst available space at any time, prvided there is nt a camera database using that drive. See als Dynamic Path Selectin. Event Ntificatin When yu cnfigure vide and recrding fr specific cameras, prperties include event ntificatin: On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 34

43 Camera Specific Prperties What Is an Event Ntificatin? Event ntificatin lets yu infrm Ocularis Client and Ocularis Client Lite users that an event has ccurred n the RC-I system. Event ntificatin can be valuable fr client users, as they will be able t quickly detect that an event has ccurred, even thugh their fcus was perhaps n smething else the mment the event ccurred. Tip: Even thugh event ntificatin is cnfigured separately fr each camera, yu can select between all events n the NVR, regardless whether events are manual, generic, r riginate n anther hardware device than the camera itself. In the Ocularis Client, event ntificatin is given by a yellw indicatr which lights up when a relevant event has taken place. An ptinal sund n event ntificatin can furthermre be cnfigured in the Ocularis Administratr when using Ocularis Base. In Ocularis Client, three differently clred indicatrs are available fr each camera: The yellw event indicatr. When event ntificatin is used fr a camera, the yellw indicatr will light up when a relevant event has ccurred. A red recrding indicatr; lights up when recrding is taking place. A blue mtin indicatr; lights up when mtin is ccurring n the camera feed. Hw t Select Required Events Output 1. In the Available events list, select the required event. It is nly pssible t select ne event at a time. Tip: If yu have nt yet defined any suitable events, yu can quickly d it: Use the Cnfigure events list, lcated belw the ther fields. 2. Click the >> buttn t cpy the selected event t the Selected Events list. 3. Repeat fr each required event. If yu later want t remve an event frm the Selected Events list, simply select the event in questin, and click the << buttn. When yu cnfigure vide and recrding fr specific cameras, yu are als able t assciate a camera with particular hardware utput, fr example the sunding f a siren r the switching n f lights. Assciated utput can then be activated autmatically when mtin is detected in vide frm the camera, r manually when Ocularis Client users with the necessary rights view live vide frm the camera. 1. In the Available utput list, select the required utput. It is nly pssible t select ne utput at a time. Tip: If yu have nt yet defined any suitable utput, yu can quickly d it: Use the Cnfigure Output buttn, lcated belw the ther fields. Tip: Even thugh utput is cnfigured separately fr each camera, yu can select between all utput n yur system, regardless whether utput riginates n anther hardware device than the camera itself. 2. Click the >> buttn t cpy the selected utput t: the On manual activatin list, in which case the utput will be available fr manual activatin in the Ocularis Client. - and/r - the On mtin detected list, in which case the utput will be activated when mtin is detected in vide frm the camera. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 35

44 Camera Specific Prperties If required, the same utput can appear n bth lists. 3. Repeat fr each required utput. If yu later want t remve an utput frm the ne f the lists, simply select the utput in questin, and click the << buttn. Mtin Detectin & Exclude Regins When yu cnfigure vide and recrding fr specific cameras, adjusting mtin detectin is imprtant since it may determine when vide frm the camera is recrded, when ntificatins are generated, when hardware utput (such as lights r sirens) is activated, etc. Time spent n finding the best pssible mtin detectin settings fr each camera may help yu later avid unnecessary recrdings, ntificatins, etc. Depending n the physical lcatin f the camera, it may be a very gd idea t test mtin detectin under different physical cnditins (day/night, windy/calm weather, etc.). Befre yu cnfigure mtin detectin fr a camera, it is highly recmmended that yu have cnfigured the camera's vide prperties, such as cmpressin, reslutin, etc. Cameras that d nt supprt multiple simultaneus vide streams will nt be able t cnnect t the surveillance server and the Management Applicatin at the same time; therefre it is recmmended t stp the Recrding Server service when cnfiguring such devices fr mtin detectin and PTZ. See als View Vide frm Cameras in Management Applicatin. Hw t Cnfigure Mtin Detectin Prperties 1. Determine whether there are any areas which shuld be excluded frm mtin detectin (fr example if the camera cvers an area where a tree is swaying in the wind r where cars regularly pass by in the backgrund). If s, yu can avid detectin f irrelevant mtin by fllwing the pints belw. If nt, cntinue t step 2. In the Exclude regins sectin in lwer part f the windw, select Enable. The preview image is nw divided int small sectins by a grid. T define areas which shuld be excluded frm mtin detectin, drag the muse pinter ver the required areas in the preview image while pressing the muse buttn dwn. Left muse buttn selects a grid sectin; right muse buttn clears a grid sectin. Selected areas are highlighted in blue. Occasinally, yu may als want t take advantage f further exclude regins features: Shw grid: Lets yu tggle the grid n and ff. Tggling the grid ff may prvide a less bscured view f the preview image; selectin f areas which shuld be excluded frm mtin detectin takes place the same way as when the grid is visible. Set All: Lets yu quickly select all grid sectins in the preview image. This may be advantageus if yu want t exclude mtin detectin in mst areas f the image, in which case yu can simply clear the few sectins in which yu d nt want t exclude mtin detectin. Clear All: Lets yu quickly clear all grid sectins in the preview image. Aut: Makes autmatically detect areas with insignificant changes in individual pixels which shuld nt be regarded as mtin, and autmatically mark such areas fr exclusin frm mtin detectin. As the autmatic detectin is based n an analysis f ne secnd f vide, it may take a shrt while befre yu see the result. The autmatic detectin takes place accrding t the sensitivity setting specified in step 2. In rder fr the Aut feature t wrk as intended, it is therefre recmmended that yu g t step 2 and specify a sensitivity setting that matches yur requirements befre using the Aut feature. 2. Use the tw sliders fr cnfiguring mtin detectin: Sensitivity: Determines hw much each pixel must change befre it is regarded as mtin. With a high sensitivity, very little change in a pixel is required befre it is regarded as mtin. Areas in which mtin is detected are highlighted in green in the preview image. Select a slider psitin in which nly detectins yu cnsider mtin are highlighted. As an alternative t using the slider, yu may specify a value between 0 and 256 in the field next t the slider t cntrl the sensitivity setting. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 36

45 Camera Specific Prperties Tip: If yu find the cncept f sensitivity difficult t grasp, try dragging the slider t its leftmst psitin: The mre yu drag the slider t the left, the mre f the preview image becmes highlighted. This is because with a high sensitivity even the slightest change in a pixel will be regarded as mtin. Mtin: Determines hw many pixels must change in the image befre it is regarded as mtin. The selected level is indicated by the black vertical line in the mtin level indicatin bar belw the preview image. The black vertical line serves as a threshld: When detected mtin is abve (that is t the right f) the selected sensitivity level, the bar changes clr frm green t red, indicating a psitive detectin. As an alternative t using the slider, yu may specify a value between 0 and in the field next t the slider t cntrl the mtin setting. 3. Specify required Mtin detectin interval, that is hw ften mtin detectin analysis shuld be carried ut n vide frm the camera. The interval is measured in millisecnds; default is 240 millisecnds (that is clse t nce every quarter f a secnd). The interval is applied regardless f the camera's frame rate settings. Mtin Detectin and PTZ Cameras Mtin detectin generally wrks the same way fr PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zm) cameras as it des fr regular cameras. Hwever: It is nt pssible t cnfigure mtin detectin separately fr each f a PTZ camera's preset psitins. PTZ Preset Psitins In rder nt t activate unwanted recrding, ntificatins, etc., mtin detectin is autmatically disabled while a PTZ camera mves between tw preset psitins. After a number f secnds the s-called transitin time, specified as part f the PTZ camera's PTZ patrlling prperties mtin detectin is autmatically enabled again. PTZ-related prperties are nly available when yu are dealing with a PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zm) camera. PTZ preset psitins can be used fr making the PTZ camera autmatically g t a particular psitin when particular events ccur, and when setting up PTZ patrlling prfiles. Preset psitins als becme selectable in clients, allwing users with required rights t mve the PTZ camera between preset psitins. Names f preset psitins must cntain nly the characters A-Z, a-z and the digits 0-9. If yu imprt preset psitins frm cameras (see the fllwing), verify that their names d nt cntain ther characters; if they d, change the preset psitin names befre imprting them. Restart services after having made changes t PTZ settings. Cameras that d nt supprt multiple simultaneus vide streams will nt be able t cnnect t the surveillance server and the Management Applicatin at the same time; therefre it is recmmended t stp the Recrding Server service when cnfiguring such devices fr mtin detectin and PTZ. See als View Vide frm Cameras in Management Applicatin. PTZ type: Yur cnfiguratin ptins depend n the type f PTZ camera in questin: Type 1 (stred n server): Yu define preset psitins by mving the camera using the cntrls in the upper half f the windw, then string each required psitin n the NVR server. Yu can define up t 2550 preset psitins this way. Type 2 (imprted frm camera): Yu imprt preset psitins which have previusly been defined and stred n the PTZ camera itself thrugh the camera's wn cnfiguratin interface. The number f On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 37

46 Camera Specific Prperties allwed preset psitins depends n the PTZ camera and driver used. Type 3 (stred n camera): Yu define preset psitins by mving the camera with the cntrls in the upper half f the windw, then string each required psitin in the camera's wn memry. Yu are able t define up t 2550 preset psitins this way. If preset psitins have already been defined fr the camera, yu can simply imprt them fr use with RC-I. Fr PTZ types 1 and 3, yu can mve the PTZ camera t required psitins: By simply clicking the required psitin in the camera preview (if supprted by the camera). By using the sliders lcated near the camera preview t mve the PTZ camera alng each f its axes: the X-axis (fr panning left/right), the Y-axis (fr tilting up/dwn), and the Z-axis (fr zming in and ut; t zm in, mve the slider twards Tele; t zm ut, mve the slider twards Wide). By using the navigatin buttns: Mves the PTZ camera up and t the left Mves the PTZ camera up Mves the PTZ camera up and t the right Mves the PTZ camera t the left Mves the PTZ camera t its hme psitin (that is default psitin) Mves the PTZ camera t the right Mves the PTZ camera dwn and t the left Mves the PTZ camera dwn Mves the PTZ camera dwn and t the right Zms ut (ne zm level per click) Zms in (ne zm level per click) Imprt / Refresh: Only available when yu have selected PTZ type 2 r 3. Lets yu imprt already defined preset psitins frm the camera's memry fr use with the NVR. If yu have already imprted preset psitins this way, and preset psitins have since then been added r changed n the camera, yu can use this buttn t refresh the imprted preset psitins. Add New: Only available when yu have selected PTZ type 1. When yu have mve the camera t a required psitin using the cntrls in the upper half f the windw, type a name fr the psitin in the blank field, then click the buttn t add the psitin t the list f defined preset psitins. Remember that names f preset psitins must cntain nly the characters A-Z, a-z and the digits 0-9. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 38

47 Camera Specific Prperties Set New Psitin: Only available when yu have selected PTZ type 1 r 3. Lets yu change an already defined preset psitin. In the list, select the preset psitin yu want t change. Then mve the camera t the new required psitin using the cntrls in the upper half f the windw. Then click the buttn t verwrite the ld psitin with the new ne. Delete: Only available when yu have selected PTZ type 1 r 3. Lets yu delete an already defined preset. In the list, select the preset psitin yu want t delete, then click the buttn. Befre yu delete a preset psitin, make sure it is nt used in PTZ patrlling r PTZ n event. Since the preset psitins are stred n the camera, yu can bring a deleted preset psitin back int RC-I by clicking the Imprt / refresh buttn. If yu bring back a preset psitin this way, and the preset psitin is t be used in PTZ patrlling r PTZ n event, yu must manually cnfigure PTZ patrlling and/r PTZ n event t use the preset psitin again. Test: Lets yu try ut a preset psitin. In the list, select the preset psitin yu want t test, then click the Test buttn t view the camera mve t the selected psitin. and : Lets yu mve a preset psitin selected in the list up and dwn respectively. The selected preset psitin is mved ne step per click. By mving preset psitins up r dwn, yu can cntrl the sequence in which preset psitins are presented in clients. PTZ Patrlling PTZ-related prperties are nly available when yu are dealing with a PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zm) camera. PTZ patrlling is the cntinuus mvement f a PTZ camera between a number f preset psitins. T use patrlling, yu shuld nrmally have specified at least tw preset psitins fr the PTZ camera in questin. T cnfigure PTZ patrlling, yu basically select a patrlling prfile in the Patrlling prfiles list, then specify required prperties t define the exact behavir f the patrlling prfile. Tip: Althugh it is technically nt patrlling, specifying a patrlling prfile with nly ne preset psitin is pssible. A patrlling prfile with nly ne preset psitin can, when cmbined with scheduling, be useful in tw cases: Fr mving a PTZ camera t a specific psitin at a specific time, and fr mving a PTZ camera t a specific psitin upn manual cntrl f the PTZ camera. Restart services after having made changes t PTZ settings. When yu have defined yur patrlling prfiles, als remember t schedule the use f patrlling prfiles. keep in mind that patrlling can be verridden if users (with the required rights) manually perate PTZ cameras. Cameras that d nt supprt multiple simultaneus vide streams will nt be able t cnnect t the surveillance server and the Management Applicatin at the same time; therefre it is recmmended t stp the Recrding Server service when cnfiguring such devices fr mtin detectin and PTZ. See als View Vide frm Cameras in Management Applicatin. Patrlling Prfiles A PTZ camera may patrl accrding t several different patrlling prfiles. Fr example, a PTZ camera in a supermarket may patrl accrding t ne patrlling prfile during pening hurs, and accrding t anther patrlling prfile when the supermarket is clsed. The Patrlling prfiles list lets yu select which patrlling prfile t cnfigure. Add New: Lets yu add a new patrlling prfile t the list. When yu add a new patrlling prfile, yu can either give it a unique name, r reuse an existing name frm anther PTZ camera with PTZ patrlling. Using several identically named patrlling prfiles can be advantageus when yu later cnfigure scheduling. Example: If yu have cnfigured patrlling prfiles identically named Night Patrlling n 25 different cameras, yu can schedule the use f Night Patrlling n all 25 cameras in ne step, even thugh Night Patrlling cvers individual preset psitins n each f the 25 cameras. Delete: Lets yu delete an existing patrlling prfile. Nte that the selected patrlling prfile will be remved frm the list withut further warning. There are already sme patrlling prfiles listed, why? Names f patrlling prfile defined fr ther cameras can be reused. This allws yu t use a single patrlling prfile name acrss several PTZ cameras, and this can make scheduling f PTZ patrlling much easier. Despite the fact that several PTZ cameras share a patrlling prfile name, the mvement between preset psitins is f curse individual fr each camera. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 39

48 Camera Specific Prperties Preset Psitins t Use in a Patrlling Prfile Having selected a patrlling prfile in the Patrlling prfiles list, yu can specify which f the PTZ camera's preset psitins shuld be used fr the selected patrlling scheme: 1. In the Preset Psitins list, select the preset psitins yu want t use. A preset psitin can be used mre than nce in a patrl scheme, fr example if the preset psitin cvers an especially imprtant lcatin. Tip: By pressing the CTRL buttn n yur keybard while selecting frm the Preset Psitins list, yu can select several r all f list's preset psitins in ne step. 2. Click the buttn t cpy the selected preset psitins t the Patrlling list. 3. The camera will mve between preset psitins in the sequence they appear in the Patrlling list, starting at the preset psitin listed first. If yu want t change the sequence f preset psitins in the Preset Psitins list, select a preset psitin, and use the r buttns t mve the selected preset psitin up r dwn in the list. The selected preset psitin is mved ne step per click. If yu later want t remve a preset psitin frm the Patrlling list, select the preset psitin in questin, and click the buttn. Wait and Transitin Timing fr a Patrlling Prfile Wait time (sec.): Lets yu specify the number f secnds fr which the PTZ camera shuld stay at each preset psitin befre it mves n t the next preset psitin. Default is 10 secnds. The wait time applies t all presets in the patrlling prfile, that is the PTZ camera will stay at each preset psitin fr the same number f secnds. Transitin time (sec.): Lets yu specify the number f secnds required fr the PTZ camera t mve frm ne preset psitin t anther. Default is five secnds. During this transitin time, mtin detectin is autmatically disabled, as irrelevant mtin is therwise likely t be detected while the camera mves between the preset psitins. After the specified number f secnds, mtin detectin is autmatically enabled again. The transitin time applies t all presets in the patrlling prfile. It is thus imprtant that the camera is able t reach between any f the patrlling prfile's preset psitins within the number f secnds yu specify. If nt, false mtin is likely t be detected. keep in mind that it takes lnger fr the PTZ camera t mve between psitins that are lcated physically far apart (fr example frm an extreme left psitin t an extreme right psitin) than between psitins that are lcated physically clse tgether. Tip: Nte that wait time and transitin time settings are tied t the selected patrlling prfile. This allws yu the flexibility f having different wait time and transitin time settings fr different patrlling prfiles n the same camera. PTZ Scanning PTZ scanning (cntinuus panning) is supprted n a few PTZ cameras nly. PTZ scanning: Only available if yur camera supprts PTZ scanning. Lets yu enable PTZ scanning and select a PTZ scanning speed frm the list belw the check bx. Nte that PTZ scanning nly wrks fr PTZ type 1 cameras (where preset psitins are cnfigured and stred n the server). If the camera is a PTZ type 2 camera, and yu imprt preset psitins which have previusly been defined and stred n the PTZ camera itself thrugh the camera's wn cnfiguratin interface, PTZ scanning will stp wrking. Fr mre infrmatin abut PTZ types, see PTZ Preset Psitins. Pausing PTZ Patrlling PTZ patrlling is autmatically paused when the camera is perated manually as well as if PTZ n Event is used. PTZ patrlling can furthermre be paused if mtin is detected. Tip: Nte that pause settings are tied t the selected patrlling prfile. This allws yu the flexibility f having different pause settings fr different patrlling prfiles n the same camera. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 40

49 Camera Specific Prperties Pause patrlling if mtin is detected: T pause PTZ patrlling when mtin is detected, s that the PTZ camera will remain at the psitin where mtin was detected fr a specified perid f time, d the fllwing: 1. Select the Pause patrlling schedule if mtin is detected check bx. 2. Select whether the PTZ camera shuld resume patrlling: After a certain number f secnds has passed since first detectin f mtin, regardless whether further mtin is detected - r - After a certain number f secnds has passed withut further detectin f mtin 3. Specify the required number f secnds fr the selected ptin (default is ten and five secnds respectively). Unless transitin time (see the previus infrmatin under Wait and Transitin Timing...) is set t zer, mtin detectin is autmatically disabled while the camera mves between preset psitins, as irrelevant mtin is therwise likely t be detected while the camera mves between the preset psitins. Resume PTZ patrlling after: PTZ patrlling is autmatically paused when the camera is perated manually as well as if PTZ n Event is used. Yu can specify hw many secnds shuld pass befre the regular patrlling is resumed after a manual r event-based interruptin. Default is 30 secnds. PTZ n Event Users f the Ocularis Client are in additin t manual cntrl able t stp a selected PTZ camera's patrlling entirely. Fr Ocularis Client users, the number f secnds specified in the Patrlling settings sectin therefre nly applies when users manually cntrl a PTZ camera; nt when users stp a PTZ camera's patrlling entirely. When Ocularis Client users stp a PTZ camera's patrlling entirely, the camera's patrlling will resume nly when the Ocularis Client user selects t resume it. PTZ-related prperties are nly available when yu are dealing with a PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zm) camera. When a PTZ camera supprts preset psitins, it is pssible t make the PTZ camera autmatically g t a particular preset psitin when a particular event ccurs. When assciating events with preset psitins n a PTZ camera, yu are able t select between all events defined n yur system; yu are nt limited t selecting events defined n a particular hardware device. 1. In the Events list in the left side f the windw, select the required event. Tip: If yu have nt yet defined any suitable events, yu can quickly d it: Use the Cnfigure events list, lcated belw the ther fields. 2. In the PTZ Preset Psitin list in the right side f the windw, select the required preset psitin. Fr this purpse, yu can nly use an event nce per PTZ camera. Hwever, different events can be used fr making the PTZ camera g t the same preset psitin. Example: Event 1 makes the PTZ camera g t preset psitin A Event 2 makes the PTZ camera g t preset psitin B Event 3 makes the PTZ camera g t preset psitin A If yu later want t end the assciatin between a particular event and a particular preset psitin, simply clear the field cntaining the event. Restart services after having made changes t PTZ settings. Cameras that d nt supprt multiple simultaneus vide streams will nt be able t cnnect t the surveillance server and the Management Applicatin at the same time; therefre it is recmmended t stp the Recrding Server service when cnfiguring such devices fr mtin detectin and PTZ. See als View Vide frm Cameras in Management Applicatin. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 41

50 Camera Specific Prperties NetCentral Cnfigure NetCentral Cnnectins NetCentral settings are relevant nly if yu are using the NetCentral add-n prduct in cnnectin with the RC-I recrder. The NetCentral Settings lets yu specify the lgin settings required fr a NetCentral server t access the surveillance system in rder t retrieve status infrmatin and alarms. 1. In the Management Applicatin's Navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click NetCentral and select Prperties. 2. Enable the use f NetCentral cnnectins by selecting the Enable NetCentral cnnectins check bx. 3. Specify required prperties. When ready, click OK. 4. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Prperties NetCentral Enable NetCentral cnnectins: Enables the use f NetCentral cnnectins, allwing yu t specify further prperties. Lgin Name: Type the accunt name used fr the cnnectin between the RC-I NVR and NetCentral servers. The name must match the name specified n the NetCentral server itself. Default name is Name. Passwrd: Type the passwrd used fr the cnnectin between the RC-I and NetCentral servers. The passwrd must match the passwrd specified n the NetCentral server itself. Default passwrd is Pass. Prt: Type the prt number t which the NetCentral server shuld cnnect when accessing the RC-I server. The prt number must match the prt number specified n the NetCentral server itself. Default prt is Client Access t Surveillance System Cnfigure Server Access Yu can cnfigure clients' access the NVR server in tw ways: Wizard-driven: Guided cnfiguratin which lets yu quickly specify hw clients access the server as well as which users shuld be able t use clients. See Cnfigure User Access Wizard. When using the wizard, all users yu add will have access t all cameras, including any new cameras added at a later stage. If this is nt acceptable, specify access settings, users and user rights separately; see the fllwing. Thrugh advanced cnfiguratin: Technically this is the Image Server service which handles clients' access t the surveillance system. 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click Server Access and select Prperties. 2. Specify required prperties fr Server Access, Lcal IP Ranges, and Language Supprt & XML Encding. When ready, click OK. 3. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. When using this ptin, yu cnfigure client users separately frm clients' access; see Add Individual Users, Add User Grups, and Cnfigure User & Grup Rights. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 42

51 Camera Specific Prperties Prperties Server Access Server name: Name f the server as it will appear in Ocularis Administratr. Users with rights t cnfigure Ocularis Base will see the name f the server when they add NVRs t the Ocularis Base. Lcal prt: Prt number t use fr cmmunicatin between clients and the surveillance server. The default prt number is 80; yu can change the prt number if prt 80 is used fr ther purpses in yur rganizatin. Enable internet access: Select the check bx if the server shuld be accessible frm the internet thrugh a ruter r firewall. If selecting this ptin, als specify the public ( utside ) IP address and prt number in the fllwing fields. When using public access, the ruter r firewall used must be cnfigured s requests sent t the public IP address and prt are frwarded t the lcal ( inside ) IP address and prt f the server. Internet address: Lets yu specify a public IP address r hstname fr use when the server shuld be available frm the internet. Internet prt: Lets yu specify a prt number fr use when the shuld be available frm the internet. The default prt number is 80; yu can change the prt number if prt 80 is used fr ther purpses in yur rganizatin. Max. number f clients: Up t five clients at a time are able t cnnect t the surveillance system frm a remte lcatin. Depending n yur cnfiguratin and the perfrmance f the hardware and netwrk used, limiting the number f simultaneusly cnnected clients may help reduce server lad. If mre than the allwed number f simultaneusly cnnected clients attempt t lg in, nly the allwed number f clients will be allwed access. Any clients in excess f the allwed number will receive an errr message when attempting t lg in. A fur-minute sessin timeut perid applies fr client sessins n. In many cases, client users may nt ntice this at all. Hwever, the sessin timeut perid will be very evident in sme cases, fr example if yu set the Max. number f clients value t 1: When this is the case, and the single allwed client user lgs ut, fur minutes must pass befre it will be pssible t lg in again. Max. number f clients: Yu can limit the number f clients allwed t cnnect at the same time. Depending n yur cnfiguratin and the perfrmance f the hardware and netwrk used, limiting the number f simultaneusly cnnected clients may help reduce server lad. If mre than the allwed number f simultaneusly cnnected clients attempt t lg in, nly the allwed number f clients will be allwed access. Any clients in excess f the allwed number will receive an errr message when attempting t lg in. By default, a maximum f ten simultaneusly cnnected clients are allwed. T specify a different maximum number, simply verwrite the value. Tip: T allw an unlimited number f simultaneusly cnnected access clients, type 0 (zer) in the Max. number f clients field. A fur-minute sessin timeut perid applies fr client sessins n. In many cases, client users may nt ntice this at all. Hwever, the sessin timeut perid will be very evident if yu set the Max. number f clients value t 1. When that is the case, and the single allwed client user lgs ut, fur minutes must pass befre it will be pssible t lg in again. Lcal IP Ranges When cnfiguring server access (that is clients' access t the RC-I server), yu can specify IP address ranges which the NVR shuld recgnize as cming frm a lcal netwrk. This can be relevant if different subnets are used acrss yur lcal netwrk. 1. Click the Add buttn. 2. In the Start Address clumn, specify the first IP address in the required range. 3. In the End Address clumn, specify the last IP address in the required range. Tip: If required, an IP address range may include nly ne IP address (example: ). 4. Repeat if ther lcal IP address ranges are required. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 43

52 Camera Specific Prperties Language Supprt & XML Encding Language: Select required language/character set. Example: If the surveillance server runs a Japanese versin f Windws, select Japanese. Prvided access clients als use a Japanese versin f Windws, this will ensure that the crrect language and character encding is used in clients' cmmunicatin with the server. If using a master/slave setup, remember t specify the same language/character set n all invlved servers. Cnfigure Ntificatins With ntificatins, yu and yur clleagues can instantly get ntified when yur surveillance system requires attentin. The NVR can autmatically send ntificatins t ne r mre recipients when: D the fllwing: Mtin is detected Events ccur (yu can select individually fr each event whether yu want t receive an ntificatin r nt, thus aviding irrelevant s) Archiving fails (if ntificatin has been selected as part f the archiving prperties) 1. In the Management Applicatin's Navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click and select Prperties. 2. Yu enable the use f alerts separately fr the Recrding Server service. Enable (Recrding Server): Enables ntificatins whenever the Recrding Server service is running. ntificatins will then be sent when the fllwing cnditins apply: the Recrding Server service is running mtin is detected r an event, fr which the sending f an ntificatin has been defined, ccurs mtin is detected within a perid f time fr which an ntificatin schedule has been defined 3. Specify required prperties, including the imprtant infrmatin abut which SMTP mail server t use. When ready, click OK. Tip: Yu can test yur ntificatin cnfiguratin by clicking the Test buttn; this will send a test t the specified recipients. 4. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. When cnfiguring alerts, als cnsider the ntificatin schedules cnfigured fr each camera. Cnfigure SMS (Mbile Text) Ntificatins With SMS (mbile phne text message) ntificatins, yu r a clleague can instantly get ntified when yur surveillance system requires attentin. The NVR can autmatically send SMS ntificatins t ne r mre recipients when: Mtin is detected Events ccur (yu can select individually fr each event whether yu want t receive an ntificatin r nt, thus aviding irrelevant SMS messages) Archiving fails (if SMS ntificatin has been selected as part f the archiving prperties) Use f the SMS ntificatin feature requires that an external Siemens TC-35 GSM mdem has been attached t a serial prt (a.k.a. COM prt) n the RC-I server. Siemens TC-35 is a dual-band EGSM900/GSM1800 mdem; verify that the mdem is cmpatible with mbile phne netwrks where yu are ging t use it with RC-I. T cnfigure SMS ntificatins, d the fllwing: 1. In the Management Applicatin's Navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click SMS and select Prperties. 2. Enable the use f SMS by selecting the Enable SMS check bx. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 44

53 Camera Specific Prperties 3. Specify required prperties. Tip: Yu can test yur SMS ntificatin cnfiguratin by clicking the Test buttn; this will send a test SMS t the specified recipient. Nte that yu must stp the Recrding Server service while yu perfrm the test (remember t start the service again afterwards). When ready, click OK. 4. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. When cnfiguring SMS alerts, als cnsider the SMS ntificatin schedules cnfigured fr each camera. Prperties: Ntificatins Enable (Recrding Server): Enables ntificatins whenever the Recrding Server service is running. ntificatins will then be sent when the fllwing cnditins apply: the Recrding Server service is running mtin is detected r an event, fr which the sending f an alert has been defined, ccurs mtin is detected within a perid f time fr which an alert schedule has been defined Recipient(s): Lets yu specify the addresses t which ntificatins shuld be sent. If specifying mre than ne address, separate the addresses with semiclns (example: aa@aa.aa;bb@bb.bb;cc@cc.cc). Test: Sends a test t the specified recipients. If Include Image is selected, the test will have a still test JPEG image attached. Subject text: Specify required subject text fr ntificatins. Message text: Specify required message text fr ntificatins. Nte that camera infrmatin as well as date and time infrmatin is autmatically included in ntificatins. Include Image: Select check bx t include still images in ntificatins. When selected, a still JPEG image frm the time the triggering event ccurred will be attached t each ntificatin. D nt send n camera failures: If selected, ntificatins will nt be sent if the NVR lses cntact with a camera. Otherwise, autmatic ntificatins will be sent in such cases, regardless f any scheduled ntificatin perids. Time between mtin- and database-related s per camera: Minimum time (in minutes) t pass between the sending f each ntificatin per camera. This interval nly applies fr ntificatin generated by detected mtin r database-related events; ntificatin generated by ther types f events will still be sent ut whenever the events ccur. Examples: If specifying 5, a minimum f five minutes will pass between the sending f each mtin- r database-related ntificatin per camera, even if mtin r database events are detected in between. If specifying 0, ntificatins will be sent each time mtin r database events are detected, ptentially resulting in a very large number f ntificatins being sent. If using the value 0, yu shuld therefre cnsider cameras' mtin detectin sensitivity settings. Sender address: Type the address yu wish t appear as the sender f the ntificatin. Outging mail (SMTP) server name: Type the name f the SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Prtcl) server which will be used fr sending the ntificatins. Cmpared with ther mail transfer methds, SMTP has the advantage that yu will avid autmatically triggered warnings frm yur client. Such warnings may therwise infrm yu that yur client is trying t autmatically send messages n yur behalf. TLS (Transprt Layer Security) and it s predecessr SSL (Secure Scket Layer) is nt supprted; if the sender belngs n a server that requires TLS r SSL, ntificatins will nt wrk prperly. Als, yu may be required t disable any scanners that culd prevent the applicatin sending the ntificatins. Server requires lgin: Select check bx if a user name and passwrd is required t use the SMTP server. Username: Only required when Server requires lgin is selected. Specify the user name required fr using the SMTP server. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 45

54 Camera Specific Prperties Passwrd: Only required when Server requires lgin is selected. Specify the passwrd required fr using the SMTP server. SMS Ntificatins Enable SMS: Enables the use f SMS ntificatins, allwing yu t specify further prperties. GSM mdem cnnected t: Select prt cnnecting the RC-I server t the GSM mdem. SIM card PIN cde: Specify PIN cde fr the SIM card inserted in the GSM mdem. SIM card PUK cde: Specify PUK cde (that is unlcking cde) fr the SIM card inserted in the GSM mdem. SMS central phne number: Specify the number f the SMS central t which the GSM mdem shuld cnnect in rder t send SMS ntificatins. Recipient phne number: Specify the number f the mbile telephne t which SMS alerts shuld be sent. It is nly pssible t send SMS ntificatins t a single telephne number. Message: Specify required message text fr the SMS ntificatin. Message text must be n lnger that 160 characters, and must nly cntain the fllwing characters: a-z, A-Z, 0-9 as well as cmmas (,) and full stps (.). Nte that camera infrmatin as well as date and time infrmatin is autmatically included in SMS ntificatins. Tip: While yu write, the cunter belw the Message fields indicates hw many characters yu have left t use. Time between mtin- and database-related SMSs per camera: Minimum time (in minutes) t pass between the sending f each SMS ntificatin per camera. This interval nly applies fr SMS ntificatin generated by detected mtin r database-related events; SMS ntificatin generated by ther types f events will still be sent ut whenever the events ccur. Examples: If specifying 5, a minimum f five minutes will pass between the sending f each mtin- r database-related SMS ntificatin per camera, even if mtin r database events are detected in between. If specifying 0, SMS ntificatins will be sent each time mtin r database events are detected, ptentially resulting in a very large number f SMS ntificatins being sent. If using the value 0, yu shuld therefre cnsider cameras' mtin detectin sensitivity settings. Test: Lets yu test yur SMS ntificatin cnfiguratin by sending a test SMS t the specified recipient. Nte that yu must stp the Recrding Server service while yu perfrm the test (remember t start the service again afterwards). D nt send SMS n camera failures: If selected, SMS ntificatins will nt be sent if the NVR lses cntact with a camera. Otherwise, autmatic SMS ntificatins will be sent in such cases, regardless f any scheduled SMS ntificatin perids. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 46

55 Events, Input & Output Events, Input & Output Overview f Events, Input & Output Hardware input, such as dr sensrs, etc. can be attached t input prts n hardware devices. Input frm such external hardware input units can be used fr generating events in the NVR. Events f varius types (see the fllwing fr details) can be used fr autmatically triggering actins. Examples f actins: starting r stpping recrding n cameras, switching t a particular vide frame rate, triggering r SMS ntificatins, making PTZ cameras mve t specific preset psitins, etc. Events can als be used fr activating hardware utput. Hardware utput units can be attached t utput prts n many hardware devices, allwing yu t activate lights, sirens, etc. frm the NVR. Such hardware utput can be activated autmatically by events, r manually frm clients. Event Types Hardware input events: Events based n input frm hardware input units attached t hardware devices are called hardware input events. Sme hardware devices have their wn capabilities fr detecting mtin, fr detecting mving and/r static bjects, etc. (cnfigured in the hardware devices' wn sftware; typically by accessing a brwser-based cnfiguratin interface n the hardware device's IP address). When this is the case, RC-I cnsiders such detectins as input frm the hardware, and yu can use such detectins as input events as well. Lastly, hardware input events can be based n the NVR detecting mtin in vide frm a camera, based n the NVR's mtin detectin settings. This type f hardware input events is als called system mtin detectin events r VMD(Vide Mtin Detectin)events. In sme NVRs, VMD events are an event type f their wn; with the RC-I recrding cmpnent, they are simply cnsidered a type f hardware input event. Manual events: Events may be generated manually by users selecting them in their clients. These events are called manual events. Generic events: Input may als be received in the frm f TCP r UDP data packages, which can be analyzed by the NVR, and if matching specified criteria used t generate events. Such events are called generic events. Timer events: Timer events are separate events, triggered by the hardware input event r manual event r generic event under which they are defined. Timer events ccur a specified number f secnds r minutes after the event under which they are defined has ccurred. Timer events may be used fr a wide variety f purpses, typically fr stpping previusly triggered actins. Examples: A camera starts recrding based n a hardware input event, fr example when a dr is pened; a timer event stps the recrding after 15 secnds Lights are switched n and a camera starts recrding based n a manual event; a timer event stps the recrding after ne minute, and anther timer event switches the lights ff after tw minutes Things t Be Aware f Befre yu specify the use f hardware input and hardware utput units n a hardware device, verify that sensr peratin is recgnized by the hardware device. Mst hardware devices are capable f shwing this in their cnfiguratin interfaces, r via CGI script cmmands. Als check the Ocularis release ntes t verify that input and utput cntrlled peratins are supprted fr the hardware device and firmware used. If yu are using several NVR servers in a master/slave setup, input and utput n a specific hardware device shuld be defined n ne f the servers nly. D nt define the same input r utput n the same hardware device n several servers. This applies even fr dedicated input/utput devices. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 47

56 Events, Input & Output Mving n Yu d nt have t cnfigure hardware input units separately, any hardware input units cnnected t hardware devices are autmatically detected when yu add the hardware devices t the RC-I recrder. The same ges fr hardware utput, but hardware utput des require sme simple cnfiguratin in the NVR. Befre cnfiguring events f any type, cnfigure general event handling, such as which prts the NVR shuld use fr event data. Nrmally, yu can just use the default values, but it is a gd idea t verify that yur rganizatin is nt already using the prts fr ther purpses. See Cnfigure General Event Handling. When yu are ready t cnfigure events, see Add a Hardware Input Event, Add a Generic Event, and Add a Manual Event. If yu want t use timer events with yur ther events, see Add a Timer Event. If yu want t cnfigure hardware utput and autmatically trigger utput when events ccur, s that, fr example, lights are switched n when a dr is pened r when mtin is detected in vide, see Add a Hardware Output and Cnfigure Hardware Output n Event. Cnfigure General Event Handling Befre cnfiguring events f any type, cnfigure general event handling, such as which prts the NVR shuld use fr event data. Nrmally, yu can just use the default values, but it is a gd idea t verify that yur rganizatin is nt already using the prts fr ther purpses. 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click Events and Output, and select Prperties. 2. Specify required prperties. When ready, click OK. 3. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Add a Hardware Input Event With hardware input events, yu can turn input received frm input units attached t hardware devices int NVR events. Befre yu specify input fr a hardware device, verify that sensr peratin is recgnized by the hardware device. Mst hardware devices are capable f shwing this in their cnfiguratin interfaces, r via CGI script cmmands. Als check the release ntes t verify that input-cntrlled peratin is supprted fr the hardware device and firmware used. T add and/r cnfigure a hardware input event, d the fllwing: 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, then expand Events and Output. Right-click Hardware Input Events and select Enable New Input Event. 2. In the Hardware Input Event Prperties windw's list f hardware devices, expand the required hardware device t see a list f pre-defined hardware input. 3. Select the required types f input t use them as events. The types f input ften vary frm camera t camera. If mtin detectin is enabled in the NVR fr the camera in questin, nte the input type System Mtin Detectin, which lets yu turn detected mtin in the camera's vide stream int an event. Nte that sme types f input are mutually exclusive. When yu select ne type f input, yu may therefre nte that ther types f input becme unavailable fr selectin. 4. Fr each selected type f input, select required prperties. When ready, click OK, r click the Add buttn t add a timer event t the event yu have just created. 5. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Add a Manual Event With manual events, yur users with required rights can trigger events manually frm their clients. Manual events can be glbal (shared by all cameras) r tied t a particular camera (nly available when the camera is selected). Yu can use manual events fr a wide variety f purpses, fr example: As start and stp events fr use when scheduling cameras' nline perids. Fr example, yu can make a camera start r stp transferring vide t the surveillance system based n a manual event. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 48

57 Events, Input & Output As start and stp events fr cntrlling ther camera settings. Fr example, yu can make a camera use a higher frame rate based n a manual event r yu can use a manual event fr triggering PTZ n event. Fr triggering utput. Particular utput can be assciated with manual events. Fr triggering event-based and/r SMS ntificatins. In cmbinatins. Fr example, a manual event culd make a camera start transferring vide t the surveillance system while an utput is triggered and an ntificatin is sent t relevant peple. T add a manual event, d the fllwing: 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, then expand Events and Output. Right-click Manual Events and select Add New Manual Event 2. In the list in the left side f the Manual Event Prperties, select glbal r a camera as required. 3. Click the add buttn and specify required prperties. When ready, click OK, r click the Add buttn again t add a timer event t the event yu have just created. 4. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Add a Generic Event The RC-I NVR is able t analyze received TCP and/r UDP data packages, and autmatically trigger events when specified criteria are met. This way yu can easily integrate yur surveillance system with a very wide range f external surces, fr example access cntrl systems, alarm systems, etc. Events based n the analysis f received TCP and/r UDP packets are called generic events. 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, then expand Events and Output. Right-click Generic Events and select Add New Generic Event 2. In the Generic Event Prperties windw, click the Add buttn, and specify required prperties. When ready, click OK, r click the Add buttn t add a timer event t the event yu have just created. 3. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Test a Generic Event Once yu have added a generic event, a quick and easy way t test yur generic event is t first set up an event ntificatin and then use Telnet t send a small amunt f data which will trigger the generic event and in turn the event ntificatin. What is Telnet? Telnet is a terminal emulatin prgram used n TCP/IP netwrks. With Telnet, yu can cnnect t a server frm a cmputer n the netwrk, and execute cmmands thrugh Telnet as if yu were entering them directly n the server. Windws includes a client fr use with Telnet. Fr this example, we have created a generic event called Vide. Our generic event simply specifies that if the term vide appears in a received TCP data package, the generic event shuld be triggered. Yur generic event may be different, but yu can still use the principles utlined in the fllwing steps: 1. In the Management Applicatin navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, then expand Cameras and Strage Infrmatin, right-click a camera t which yu have access in the Ocularis Client, and select Prperties. 2. Select Event Ntificatin, select the required generic event, and click OK. Make sure that yur generic event is the nly event appearing in the Selected Events list while yu are perfrming the test, therwise yu cannt be sure that it is yur generic event which triggers the event ntificatin. Once yu are dne testing, yu can mve any temprarily remved events back t the Selected Events list. 3. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. 4. Make sure the Recrding Server service is running. Als make sure that the camera fr which yu just cnfigured the event ntificatin is displayed in yur Ocularis Client, and that yu have camera title bars On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 49

58 Events, Input & Output enabled in yur Ocularis Client s that yu can see the yellw event indicatr. 5. In Windws' Start menu, select Run..., and type the fllwing in the Open field: If yu are perfrming the test n the RC-I server itself: telnet lcalhst 1234 If yu are perfrming the test frm a remte cmputer: Substitute lcalhst with the IP address f the RC-I server. Example: If the IP address f the RC-I server is , type: telnet This will pen a Telnet windw. In the abve examples, the number 1234 indicates the prt n which the RC-I server listens fr generic events. Prt 1234 is the default prt fr this purpse, but it is pssible t change this by specifying anther prt number as part f the general event handling cnfiguratin. If the alert and generic event prt number has been changed n yur system, type yur system's alert and generic event prt number instead f In the Telnet windw, type the terms (s-called event substring) required t trigger yur generic event. In ur case, a single term, vide, is required: While typing in the Telnet windw, yu may experience s-called ech. This is simply the server repeating sme r all f the characters it receives; it will nt have any impact as lng as yu are sure yu type the required characters. 8. Clse the Telnet windw by clicking the clse buttn in its tp right crner:. It is imprtant that yu clse the windw;, yur input is nt sent t the surveillance system until yu clse the windw. 9. Lg in t the Ocularis Client. If the yellw event indicatr lights up fr the required camera, yur generic event wrks as intended. Add a Timer Event Timer events are separate events, triggered by the hardware input event r manual event r generic event under which they are defined. Timer events ccur a specified number f secnds r minutes after the event under which they are defined has ccurred. Timer events may be used fr a wide variety f purpses, typically fr stpping previusly triggered actins. Examples: A camera starts recrding based n a hardware input event, fr example when a dr is pened; a timer event stps the recrding after 15 secnds Lights are switched n and a camera starts recrding based n a manual event; a timer event stps the recrding after ne minute, and anther timer event switches the lights ff after tw minutes T add a timer event, select any event yu have previusly cnfigured, click the Add buttn, and specify required prperties. When ready, click OK, and save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Tip: Yu can add as many timer events as required under an event. This way yu can, fr example, make ne timer event trigger smething 10 secnds after the main event, anther timer event trigger smething else 30 secnds after the main event, and a third timer event trigger smething else 2 minutes after the main event. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 50

59 Events, Input & Output Add a Hardware Output With hardware utput, yu can add external utput units, such as lights, sirens, dr peners, etc., t yur system. Once added, utput can be activated autmatically by events r detected mtin, r manually by client users. Befre yu specify utput, verify that sensr peratin is recgnized by the hardware device with which yu are ging t use the utput. Mst hardware devices are capable f shwing this in their cnfiguratin interfaces, r via CGI script cmmands. Als check the release ntes t verify that utput-cntrlled peratin is supprted fr the hardware device and firmware used. T add a hardware utput event, d the fllwing: 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, then expand Events and Output. Right-click Hardware Output and select Add New Output. 2. In the Hardware Output Prperties windw's list f hardware devices, select the required hardware device, and click the Add buttn belw the list. 3. Specify required prperties. 4. Click OK. 5. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Fr infrmatin abut hw t cnfigure autmatic activatin f hardware utput when events ccur, see Cnfigure Hardware Output n Event. Yu cnfigure utput fr manual activatin in clients as well as fr autmatic activatin n detected mtin individually fr each camera. Cnfigure Hardware Output n Event Once yu have added hardware utput, such as lights, sirens, dr peners, etc., yu can assciate the hardware utput with events. This way, particular hardware utput can be activated autmatically when events ccur. Example: When a dr is pened (hardware input event), lights are switched n (hardware utput). When making the assciatins, yu can select between all utput and events defined n the NVR; yu are nt limited t selecting utput r events defined n particular hardware devices. 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, then expand Events and Output. Right-click Output Cntrl n Event and select Prperties. 2. In the Event clumn, select the required event. 3. In the Output clumn, select the hardware utput yu want t be activated by the event. 4. Click OK. 5. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Yu can use a single event fr activating mre than ne utput. Yu cannt delete assciatins, but yu can change yur selectins r select Nne in bth clumns as required. Tip: If yu have nt yet defined any suitable event r utput, yu can quickly d it: Use the Cnfigure events list and/r Cnfigure Output... buttn, lcated belw the list f assciatins. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 51

60 General Event Prperties General Event Prperties Prts & Plling The General Event Prperties windw lets yu specify netwrk settings t be used in cnnectin with event handling. Alert and generic event prt: Lets yu specify prt number t use fr handling events, including generic events. Default prt is prt SMTP event prt: Lets yu specify prt number t use fr sending event infrmatin frm hardware devices t the NVR via SMTP. Default prt is prt 25. FTP event prt: Lets yu specify prt number t use fr sending event infrmatin frm hardware devices t the NVR via FTP. Default prt is prt 21. Plling interval [1/10] secnd: Fr a small number f hardware devices, primarily dedicated input/utput devices, it is necessary fr RC-I t regularly check the state f the hardware devices' input prts in rder t detect input. Such state checking at regular intervals is called plling. Yu can specify (in tenths f a secnd) the interval between state checks. Default value is 10 tenths f a secnd (that is ne secnd). Fr dedicated input/utput devices, it is highly recmmended that the plling frequency is set t the lwest pssible value (ne tenth f a secnd between state checks). Fr infrmatin abut which hardware devices require plling, see the release nte. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 52

61 Event & Output Specific Prperties Event- & Output-Specific Prperties Hardware Input Event When adding hardware input events, sme prperties depend n the selected type f input: Enable: Select check bx t use selected type f input as an event in the NVR, and specify further prperties. Event name: Specify a name fr the event. Hardware input event names must be unique, and must nt cntain the fllwing characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Sme cameras nly supprt event names f a certain length and/r with a certain structure. Refer t the camera's dcumentatin fr exact details. Images frm camera: Only relevant if using pre- and pst-alarm images, a feature available fr selected cameras nly; it enables sending f images frm immediately befre an event tk place frm the camera t the surveillance system via . Pre- and pst-alarm images shuld nt be cnfused with the NVR's wn preand pst-recrding feature. Lets yu select which camera yu want t receive pre- and/r pst-alarm images frm. Number f pre-alarm images: Only relevant if using pre-alarm images, a feature available fr selected cameras nly. Specify required number f pre-alarm images. Allwed number may differ frm camera t camera; allwed range is displayed t the right f the field. Frames per secnd: Only relevant if using pre-alarm images, a feature available fr selected cameras nly. Specify required frame rate. Used in cmbinatin with the Number f pre-alarm images field, this field indirectly allws yu t cntrl hw lng befre the event yu want t receive pre-alarm images frm. Send if this event ccurs: Only available if ntificatin is enabled. Select this if the NVR shuld autmatically send an when the event ccurs. Recipients are defined as part f the ntificatin cnfiguratin. When using ntificatins, als keep in mind individual cameras' scheduling. Attach image frm camera: Only available if ntificatin is enabled. Select t include an image recrded at the time the event is triggered in the ntificatin, then select the required camera in the list next t the check bx. Send SMS if this event ccurs: Only available if SMS (mbile phne text message) ntificatin is enabled. Select if the NVR shuld autmatically send an SMS when the event ccurs. Recipients are defined as part f the SMS ntificatin cnfiguratin. When using SMS ntificatins, als keep in mind individual cameras' scheduling. Delete: Lets yu delete a selected timer event. Add: When a specific hardware input event is selected, clicking Add will add a timer event t the selected hardware input event. Manual Event [List f defined glbal events and cameras]: Cntains a Glbal nde and a list f all defined cameras. Yu can cnfigure as many manual events as required, n matter whether they are glbal r camera-specific. A + sign next t the Glbal nde indicates that ne r mre glbal manual events have already been cnfigured. A + sign next t a camera indicates that ne r mre manual events have already been cnfigured fr that camera. Event name: Specify a name fr the event; this is the name that client users will see. Manual event names must be unique, and must nt cntain the fllwing characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Sme cameras nly supprt event names f a certain length and/r with a certain structure. Refer t the camera's dcumentatin fr exact details. Send if this event ccurs: Only available if ntificatin is enabled. Select if the RC-I recrder shuld autmatically send an when the event ccurs. Recipients are defined as part f the ntificatin cnfiguratin. When using ntificatins, als keep in mind individual cameras' scheduling. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 53

62 Event & Output Specific Prperties Attach image frm camera: Only available if ntificatin is enabled. Select t include an image recrded at the time the event is triggered in the ntificatin, then select the required camera in the list next t the check bx. Send SMS if this event ccurs: Only available if SMS (mbile phne text message) ntificatin is enabled. Select if the RC-I recrder shuld autmatically send an SMS when the event ccurs. Recipients are defined as part f the SMS ntificatin cnfiguratin. When using SMS ntificatins, als bear in mind individual cameras' scheduling. Delete: Lets yu delete a selected event. Add: Lets yu add a new event. When Glbal r a specific camera is selected, clicking Add will add a new manual event. When a specific manual event is selected, clicking Add will add a timer event t the selected manual event. Generic Event Event name: Specify a name fr the event. Generic event names must be unique, and must nt cntain the fllwing characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Event prt: Read-nly field displaying the prt number n which the NVR listens fr generic events (default is prt 1234). The prt number can be changed as part f the general event handling cnfiguratin. Event substring: Lets yu specify the individual items fr which the NVR shuld lk ut fr when analyzing data packages. Specify ne r mre terms, then click the Add buttn t add the specified term(s) t the Event message expressin field, the cntent f which will be used fr the actual analysis. Examples: Single term: User001 (when added t the Event message expressin field, the term will appear as "User001") Several terms as ne item: User001 Dr053 Sunday (when added t the Event message expressin field, the terms will appear as "User001 Dr053 Sunday") When yu add several terms as ne item (appearing as, fr example, "User001 Dr053 Sunday" in the Event message expressin field), everything between the qutatin marks must appear tgether in the package, in the specified sequence, in rder t match yur criterin. If the terms must appear in the package, but nt necessarily in any exact sequence, add the terms ne by ne (that is s they will appear as "User001" "Dr053" "Sunday" in the Event message expressin field). Tip: It is OK fr TCP and UDP packages used fr generic events t cntain special characters, such #, +, å, ~, etc. within the text string t be analyzed. Event message expressin: Displays the string which will be used fr the actual package analysis. The field is nt directly editable. Hwever, yu can psitin the cursr inside the field in rder t determine where a new item shuld be included when yu click the Add buttn r ne f the parenthesis r peratr buttns described in the fllwing. Likewise, yu can psitin the cursr inside the field in rder t determine where an item shuld be remved when clicking the Remve buttn: The item immediately t the left f the cursr will be remved when yu click the Remve buttn. (: Lets yu add a start parenthesis character t the Event message expressin field. Parentheses can be used t ensure that related terms are prcessed tgether as a lgical unit; in ther wrds, they can be used t frce a certain prcessing rder in the analysis. Example: If using ("User001" OR "Dr053") AND "Sunday", the tw terms inside the parenthesis will be prcessed first, then the result will be cmbined with the last part f the string. In ther wrds, RC-I will first lk fr any packages cntaining either f the terms User001 r Dr053, then it will take the results and run thrugh them in rder t see which packages als cntain the term Sunday. ): Lets yu add an end parenthesis character t the Event message expressin field. AND: Lets yu add an AND peratr t the Event message expressin field. With an AND peratr, yu specify that the terms n bth sides f the AND peratr must be present. Example: If using User001 AND Dr053 AND Sunday, the term User001 as well as the term Dr053 as well as the term Sunday must be present in rder fr the criterin t be met. It is nt enugh fr nly ne r tw f the terms t be present. As a rule f thumb, the mre terms yu cmbine with AND, the fewer results yu will retrieve: On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 54

63 Event & Output Specific Prperties Cmbinatins with AND yields few results (indicated in red) OR: Lets yu add an OR peratr t the Event message expressin field. With an OR peratr, yu specify that either ne r anther term must be present. Example: If using User001 OR Dr053 OR Sunday, the term User001 r the term Dr053 r the term Sunday must be present in rder fr the criterin t be met. The criterin is satisfied even if nly ne f the terms is present. As a rule f thumb, the mre terms yu cmbine with OR, the mre results yu will retrieve: Cmbinatins with OR yields many results (indicated in red) Remve: Lets yu remve the item immediately t the left f a cursr psitined in the Event message expressin field. If yu have nt psitined the cursr in the Event message expressin field, the last item in the field will be remved. Event pririty: The same data package may be analyzed fr different events. The ability t assign a pririty t each event lets yu manage which event shuld be triggered if a received package matches the criteria fr several events. The pririty must be specified as a number between 0 (lwest pririty) and 1000 (highest pririty). When RC-I receives a TCP and/r UDP package, analysis f the packet will start with analysis fr the event with the highest pririty. This way, when a package matches the criteria fr several events, nly the event with the highest pririty will be triggered. If a package matches the criteria fr several events with an identical pririty, fr example tw events with a pririty f 999, all events with the pririty in questin will be triggered. Event prtcl: Lets yu select which prtcl RC-I shuld listen fr in rder t detect the event: Any: Listen fr, and analyze, packages using TCP as well as UDP prtcl. TCP: Listen fr, and analyze, packages using TCP prtcl nly. UDP: Listen fr, and analyze, packages using UDP prtcl nly. Event rule type: Lets yu select hw particular the analysis shuld be n received data packages: Search: In rder fr the event t ccur, the received package must cntain the message specified in the Event message expressin field, but may als have mre cntent. Example: If yu have specified that the received package shuld cntain the terms "User001" and "Dr053", the event will be triggered if the received package cntains the terms "User001" and "Dr053" and "Sunday" since On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 55

64 Event & Output Specific Prperties yur tw required terms are cntained in the received package. Match: In rder fr the event t ccur, the received package must cntain exactly the message specified in the Event message expressin field, and nthing else. Send if this event ccurs: Only available if ntificatin is enabled. Select if the NVR shuld autmatically send an when the event ccurs. Recipients are defined as part f the ntificatin cnfiguratin. When using ntificatins, als keep in mind individual cameras' scheduling. Attach image frm camera: Only available if ntificatin is enabled. Select t include an image recrded at the time the event is triggered in the ntificatin, then select the required camera in the list next t the check bx. Send SMS if this event ccurs: Only available if SMS (mbile phne text message) ntificatin is enabled. Select if the NVR shuld autmatically send an SMS when the event ccurs. Recipients are defined as part f the SMS ntificatin cnfiguratin. When using SMS ntificatins, als bear in mind individual cameras' scheduling. Delete: Lets yu delete a selected event. Timer Event Add: Lets yu add a new event. When the Generic Events nde is selected, clicking Add will add a new generic event. When a specific generic event is selected, clicking Add will add a timer event t the selected generic event. Timer event name: Specify a name fr the event. Timer event names must be unique, and must nt cntain the fllwing characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Sme cameras nly supprt event names f a certain length and/r with a certain structure. Refer t the camera's dcumentatin fr exact details. Timer event ccurs after: Lets yu specify the amunt f time that shuld pass between the main event ccurring and the timer event (in secnds r minutes). Hardware Output Output name: Specify a name fr the event. If yu are ging t make the hardware utput available fr manual activatin in clients, this is the name that client users will see. Hardware utput names must be unique, and must nt cntain the fllwing characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Sme hardware devices nly supprt hardware utput names f a certain length and/r with a certain structure. Refer t the hardware device's dcumentatin fr exact details. Output cnnected t: Lets yu select which f the hardware device's utput prts the utput is cnnected t. Many hardware devices nly have a single utput prt; in that case simply select Output 1. Keep utput fr: Lets yu specify the amunt f time fr which the utput shuld be applied. Specify the required amunt f time in either 1/10 secnds r secnds. Sme hardware devices are nly able t apply utput fr a relatively shrt time, fr example fr up t five secnds. Refer t the dcumentatin fr the hardware device in questin fr exact infrmatin. Tip: T verify that yur hardware utput wrks, click the Test Output buttn. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 56

65 Hardware Devices Hardware Devices Add Hardware Devices Yu add cameras and ther hardware devices, such as vide encders, DVRs, etc., t yur surveillance system thrugh the Add Hardware Devices... wizard. If micrphnes and/r speakers are attached t a hardware device, they are autmatically added as well. Yu are allwed t use up t 64 cameras per RC-I server. Yu are allwed t use up t 64 cameras. Yu are allwed t use up t 25 cameras. Nte that, if required, it is pssible t add mre cameras than yu are allwed t use. If using vide encder devices n yur system, keep in mind that many vide encder devices have mre than ne camera cnnected t them. Fr example, a fully used fur-prt vide encder will cunt as fur cameras. Befre yu begin using the wizard, it is highly recmmended that yu imprt yur Device License Key file int the RC-I NVR. Imprting the file is quick and easy, and it will free yu frm having t specify license keys manually fr each hardware device later. The wizard ffers yu fur different ways f adding cameras: Express (recmmended): Quickly scans yur netwrk fr devices, and helps yu quickly add them t yur system. This methd is quick and easy since it nly scans fr devices supprting device discvery, and nly n the part f yur netwrk (subnet) where the RC-I server itself is lcated. Device discvery is a methd with which hardware devices make infrmatin abut themselves available n the netwrk. Based n such infrmatin, RC-I can recgnize relevant hardware devices n yur netwrk, and thus include, fr example, cameras, but nt printers, in the scan. T use the Express methd, the RC-I server and yur cameras must be n the same layer 2 netwrk, that is a netwrk where all servers, cameras, etc. can cmmunicate withut the need fr a ruter. See Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Express. Advanced: Scans yur netwrk fr hardware devices based n yur specificatins regarding required IP ranges, discvery methds, drivers, and device user names and passwrds. See Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Advanced. Manual: Lets yu specify details abut each hardware device separately. A gd chice if yu nly want t add a few hardware devices, and yu knw their IP addresses, required user names and passwrds, etc. See Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Manual. Imprt frm CSV file: Lets yu imprt data abut cameras as cmma-separated values frm a file; an effective methd if setting up several similar systems. See Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Imprt frm CSV File. Cnfigure Hardware Devices Once yu have added hardware devices, yu can specify/edit device-specific prperties, such as the IP address, which vide channels t use, which COM prts t use fr cntrlling attached PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zm) cameras, etc. 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, expand Hardware Devices, right-click the required hardware device, and select Prperties. 2. Specify Name & Vide Channels, Netwrk, Device Type & License, and PTZ Device, as required. 3. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Use Dedicated Input/Output Devices It is pssible t add a number f dedicated input/utput (I/O) hardware devices t the NVR (see Add Hardware Devices). Fr infrmatin abut which I/O hardware devices are supprted, see the release ntes. When such I/O hardware devices are added, input n them can be used fr generating events in the NVR, and these events can be used fr activating utput n the I/O hardware devices. This means that I/O hardware devices can be used in yur events-based system setup in the same way as a camera. When using sme I/O hardware devices it is necessary fr the surveillance system t regularly check the state f the hardware devices' input prts in rder t detect whether input has been received. Such state checking at regular intervals is called plling. The interval between state checks, called a plling frequency, is specified as part f RC-I's general prts & plling prperties. Fr such I/O hardware devices, the plling frequency shuld be set t the lwest pssible value (ne On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 57

66 Hardware Devices tenth f a secnd between state checks). Fr infrmatin abut which I/O hardware devices require plling, see the release ntes. Replace Hardware Devices If required, yu can replace a hardware device which yu have previusly added t and cnfigured n yur surveillance system with a new ne. This can typically be relevant if yu replace a physical camera n yur netwrk. The Replace Hardware Device wizard helps yu thrugh the entire replacement prcess n the surveillance system server, including: Detecting the new hardware device Specifying license fr the new hardware device Deciding what t d with existing recrdings frm the ld hardware device Yu access the Replace Hardware Device wizard frm the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane: Expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, expand Hardware Devices, right-click the hardware device yu want t replace, and select Replace Hardware Device. Yu can access als the wizard when dealing with a hardware device's Netwrk, Device Type & License prperties. Delete Hardware Devices IMPORTANT: Deleting a hardware device will nt nly delete all cameras, speakers and micrphnes attached t the hardware device. It will als delete any recrdings frm cameras n the hardware device. 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, expand Hardware Devices, right-click the hardware device yu want t delete, and select Delete Hardware device. 2. Cnfirm that yu want t delete the hardware device and all its recrdings. 3. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. 4. Restart the Recrding Server service. If yu find that deleting a hardware device is nt the right thing t d, cnsider disabling the individual cameras, speakers r micrphnes cnnected t the hardware device instead: 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, expand Hardware Devices, and expand the hardware device in questin. 2. Right-click the camera, micrphne r speaker yu want t disable, and select Disable. 3. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. 4. Restart the Recrding Server service. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 58

67 Wizard Wizard Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Express Methd The Express ptin scans yur netwrk fr relevant hardware devices, and helps yu quickly add them t yur system. With the Express ptin, the wizard nly scans fr hardware devices supprting device discvery, and nly n the part f yur netwrk (subnet) where the RC-I server itself is lcated. What is device discvery? Device discvery is a methd with which hardware devices make infrmatin abut themselves available n the netwrk. Based n such infrmatin, the NVR can quickly recgnize relevant hardware devices, such as cameras and vide encders, and include them in the scan. T use the Express methd, the RC-I server and yur cameras must be n the same layer 2 netwrk; that is a netwrk where all servers, cameras, etc. can cmmunicate withut the need fr a ruter. The reasn fr this is that device discvery relies n direct cmmunicatin between the RC-I server and the cameras. If yu knw that ruters are used n yur netwrk, use the advanced r manual methd instead. If yu are asked fr Device License Keys (DLKs) when starting the wizard, see Imprt DLKs (Device License Keys). When using the Express ptin, the wizard is divided int a number f pages: Hardware Detectin and Verificatin Missing DLKs (if Applicable) Overview and Names Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Advanced Methd The Advanced ptin scans yur netwrk fr relevant hardware devices based n yur specificatins regarding required IP ranges, discvery methds, drivers, and device user names and passwrds. If yu are asked fr Device License Keys (DLKs) when starting the wizard, see Imprt DLKs (Device License Keys). When using the Advanced ptin, the wizard is divided int a number f pages: Device Discvery, IP Ranges, Drivers and Authenticatin Detected and Verified Hardware Devices Missing DLKs (if Applicable) Overview and Names Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Manual Methd The Manual ptin lets yu specify details abut each hardware device separately. A gd chice if yu nly want t add a few hardware devices, and yu knw their IP addresses, required user names and passwrds, etc. If yu are asked fr Device License Keys (DLKs) when starting the wizard, see Imprt DLKs (Device License Keys). When using the Manual ptin, the wizard is divided int a number f pages: Hardware Device Infrmatin, Driver Selectin and Verificatin Missing DLKs (if Applicable) Overview and Names Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Imprt frm CSV File Methd This ptin lets yu imprt data abut hardware devices and cameras as cmma-separated values (CSV) frm a file; a highly effective methd if setting up several similar systems. First select whether cameras and the RC-I server is nline (that is having wrking netwrk cnnectins) r ffline. Then pint t the CSV file, and click Next. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 59

68 Wizard CSV File Frmat and Requirements The CSV file must have a header line (defining each value n the subsequent lines), and subsequent lines must each cntain infrmatin abut ne hardware device nly. A minimum f infrmatin is always required fr each hardware device, but nte that the minimum required infrmatin is different depending n whether yur server and cameras are nline r ffline. Cameras and Server Are Online If cameras and server are nline, required infrmatin is: HardwareAddress IP address f the hardware device. Required frmat: IPv4 r IPv6. HardwarePrt Prt t use fr HTTP cmmunicatin with the hardware device. Default is prt 80. HardwarePasswrd Passwrd fr the hardware device's administratr accunt. Mst rganizatins use their wn passwrds rather than device manufacturers' passwrds. Camera and Server Are Offline If cameras and server are ffline, required infrmatin is: HardwareAddress IP address f the hardware device. Required frmat: IPv4 r IPv6. HardwareMacAddress MAC address f the hardware device. Examples f valid MAC address frmats: 0011D81187A9, 0011d81187a9, 00:11:D8:11:87:A9, D A9 HardwareDriverID A numerical ID used fr identifying which vide device driver t use fr the hardware device in questin. Fr infrmatin abut hw t find the right ID fr yur devices, see Hardware Driver IDs. HardwarePrt Prt t use fr HTTP cmmunicatin with the hardware device. Default is prt 80. HardwarePasswrd Passwrd fr the hardware device's administratr accunt. Fr security reasns mst rganizatins use their wn passwrds rather than device manufacturers' passwrds. Optinal Parameters Yu can furthermre include these ptinal parameters, regardless whether cameras and server are nline r ffline: HardwareUserName and HardwarePasswrd User name fr the hardware device's administratr accunt. If yu d nt specify a user name, the device manufacturer's default user name fr each hardware device will be used. Many rganizatins use the hardware device manufacturers' default user names fr their hardware devices. If that is the case in yur rganizatin, there is n need t painstakingly type hardware device manufacturers' default user names as this can be a surce f errr; trust that the sftware will knw the manufacturers' default user names. Nte that yu must always specify a passwrd (the HardwarePasswrd parameter) even when it is nt necessary t specify user name. In the extremely rare cases where the user name fr a hardware device is [blank], yu cannt use the CSV methd, since the methd interprets n passwrd as use the hardware device manufacturer's default passwrd. If the user name fr a hardware device is [blank], use the wizard's Manual methd instead; with the Manual methd yu can use a [blank] user name. HardwareDeviceName Name f the hardware device. Name must unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] CameraName[number] Name f the camera. Must appear as CameraName1, CameraName2, etc. in the header line since a hardware device can ptentially have mre than ne camera attached. Names must unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] CameraShrtcut[number] Number fr keybard shrtcut access t the camera in the Ocularis Client. Must appear as CameraShrtcut1, CameraShrtcut2, etc. in the header line since a hardware device can ptentially have mre than ne camera attached. A camera shrtcut number must nt cntain any letters r special characters, and must nt be lnger than eight digits. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 60

69 Wizard PreBufferLength[ptinal number] Required length (in secnds) f pre-recrding. If specified as, fr example, PreBufferLength1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. PstBufferLength[ptinal number] Required length (in secnds) f pst-recrding. If specified as, fr example, PstBufferLength1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. RecrdingPath[ptinal number] Path t the flder in which a camera's database shuld be stred. If specified as, fr example, RecrdingPath1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. ArchivePath[ptinal number] Path t the flder in which the camera's archived recrdings shuld be stred. Remember that an archiving path is nly relevant if nt using dynamic paths fr archiving. If specified as, fr example, ArchivePath1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. RetentinTime[ptinal number] Required retentin time (in minutes). Remember that retentin time is the ttal f recrding time plus archiving time. If specified as, fr example, RetentinTime1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. MjpegLiveFrameRate[ptinal number] Required MJPEG live frame rate (in number f frames; depending n what has been cnfigured n the camera, it will then knw whether it is frames per secnd, minute, r hur). If specified as, fr example, MjpegLiveFrameRate1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. MjpegRecrdingFrameRate[ptinal number] Required MJPEG recrding frame rate (in number f frames; depending n what has been cnfigured n the camera, it will then knw whether it is frames per secnd, minute, r hur). If yu need t specify a value which includes a decimal separatr, use the full stp character (example: 7.62). If specified as, fr example, MjpegRecrdingFrameRate1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. MtinSensitivity[ptinal number] A value between 0-256; crrespnds t using the Sensitivity slider when cnfiguring mtin detectin settings in the Management Applicatin. If specified as, fr example, MtinSensitivity1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. MtinDetectinThreshld[ptinal number] A value between ; crrespnds t using the Mtin slider when cnfiguring mtin detectin settings in the Management Applicatin. If specified as, fr example, MtinDetectinThreshld1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. MtinDetectinInterval[ptinal number] Lets yu specify hw ften mtin detectin analysis shuld be carried ut n vide frm the camera. Specified in millisecnds. The interval is applied regardless f the camera's frame rate settings. If specified as, fr example, MtinDetectinInterval1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. Mst system integratrs stre hardware device infrmatin in spreadsheets like Micrsft Excel, frm which they can save the infrmatin as cmma-separated values in a CSV file. These examples shw hardware infrmatin in Excel (1) and when exprted t a CSV file (2); nte the header lines: Whichever methd is used, the fllwing applies: On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 61

70 Wizard The first line f the CSV file must cntain the headers, and subsequent lines must cntain infrmatin abut ne hardware device each Separatrs can be cmmas, semiclns r tabs, but cannt be mixed All lines must cntain valid values pay special attentin t the fact that camera names, user names, etc. must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] There is n fixed rder f values, and ptinal parameters can be mitted entirely Blean fields are cnsidered true unless set t 0, false r n Lines cntaining nly separatrs are ignred Empty lines are ignred Even thugh the CSV file frmat is generally ASCII nly, Unicde identifiers are allwed; even withut Unicde identifiers, the entire file r even individual characters are allwed t be Unicde strings If yu need t include separatr characters in a value fr example if a camera name is Receptin; Camera 1 yu can encapsulate the value in qutes t indicate that the separatr shuld nt be interpreted as separating values in the file. Such qute-encapsulated values are interpreted as they appear. If a separatr, a qute r a space is needed in a value, the whle value has t be encapsulated in qutes. Leading and trailing spaces utside the qute-encapsulated value are remved, while spaces inside the qute-encapsulated value are maintained. N characters (except spaces) are allwed utside the qute-encapsulated value. A duble qute inside a qute-encapsulated value is interpreted as a single qute. Nested qutes (qutes inside qutes) are nt allwed. Sme examples (using semicln as the separatr): "camera"; is interpreted as camera "cam;""era"; is interpreted as cam;"era """camera"""; is interpreted as "camera" ""; is interpreted as an empty string...; " cam"" era " ;... is interpreted as cam" era (where is nt part f the interpretatin but nly used t shw the start and end f the interpretatin) ""camera; is nt valid as there are characters utside the qute-encapsulated value "cam" "era"; is nt valid as the tw qutes are separated with a space and qutes cannt be nested "cam"er"a"; is nt valid as yu cannt nest qutes cam"era"; is nt valid as there are characters utside the qutes Replace Hardware Device Wizard The Replace Hardware Device wizard helps yu replace a hardware device which yu have previusly added t and cnfigured n yur surveillance system with a new ne. The wizard is divided int tw pages: New Hardware Device Infrmatin Database Actin Remember that yu must have a Device License Key (DLK) fr every hardware device (cameras, etc.) yu intend t use n the system. Befre using the wizard, make sure yu have a DLK fr the new hardware device. Prperties: Name & Vide Channels Hardware name: Name f the hardware device as it will appear in the Management Applicatin. If required, yu can verwrite the existing hardware device name with a new ne. Hardware device names must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Vide channel # enabled: Lets yu enable/disable each f the selected hardware device's vide channels. Many hardware devices nly have a single vide channel, in which case nly ne channel will be listed. Other hardware devices typically vide encder devices have several vide channels. Why are sme f the channels unavailable? This will be the case if yu are nt licensed t use all f a vide encder device's channels. Example: Yu have a vide encder device with fur channels, but yur license fr On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 62

71 Wizard the device nly allws yu t use tw f them. In that case, yu will nly be able t have tw channels enabled at a time; the tw ther channels will be disabled. Nte that yu are free t select which tw channels yu want t enable. Cntact OnSSI if yu need t change yur number f licenses. Netwrk, Device Type & License When cnfiguring hardware devices, specify the fllwing prperties: Address: IP address r hst name f the hardware device. HTTP prt: Prt t use fr HTTP cmmunicatin with the hardware device. Default is prt 80. T use the default prt, select Use default HTTP prt. FTP prt: Prt t use fr FTP cmmunicatin with the hardware device. Default is prt 21. T use the default prt, select Use default FTP prt. User name: User name fr the hardware device's administratr accunt. Many rganizatins use the hardware device manufacturer's default user names fr their hardware devices. If that is the case in yur rganizatin, select <default> (d nt type a manufacturer's default user name as this can be a surce f errr; trust that the sftware will knw the manufacturer's default user name). Other typical user names, such as admin r rt are als selectable frm the list. If requiring a user name which is nt n the list, simply type the required user name. Tip: User names yu type yurself will subsequently be added t the list, s yu can easily select them later. Passwrd: Passwrd fr the hardware device's administratr accunt, a.k.a. the rt passwrd. Hardware type: Read-nly field displaying the type f vide device driver used fr cmmunicatin with the hardware device. Serial number (MAC address): Read-nly field displaying the serial number f device. The serial number is usually identical t the 12-character hexadecimal MAC address f the hardware device (example: AF). Device license key (DLK): The 16-character license key (DLK) which gives yu the right t use the hardware device with RC-I. Replace Hardware Device: Opens a wizard, with which yu if required can replace the selected hardware device with anther ne. This can typically be relevant if yu replace a physical camera n yur netwrk. The wizard helps yu take all relevant issues int accunt: finding the DLK fr the new hardware device, deciding what t d with recrdings frm cameras attached t the ld hardware device, etc. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 63

72 Wizard PTZ Device The PTZ Device tab is nly available if cnfiguring vide encder hardware devices n which the use f PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zm) cameras is pssible: Cnnected cameras have Pan/tilt/Zm capabilities: Select check bx if any f the cameras attached t the vide encder device is a PTZ camera. PTZ type n COM#: If a PTZ camera is cntrlled thrugh the COM prt (a.k.a. serial prt) in questin, select the required ptin. Optins are device-specific, depending n which PTZ prtcls are used by the device in questin. If n PTZ cameras are cntrlled thrugh the COM prt in questin, select Nne. Sme f the ptins cncern abslute and relative psitining. What is that? Abslute psitining is when the PTZ camera is cntrlled based n a single fixed psitin, against which all ther psitins are measured. Relative psitining is when the PTZ camera is cntrlled relative t its current psitin. The table in the lwer half f the dialg cntains a rw fr each vide channel n the hardware device. First rw frm the tp crrespnds t vide channel 1, secnd rw frm the tp crrespnds t vide channel 2, etc. Name: Name f the camera attached t the vide channel in questin. Type: Lets yu select whether the camera n the selected camera channel is fixed r mveable: Fixed: Camera is a regular camera munted in a fixed psitin Mveable: Camera is a PTZ camera Prt: Available nly if Mveable is selected in the Type clumn. Lets yu select which COM prt n the vide encder t use fr cntrlling the PTZ camera. Prt Address: Available nly if Mveable is selected in the Type clumn. Lets yu specify prt address f the camera. The prt address will nrmally be 1. If using daisy chained PTZ cameras, the prt address will identify each f them, and yu shuld verify yur settings with thse recmmended in the dcumentatin fr the camera. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 64

73 Licenses Licenses Imprt DLKs (Device License Keys) Yu must have a Device License Key (DLK) fr every hardware device (cameras, etc.) n yur surveillance system. Remember that yu are allwed t install and use nly the number f cameras cvered by yur license agreement; regardless f yur number f available DLKs. Fr example, a fully used fur-prt vide encder cunts as fur cameras; it will thus use fur licenses even thugh its fur cameras are cnnected thrugh a single hardware device. Yu get DLKs as part f the sftware registratin prcess. Upn registratin, all yur DLKs are sent t yu as a single.dlk file attached t an . Imprting the file is quick and easy, and it will free yu frm having t specify license keys manually fr each hardware device later. 1. When yu receive the , save the attached.dlk file at a lcatin accessible frm the RC-I server, fr example n a netwrk drive r n a USB stick. 2. In the Management Applicatin's File menu, select Imprt DLKs... (r click the Imprt DLKs buttn if yu are wrking with the Add Hardware Devices wizard). 3. Brwse t the lcatin at which yu have saved the received.dlk file, select the file, and click Open. All DLKs are nw imprted int the NVR, and will be available when yu add cameras and ther hardware. Specify a New SLC (Sftware License Cde) SLCs are required fr bth the recrding cmpnent (RC-I) and the Ocularis Base cmpnent. Each are entered in different lcatins. Ocularis Base SLC This SLC is entered in the Ocularis Licensing Activatin applicatin. See the Ocularis Installatin & Licensing Guide fr further instructins. Recrding Cmpnent (RC-I) SLC If yu have upgraded t a new sftware versin r therwise acquired a new Sftware License Cde (SLC), d the fllwing t use the new SLC: 1. In the Management Applicatin's Help menu, select Abut In the Sftware License Cde (SLC) field, verwrite the ld SLC with the new SLC, and click OK. 3. Yu must clse the Management Applicatin. When yu pen the Management Applicatin again, the new SLC will take effect. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 65

74 Lgging Lgging Overview f Lgs The RC-I recrder is able t generate varius lgs: Lg Types Management Applicatin lg files. These files lg activity in the Management Applicatin. A new lg file is created fr each day the Management Applicatin is used. Yu cannt disable this type f lgging. Management Applicatin lg files are named accrding t the structure AdminYYYYMMDD.lg, fr example Admin lg. Recrding Server service lg files. These files lg Recrding Server service activity. A new lg file is created fr each day the service is used. Yu cannt disable this type f lgging. Recrding Server service lg files are named accrding t the structure RecrdingServerYYYYMMDD.lg, fr example RecrdingServer lg. Image Server service lg files. These files lg activity n the Image Server service. A new lg file is created fr each day the service is used. Yu cannt disable this type f lgging. Image Server service lg files are named accrding t the structure ISLg_YYYYMMDD.lg, fr example ISLg_ lg. Image Imprt service lg files. These files lg activity regarding the Image Imprt service, when this service is used fr fetching pre-alarm images, and string the fetched images in camera databases. Pre-alarm images is a feature available fr selected cameras nly; it enables sending f images frm immediately befre an event tk place frm the camera t the surveillance system via . A new lg file is created fr each day the service is used. Yu cannt disable this type f lgging. Image Imprt service lg files are named accrding t the structure ImageImprtLg_YYYMMDD.lg, fr example ImageImprtLg lg. Event lg files. These files lg infrmatin abut registered events. A new lg file is created fr each day n which events ccur. Yu cannt disable this type f lgging. Audit lg files: These files lg Ocularis Client user activity prvided audit lgging is enabled. A new lg file is created fr each day with audit lgging enabled and client user activity. Audit lg files are named accrding t the structure is_audityyymmdd.lg, fr example is_audit lg. The _is prefix is due t the fact that the audit lg files are generated by the Image Server service. Lg Lcatins By default, all lg files are placed in the apprpriate All Users flder fr the perating system used, fr example C:\PrgramData\OnSSI\Recrders\RC-I if running Windws Vista. In XP r 2003 Server, the directry is: C:\Dcuments and Settings\All Users\Applicatin Data\OnSSI\Recrders\RC-I. They are stred fr seven days by default. Nte, hwever, that lg file lcatins as well as the number f days t stre the lgs can be changed as part f the lgging cnfiguratin. Lg Structures Mst lg files generated by the NVR use a shared structure cmplying with the W3C Extended Lg File Frmat. Each lg file cnsists f a header and a number f lg lines: The header utlines the infrmatin cntained in the lg lines. The lg lines cnsist f tw main parts: the lg infrmatin itself as well as an encrypted part. The encrypted part makes it pssible thrugh decryptin and cmparisn t assert that a lg file has nt been tampered with. Lg Integrity Checks All lg files, except Management Applicatin lg files, are subjected t an integrity check nce every 24 hurs. The integrity check is perfrmed by RC-I's Lg Check service. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 66

75 Lgging The result f the integrity check is autmatically written t a file named accrding t the structure LgCheck_YYYYMMDD.lg, fr example LgCheck_ lg. Like the lg files themselves, the lg check files are by default placed in the apprpriate All Users flder fr the perating system used, fr example C:\PrgramData\OnSSI\Recrders\RC-I if running Windws Vista. Any incnsistencies will be reprted in the frm f errr messages written in the lg check file. Pssible errr messages (ther, nn-errr, messages may als appear in the lg check file): Lg integrity infrmatin was nt fund. Lg integrity can't be guaranteed.: The lg file culd nt be checked fr integrity. Lg infrmatin des nt match integrity infrmatin. Lg integrity can't be guaranteed.: The lg file exists, but des nt cntain the expected infrmatin. Thus, lg integrity cannt be guaranteed. [Lg file name] nt fund: The lg file was nt present. [Lg file name] is empty: The lg file was present, but empty. Last line changed/remved in [lg file name]: The last line f the lg file did nt match validatin criteria. Encrypted data missing in [lg file name] near line [#]: The encrypted part f the lg line in questin was nt present. Incnsistency fund in [lg file name] near line [#]: The lg line des nt match the encrypted part. Incnsistency fund in [lg file name] at beginning f lg file: The lg file header is nt crrect. This situatin is mst likely t ccur if a user has attempted t delete the beginning f a lg file. Cnfigure System, Event and Audit Lgging Varius lgs are generated by the NVR. T cnfigure lgging, d the fllwing: 1. In the Management Applicatin's Navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click Lgs and select Prperties. 2. Specify required prperties fr: General system lgs (Management Applicatin lg, Recrding Server service lg, Image Server service lg, Image Imprt service lg) The event lg The audit lg Nte that nly audit lgging can be disabled/enabled by administratrs; all ther lgs are cmpulsry. When ready, click OK. 3. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Prperties: Lgs Lgs (that is Management Applicatin lg, Recrding Server service lg, Image Server service lg, Image Imprt service lg) Path: These system lg files are by default placed in the apprpriate All Users flder fr the perating system used, fr example C:\PrgramData\OnSSI\Recrders\RC-I if running Windws Vista. T specify anther lcatin fr yur lg files, type the path t the required flder in the Path field, r click the brwse buttn next t the field t brwse t the required flder. Days t lg: A new lg file is created each day the Management Applicatin and/r the services are used. A lg file lder than the number f days specified in the field is autmatically deleted. By default, the lg file will be stred fr seven days. T specify anther number f days (max. 9999), simply verwrite the value in the field. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 67

76 Lgging Event Lg The current day's activity is always lgged, even with a value f 0 in the field. Therefre, if yu specify 0, yu will lg current day's activity; if yu specify 1, yu will keep ne day plus the current day's activity, and s n. Path: Event lg files are by default placed in the apprpriate All Users flder fr the perating system used, fr example C:\PrgramData\OnSSI\Recrders\RC-I if running Windws Vista. T specify anther lcatin fr yur event lg files, type the path t the required flder in the Path field, r click the brwse buttn next t the field t brwse t the required flder. Days t lg: A new lg file is created fr each day n which events ccur. A lg file lder than the number f days specified in the field is autmatically deleted. By default, the lg file will be stred fr seven days. T specify anther number f days (max. 9999), simply verwrite the value in the field. The current day's activity is always lgged, even with a value f 0 in the field. Therefre, if yu specify 0, yu will lg current day's activity; if yu specify 1, yu will keep ne day plus the current day's activity, and s n. Audit Lg Enable audit lgging: Audit lgging is the nly type f RC-I lgging which is nt cmpulsry. Select/clear the check bx t enable/disable audit lgging. Path: Audit lg files are by default placed in the apprpriate All Users flder fr the perating system used, fr example C:\PrgramData\OnSSI\Recrders\RC-I if running Windws Vista. T specify anther lcatin fr yur audit lg files, type the path t the required flder in the Path field, r click the brwse buttn next t the field t brwse t the required flder. Days t lg: A new lg file is created fr each day with audit lgging enabled and client user activity. A lg file lder than the number f days specified in the field is autmatically deleted. By default, the lg file will be stred fr seven days. T specify anther number f days (max. 9999), simply verwrite the value in the field. The current day's activity is always lgged (prvided audit lgging is enabled and there is user activity). Therefre, if yu specify 1, yu will keep ne day plus the current day's activity. Nte that if yu specify 0 (zer), audit lg files will be kept indefinitely (disk space permitting). Minimum lgging interval: Minimum number f secnds between lgged events. Specifying a high number f secnds between lgged events may help reduce the size f the audit lg. Default is 60 secnds. In sequence timespan: Number f secnds t pass fr viewed images t be cnsidered t be within the same sequence. Specifying a high number f secnds may help limit the number f viewed sequences lgged, and thus reduce the size f the audit lg. Default is ten secnds. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 68

77 Management Applicatin Management Applicatin Apply r Save Cnfiguratin Changes Whenever yu make changes in the NVR cnfiguratin, yu will be asked t apply them: If yu made the changes in ne f the Management Applicatin's dialgs, yu simply apply them by clicking OK. If yu made the changes in ne f the Management Applicatin's summary tables, click the Apply buttn belw the summary table. Applying a cnfiguratin change means that the change is stred by the RC-I NVR in a restre pint (s that yu can return t a wrking cnfiguratin if smething ges wrng), but applying a cnfiguratin change des nt mean that the changes will take immediate effect n the surveillance system. T actually stre yur cnfiguratin change in RC-I's cnfiguratin file, click the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar (r select File > Save frm the menu). Yur cnfiguratin changes will then take effect the next time RC-I's services are restarted. If yu want yur cnfiguratin changes t have immediate effect, the NVR's services must be restarted: Click the Save Changes and Restart Surveillance Services buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar (r select File > Save Changes and Restart Services frm the menu). IMPORTANT: While services are restarted, it will nt be pssible t view r recrd vide. Restarting the services typically nly takes sme secnds, but in rder t minimize disruptin yu may want t restart services at a time when yu d nt expect imprtant incidents. Users cnnected t the NVR with Ocularis Client will typically remain lgged in during the services restart, but they will experience a shrt vide utage. Change r Reset the Management Applicatin Behavir Yu can change the way the Management Applicatin behaves. Fr example, the Management Applicatin will ask yu t cnfirm many f yur actins by default. If yu find this annying, yu can change the Management Applicatin's behavir, s it will nt ask yu again. 1. In the Management Applicatin's menu bar, select Applicatin Settings > Applicatin Behavir Fr each actin, yu can nw select hw the Management Applicatin shuld behave. Examples: When yu attempt t delete a hardware device, shuld the Management Applicatin ask yu t cnfirm that yu want t delete the hardware device, r shuld it delete the hardware device straight away withut asking? Yu can use a maximum f 64 cameras at a time n a single RC-I NVR server. If yu add mre than 64 cameras, shuld the Management Applicatin warn yu r nt? Nte that selectable behavir may vary, depending n the type f actin 3. Click OK. 4. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Tip: Yu can quickly restre default settings by clicking the buttn belw the behavir list. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 69

78 Management Applicatin Cnfigure the Management Applicatin Passwrd Prtectin By default, anyne wh is able t lg in t the RC-I server is able t use the Management Applicatin. The reasn fr this is that such peple are likely t have administratr rights. If required, yu can passwrd prtect access t the Management Applicatin fr additinal security: 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, expand Users, right-click Administratr, and select Prperties. 2. Under Management prtectin, select Enable. 3. Specify required passwrd, and repeat it t be sure yu have specified it crrectly. Only use the Old passwrd field if changing an existing passwrd r disabling management prtectin, in which case the ld passwrd is required t prve that yu have the rights t make the changes. 5. Click OK. 6. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 70

79 Master & Slave Servers Master & Slave Servers Cnfigure Master and Slave Servers Yu can create a master/slave setup f NVR servers. A master/slave setup will allw remte users t transparently cnnect t mre than ne server simultaneusly: When remte users cnnect t the master server, they will instantly get access t the slave servers as well. This feature is nt necessary when using Ocularis. Hwever, Ocularis will supprt a master/slave setup in a legacy envirnment. Cnfiguring a Master/Slave Setup 1. In the Management Applicatin's Navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click Master/Slave and select Prperties. 2. Select the Enable as master server check bx. 3. Click Add t add a slave server. 4. Specify slave server prperties. When ready, click OK. 5. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Adding a Slave Server T add a slave server, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin in the Management Applicatin, right-click Master/Slave and select Add New Slave Server, then specify slave server prperties. Slave servers can als be added frm the Master/Slave Prperties windw by clicking Add. Tip: Instead f specifying a hst name when adding a slave server, yu may specify the IP address f the slave server. Simply type the IP address in the Address field when adding the slave server. Remember that if n a lcal netwrk, the lcal IP address f the slave server must be used. Befre yu start using yur master/slave setup, remember t verify that: Required users have be defined n the master server as well as n each f the slave servers. Public Access has been enabled n all invlved servers, and prts mapped accrdingly in the ruters r firewalls used, if the slave servers are t be accessed frm the internet. When using a master/slave setup, remte users and their rights must be defined in the Management Applicatin's Users sectin n the master server as well as n each f the slave servers. Only cameras t which a remte user has been given access will be visible t the user, regardless f whether the cameras are cnnected t the master server r t ne f the slave servers. If they are t be accessed frm the internet, Public Access must be enabled n all invlved servers, and prts must be mapped accrdingly in the ruters and/r firewalls used. Nt Using a Master/Slave Setup If yu d nt wish t use a master/slave setup fr example because there is nly a single NVR server n yur system simply d nt specify anything in the Master/Slave Setup sectin. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 71

80 Master & Slave Servers Frequently Asked Questins Abut Using Master/Slave Hw many master servers can I use in a master/slave setup? An unlimited number f servers per SLC (Sftware License Cde, specified during installatin) can be designated as master servers. If required fr example if yur rganizatin is very large and spread ver many gegraphical lcatins, r in case yu want t create a redundancy slutin this allws yu t use several master servers in a master/slave setup. Hw many slave servers can I use in a master/slave setup? An unlimited number f servers can be defined as slave servers under a designated master server using the same Sftware License Cde. Hw d I switch arund which server is master and which server is slave? If yu want a slave server t becme a master server, simply clear Enable as master server n the riginal master server and click OK. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane right-click the slave server which yu want t becme master server, and select Prperties. Then select Enable as master server. Next click Add t add slave servers t the new master server. D I need a master/slave setup with Ocularis? N. The master/slave setup is nt necessary when using Ocularis but it is supprted when wrking in a legacy envirnment. Prperties: Master and Slave Prperties Master Server Prperties Enable as master server: Select t enable as master server. Add: Lets yu add slave servers. Slave Server Prperties Address: IP address f the slave server. Prt: Prt number f the slave server. Delete: Lets yu remve a slave server frm the list f slave servers. Select the slave server in the list and click the Delete buttn. When selecting Master Server, the Delete buttn is disabled and the Add buttn is enabled prvided that Enable as master server is selected allwing yu t add slave servers t the master server. When selecting a slave, the Add buttn is disabled and the Delete buttn is enabled allwing yu t remve a slave server. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 72

81 NetMatrix NetMatrix Vide Sharing Cnfigure NetMatrix The NetMatrix feature allws distributed viewing f live vide frm any camera t any NetMatrix recipient n a netwrk perating with an RC-I NVR. Using NetMatrix is nt necessary if using Ocularis. NetMatrix Recipients Explained A cmputer n which NetMatrix-triggered vide can be viewed is knwn as a NetMatrix recipient. In rder t becme a NetMatrix recipient, the cmputer must have either the dedicated NetMatrix Mnitr applicatin r the multi-purpse Ocularis Client installed. Many users prefer the Ocularis Client fr NetMatrix viewing purpses since they already use the Ocularis Client fr viewing ther types f surveillance vide. The NetMatrix Mnitr, hwever, ffers slightly mre features, including a pp-up mde, with which yu will nt see the NetMatrix Mnitr windw until there is vide t display. On the ther hand, the NetMatrix Mnitr is meant fr viewing nly, whereas with the Ocularis Client yu are able t send vide t ther NetMatrix recipients. Fr mre infrmatin abut NetMatrix recipients refer t the NetMatrix Mnitr User's Manual and the Ocularis Client User's Manual, available frm There are tw ways in which NetMatrix-triggered vide can appear n a NetMatrix recipient: Manual triggering: Anther user wants t share imprtant vide, and sends it frm an Ocularis Client sessin r frm a custm-made web page t the required NetMatrix recipient. Autmatic triggering: Vide is sent t the required NetMatrix recipient autmatically when a predefined event ccurs; fr example when a dr sensr detects that a dr is pened, r when the surveillance system detects mtin in the vide frm a camera Cnfigure NetMatrix fr Manual Vide Sharing 1. In the Management Applicatin's Navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click NetMatrix and select Prperties. 2. Enable the use f NetMatrix by selecting the Enable NetMatrix check bx. 3. Specify required prperties. When ready, click OK, r select NetMatrix Event Cntrl t cnfigure autmatically triggered vide sharing. 4. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Cnfigure NetMatrix fr Autmatic Vide Sharing 1. In the Management Applicatin's Navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click NetMatrix and select Prperties. 2. Enable the use f NetMatrix by selecting the Enable NetMatrix check bx. Specify required NetMatrix Recipients prperties. 3. Select NetMatrix Event Cntrl and cnfigure NetMatrix Event Cntrl prperties. When ready, click OK. 4. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 73

82 NetMatrix Prperties: NetMatrix Recipients The NetMatrix Recipients tab is used fr enabling NetMatrix functinality and fr defining n which cmputers t display NetMatrix-triggered live vide. A cmputer n which NetMatrix-triggered vide can be displayed is knwn as a NetMatrix recipient. Being able t view NetMatrix-triggered vide requires that either an Ocularis Client r the dedicated NetMatrix Mnitr sftware is installed n the user's cmputer. Enable matrix: Select check bx t enable NetMatrix functinality. [List f Defined NetMatrix recipients]: Lists any already defined NetMatrix recipients, that is cmputers n which NetMatrix-triggered vide can be displayed. T change the prperties f an already defined NetMatrix recipient, select the required NetMatrix recipient, make the changes in the fields belw the list, then click the Update buttn. T remve a NetMatrix recipient frm the list, select the unwanted NetMatrix recipient, then click the Delete buttn. Delete: Available nly when yu have selected a NetMatrix recipient in the list. Clicking the Delete buttn will remve the selected NetMatrix recipient. Yu will be prmpted t cnfirm the remval. Name: Name fr the NetMatrix recipient. Used when adding a new NetMatrix recipient r editing the prperties f an existing ne. The name will appear in varius day-t-day usage situatins; it is therefre a gd idea t use a descriptive and unambiguus name. NetMatrix recipient names must nt cntain the fllwing characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Address: IP address f the NetMatrix recipient, used when adding a new NetMatrix recipient r editing the prperties f an existing ne. Prt: Lets yu specify the prt number t be used when sending cmmands t the NetMatrix recipient. Used when adding a new NetMatrix recipient r editing the prperties f an existing ne. The NetMatrix recipient will listen fr cmmands n this prt. By default, prt is used; yu can f curse specify anther prt number. Passwrd: Lets yu specify the passwrd t be used when cmmunicating with the NetMatrix recipient. Used when adding a new NetMatrix recipient r editing the prperties f an existing ne. NetMatrix recipient is an Ocularis Client: Select check bx if the NetMatrix recipient in questin is an Ocularis Client. NetMatrix-triggered live vide may als be displayed in RC-I users' Ocularis Clients. If an Ocularis Client is used, distributin f the NetMatrix-triggered live vide takes place slightly differently. Clear: Remves any cntent in the Name, Address, and Passwrd fields. Update: Updates the prperties f the selected NetMatrix recipient with the changes made during editing. Available nly if yu have edited the prperties f an existing NetMatrix recipient. Add: Adds the new NetMatrix recipient t the list. Available nly if yu have added prperties f a new NetMatrix recipient in the Name, Address, Prt, Passwrd, and pssibly Ocularis Client fields. NetMatrix Event Cntrl There are tw ways in which NetMatrix-triggered vide can appear in a NetMatrix recipient: Anther user wants t share imprtant vide, and sends it t the required NetMatrix recipient frm a Ocularis Client, r frm a custm-made web page, see NetMatrix Recipients (Prperties) Vide is sent t the required NetMatrix recipient autmatically when a predefined event ccurs The NetMatrix Event Cntrl tab is used fr cnfiguring the autmatic sending f live vide based n predefined events; it lets yu define exactly which events and cameras t use n a per-netmatrix recipient basis. The NetMatrix Event Cntrl tab displays the list f NetMatrix recipients defined n the NetMatrix Recipients tab. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 74

83 NetMatrix Right-clicking a NetMatrix recipient brings up a list f devices with belnging events. When yu select an event, it will initially be highlighted by a red exclamatin mark, indicating that there is additinal cnfiguratin t be dne. Right-clicking an event brings up a list f ptins fr the selected event: Delete [selected event]: Deletes selected event n selected device. Cnnect: Cnnects t the camera (actual camera is specified after selecting actin t be taken) Discnnect, then cnnect: Discnnect any existing cnnectins, then cnnect again. With this ptin the live vide will appear in the NetMatrix recipient n a first-in-first-ut basis. Each time a new event ccurs, vide frm the latest event is displayed prminently in a specific psitin n the NetMatrix recipient, while at the same time vide frm the lder events is shifted t less prminent psitins and eventually pushed ut f the NetMatrix recipient in rder t make space fr the latest event's vide. With the Cnnect ptin, yu may thus experience that if vide triggered by ne event n a camera is already shwn n the NetMatrix recipient, vides triggered by anther event n the same camera will nt be displayed prminently as cming frm the latest event simply because the NetMatrix recipient is already shwing vide frm the camera in a less prminent psitin. By selecting Discnnect, then cnnect yu can avid this issue, and ensure that vide frm the latest event is always displayed prminently. Discnnect: Discnnects any existing cnnectin. Use if a particular event shuld cause vide t stp being displayed in the NetMatrix recipient, even if they are nt yet ld enugh t be pushed ut f the NetMatrix recipient. If yu selected Cnnect, anther red exclamatin mark will indicate that there is still sme cnfiguratin t be dne. Rightclicking an actin lets yu select which camera t apply the actin n. In this example, we have specified that when mtin is detected n Camera b, the selected NetMatrix recipient shuld cnnect t Camera b: On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 75

84 Scheduling Scheduling Cnfigure General Scheduling and Archiving The general Scheduling and Archiving feature lets yu cnfigure when: Cameras shuld be nline (that is transfer vide t the NVR) Cameras shuld use speedup (that is use a higher than nrmal frame rate) Yu want t receive any and/r SMS ntificatins regarding cameras PTZ cameras shuld patrl, and accrding t which patrlling prfile Archiving shuld take place D the fllwing: 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click Scheduling and Archiving, and select Prperties. 2. Specify prperties as required fr Scheduling All Cameras, Scheduling Optins, and Archiving. When ready, click OK. 3. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Cnfigure Camera-specific Schedules With camera-specific scheduling, yu can cnfigure when: A camera shuld be nline (that is transfer vide t the NVR) A camera shuld use speedup (that is use a higher than nrmal frame rate) Yu want t receive any and/r SMS ntificatins regarding the camera If the camera is a PTZ camera able t patrl: when it shuld patrl, and accrding t which patrlling prfile D the fllwing: 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, expand Scheduling and Archiving, right-click the required camera, and select Prperties. 2. Specify prperties as required fr Online Perid, Speedup, Ntificatin, SMS Ntificatin, and (if dealing with a PTZ camera capable f patrlling) PTZ Patrlling. When ready, click OK. 3. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 76

85 Scheduling General Scheduling Prperties Scheduling All Cameras All prperties n a white backgrund are editable, prperties n a light blue backgrund cannt be edited. Nte that the prperties Online Perid, Speedup, Ntificatin, SMS Ntificatin, and PTZ Patrlling can als be specified individually fr each camera. Template: The template can help yu cnfigure similar prperties quickly. Fr examples: yu have 50 cameras and yu want t change the nline schedule prfile fr all f them. Instead f having t select the same 50 times, yu can simply enter them nce in the template, and then apply the template t the 50 cameras with nly tw clicks. Apply Template: Lets yu select which cameras yu want t apply the template fr. Yu then use ne f the tw Set buttns (see descriptins in the fllwing) t actually apply the template. Tip: T select all cameras in the list, click the Select All buttn. Camera: Name f each camera as it will appear in the Management Applicatin as well as in clients. Online: Lets yu select the required prfile (fr example Always n) fr the nline schedule fr the camera(s) in questin. Tip: If yu lack a suitable prfile, use the New schedule prfile feature (described in the fllwing) t cnfigure ne. This applies fr the ther schedule types as well. Speedup: Lets yu select the required prfile fr the speedup schedule fr the camera(s) in questin. Lets yu select the required prfile fr the ntificatin schedule fr the camera(s) in questin. SMS: Lets yu select the required prfile fr the SMS (mbile phne text message) ntificatin schedule fr the camera(s) in questin. PTZ Patrlling: Only available fr PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zm) cameras with patrlling, the cntinuus mvement f a PTZ camera between a number f preset psitins. Lets yu select the required prfile fr the PTZ patrlling schedule fr the camera(s) in questin. Select All: Click buttn t select all cameras in the Apply Template clumn. Clear All: Click buttn t clear all selectins in the Apply Template clumn Set selected template value n selected cameras: Lets yu apply nly a selected value frm the template t selected cameras. New schedule prfile: Lets yu create a new schedule prfile f any type by clicking the Create... buttn. Scheduling Optins Start cameras n client requests: Cameras may be ffline, fr example because they have reached the end f an nline schedule, in which case client users will nt be able t view live vide frm the cameras. Hwever, if yu select Start cameras n client requests, client users will be able t start the camera (technically: frce the camera t be nline utside its nline schedule) in rder t view live vide frm the camera. Schedule prfile fr new cameras: Lets yu select which nline schedule prfile t use as default fr cameras yu subsequently add t yur surveillance system. Nte that yur selectin nly applies fr the nline schedule, nt fr any ther schedules. Default selectin is Always n, meaning that new cameras will always be nline, that is transferring vide t the NVR server fr live viewing and further prcessing. Maximum delay between recnnect attempts: Lets yu cntrl the aggressiveness f recnnectin attempts. If the NVR lses the cnnectin t a camera, by default it will attempt t re-establish the cnnectin after ten secnds. In sme envirnments, fr example if using vehicle-munted cameras thrugh wireless cnnectins, camera cnnectins may frequently be lst, and yu may want t change the aggressiveness f such recnnectin attempts. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 77

86 Scheduling Archiving As a camera's database becmes full, its recrdings will autmatically be archived. Yu are furthermre able t schedule archiving at particular pints in time every day. This way, yu can practively archive recrdings, s databases will never becme full. As a rule f thumb, the mre yu expect t recrd, the mre ften yu shuld archive. Archiving Time The Archiving Times list shws the times at which yu want t autmatically archive the cntent f all camera databases n the recrding server. Yu can d this up t 24 times per day, with minimum ne hur between each ne. T add archiving times t the list: 1. Specify required time in the time bx t the right f the Archiving Times list. Yu specify the required time by selecting the hur, minute and secnd values respectively, then clicking the up and dwn buttns t increase r decrease values. Alternatively, yu can simply verwrite selected hur, minute r secnd values. 2. Click the Add buttn. Archive Failure Ntificatin Yu can autmatically get ntified if archiving fails: Send n archiving failure: If selected, s t selected recipients will autmatically be sent if archiving fails. This requires that the ntificatin feature is enabled. Recipients are defined as part f the ntificatin prperties. Send SMS n archiving failure: If selected, an SMS (mbile phne text message) will autmatically be sent t selected recipients if archiving fails. This requires that the SMS ntificatin feature is enabled. Recipients are defined as part f the SMS ntificatin prperties. and SMS ntificatins are nrmally nly sent during scheduled perids. Hwever, archiving failures are cnsidered t be s serius that, if enabled, and SMS ntificatins regarding archiving failures are sent regardless f schedules. Camera-specific Scheduling Prperties Online Perid When yu cnfigure scheduling fr specific cameras, yur Online Perid settings are prbably the mst imprtant, since they determine when each camera shuld transfer vide t the NVR. By default, cameras added t the RC-I NVR will autmatically be nline, and yu will nly need t mdify the nline perid settings if yu require cameras t be nline nly at specific times r events. Nte, hwever, that this default may be changed as part f the general scheduling ptins, in which case subsequently added cameras will nt autmatically be nline. The fact that a camera transfers vide t the NVR des nt necessarily mean that vide frm the camera is recrded. Recrding is cnfigured separately; see Cnfigure Vide & Recrding. Yu specify a camera's nline perids by creating schedule prfiles based n: Perids f time (example: Mndays frm until 17.45), shwn in pink: Events within perids f time (example: frm Event A ccurs until Event B ccurs Mndays frm until 17.45), shwn in yellw: The tw ptins can be cmbined, but they cannt verlap in time. The RC-I NVR cmes with tw simple schedule prfiles, Always n and Always ff, which cannt be edited r deleted. If these d nt meet yur needs, yu can create any number f custmized schedule prfiles fr each camera. When yu create a custmized schedule prfile fr ne camera, yu can reuse it with ther cameras if required. T create a custmized schedule prfile: On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 78

87 Scheduling 1. In the field belw the Schedule prfiles list, specify a name fr the new schedule prfile. Schedule prfile names must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] 2. Click the Add New buttn (which becmes available when yu specify a name). 3. In the tp right crner f the dialg, select Set camera t start/stp n time (t base subsequent settings n perids f time) r Set camera t start/stp n event (t base subsequent settings n events within perids f time). Tip: Yu can cmbine the tw, s yu may return t this step in rder t tggle between the tw ptins. 4. In the calendar sectin, place yur muse pinter at a required start pint, then hld dwn the left muse buttn, drag the muse pinter and release at the required end pint. Yu specify each day separately. Yu specify time in increments f five minutes; tl tips help yu by shwing the time ver which yur muse pinter is psitined: If yu base yur schedule prfile r parts f it n events within perids f time, remember t select Start event and Stp event frm the lists belw the calendar sectin. Tip: If yu have nt yet defined any suitable events, yu can quickly d it: Use the Cnfigure events list, lcated belw the ther fields. T delete an unwanted part f a schedule prfile, right-click it and select Delete. T quickly fill r clear an entire day, duble-click the name f the day. Speedup As an alternative t dragging inside the calendar sectin, use the Start time, End time and Day fields, then the Change Perid r Set Perid buttn as required. When using the Start time and End time fields, remember that time is specified in increments f five minutes. Yu cannt specify a perid shrter than five minutes, and yu can nly use times like 12:00, 12.05, 12:10, 12:15, etc. If yu specify a time utside f the five-minute intervals, such as 12:13, yu will get an errr message. When yu cnfigure scheduling fr specific MJPEG cameras, yu can specify speedup perids. Befre yu can define this type f schedule, speedup must be enabled. Yu specify a camera's speedup perids by creating schedule prfiles based n: Perids f time (example: Mndays frm until 17.45), shwn in live green: Speedup may als take place based n events, but that is cnfigured elsewhere: See Frame Rate - MJPEG (General Recrding & Strage Prperties) and Frame Rate (Camera-specific Prperties). The RC-I NVR cmes with tw simple schedule prfiles, Always n and Always ff, which cannt be edited r deleted. If these d nt meet yur needs, yu can create any number f custmized schedule prfiles fr each camera. When yu create a custmized schedule prfile fr ne camera, yu can reuse it with ther cameras if required. T create a custmized schedule prfile: 1. In the field belw the Schedule prfiles list, specify a name fr the new schedule prfile. Schedule prfile names nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] 2. Click the Add New buttn (which becmes available when yu specify a name). 3. In the calendar sectin, place yur muse pinter at a required start pint, then hld dwn the left muse buttn, drag the muse pinter and release at the required end pint. Yu specify each day separately. Yu specify time in increments f five minutes; tl tips help yu by shwing the time ver which yur muse pinter is psitined: On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 79

88 Scheduling T delete an unwanted part f a schedule prfile, right-click it and select Delete. T quickly fill r clear an entire day, duble-click the name f the day. Ntificatin As an alternative t dragging inside the calendar sectin, use the Start time, End time and Day fields, then the Change Perid r Set Perid buttn as required. When using the Start time and End time fields, remember that time is specified in increments f five minutes. Yu cannt specify a perid shrter than five minutes, and yu can nly use times like 12:00, 12.05, 12:10, 12:15, etc. If yu specify a time utside f the five-minute intervals, such as 12:13, yu will get an errr message. When cnfiguring scheduling fr specific cameras, yu can specify ntificatin perids. Befre yu can define this type f schedule, ntificatin must be enabled. Yu specify a camera's ntificatin perids by creating schedule prfiles based n: Perids f time (example: Mndays frm until 17.45), shwn in blue: The RC-I NVR cmes with tw simple schedule prfiles, Always n and Always ff, which cannt be edited r deleted. If these d nt meet yur needs, yu can create any number f custmized schedule prfiles fr each camera. When yu create a custmized schedule prfile fr ne camera, yu can reuse it with ther cameras if required. T create a custmized schedule prfile: 1. In the field belw the Schedule prfiles list, specify a name fr the new schedule prfile. Schedule prfile names nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] 2. Click the Add New buttn (which becmes available when yu specify a name). 3. In the calendar sectin, place yur muse pinter at a required start pint, then hld dwn the left muse buttn, drag the muse pinter and release at the required end pint. Yu specify each day separately. Yu specify time in increments f five minutes; tl tips help yu by shwing the time ver which yur muse pinter is psitined: T delete an unwanted part f a schedule prfile, right-click it and select Delete. T quickly fill r clear an entire day, duble-click the name f the day. SMS Ntificatin As an alternative t dragging inside the calendar sectin, use the Start time, End time and Day fields, then the Change Perid r Set Perid buttn as required. When using the Start time and End time fields, remember that time is specified in increments f five minutes. Yu cannt specify a perid shrter than five minutes, and yu can nly use times like 12:00, 12.05, 12:10, 12:15, etc. If yu specify a time utside f the five-minute intervals, such as 12:13, yu will get an errr message. When yu cnfigure scheduling fr specific cameras, yu can specify SMS (mbile phne text message) ntificatin perids. Befre yu can define this type f schedule, SMS ntificatin must be enabled. Yu specify a camera's SMS ntificatin perids by creating schedule prfiles based n: Perids f time (example: Mndays frm until 17.45), shwn in green: The RC-I NVR cmes with tw simple schedule prfiles, Always n and Always ff, which cannt be edited r deleted. If these d nt meet yur needs, yu can create any number f custmized schedule prfiles fr each camera. When yu create a custmized schedule prfile fr ne camera, yu can reuse it with ther cameras if required. T create a custmized schedule prfile: On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 80

89 Scheduling 1. In the field belw the Schedule prfiles list, specify a name fr the new schedule prfile. Schedule prfile names nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] 2. Click the Add New buttn (which becmes available when yu specify a name). 3. In the calendar sectin, place yur muse pinter at a required start pint, then hld dwn the left muse buttn, drag the muse pinter and release at the required end pint. Yu specify each day separately. Yu specify time in increments f five minutes; tl tips help yu by shwing the time ver which yur muse pinter is psitined: T delete an unwanted part f a schedule prfile, right-click it and select Delete. T quickly fill r clear an entire day, duble-click the name f the day. PTZ Patrlling As an alternative t dragging inside the calendar sectin, use the Start time, End time and Day fields, then the Change Perid r Set Perid buttn as required. When using the Start time and End time fields, remember that time is specified in increments f five minutes. Yu cannt specify a perid shrter than five minutes, and yu can nly use times like 12:00, 12.05, 12:10, 12:15, etc. If yu specify a time utside f the five-minute intervals, such as 12:13, yu will get an errr message. When yu cnfigure scheduling fr PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zm) cameras capable f patrlling, yu can specify which patrlling prfiles t use at specific times. Befre yu can define this type f schedule, patrlling must be cnfigured fr the cameras in questin. Patrlling schedule prfiles are based n use f particular patrlling prfiles within particular perids f time (example: Mndays frm until 17.45), shwn in red: Use f ne patrlling prfile may be fllwed immediately by use f anther (example: use the Daytime patrlling prfile Mndays frm until 17.45, then the Evening patrlling prfile Mndays frm until 23.00). Use f tw patrlling prfiles cannt verlap. Unlike ther types f scheduling, there are n ready-made Always n and Always ff schedule prfiles fr PTZ patrlling. Yu can create any number f custmized schedule prfiles fr each camera. When yu create a custmized schedule prfile fr ne camera, yu can reuse it with ther cameras if required. T create a custmized schedule prfile: 1. In the field belw the Schedule prfiles list, specify a name fr the new schedule prfile. Schedule prfile names nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] 2. Click the Add New buttn (which becmes available when yu specify a name). 3. In the Patrlling prfile list belw the calendar sectin, select the required patrlling prfile. 4. In the calendar sectin, place yur muse pinter at a required start pint, then hld dwn the left muse buttn, drag the muse pinter and release at the required end pint. Yu specify each day separately. Yu specify time in increments f five minutes; tl tips help yu by shwing the time ver which yur muse pinter is psitined: T delete an unwanted part f a schedule prfile, right-click it and select Delete. T quickly fill r clear an entire day, duble-click the name f the day. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 81

90 Scheduling As an alternative t dragging inside the calendar sectin, use the Start time, End time and Day fields, then the Change Perid r Set Perid buttn as required. When using the Start time and End time fields, remember that time is specified in increments f five minutes. Yu cannt specify a perid shrter than five minutes, and yu can nly use times like 12:00, 12.05, 12:10, 12:15, etc. If yu specify a time utside f the five-minute intervals, such as 12:13, yu will get an errr message. 5. Repeat steps 3-4 if yu want t use several patrlling prfiles within the same schedule prfile. If use f ne patrlling prfile is fllwed immediately by use f anther, run yur muse pinter ver the red bar t see which patrlling prfile applies when. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 82

91 Services Services Overview f Services The fllwing services are all autmatically installed n the RC-I server: RC-I Recrding Server service: A vital part f the surveillance system; vide streams are nly transferred t RC-I while the Recrding Server service is running. RC-I Image Server service: Prvides access t the surveillance system fr users lgging in with the Ocularis Client. RC-I Image Imprt service: Used fr fetching pre- and pst-alarm images, and string the fetched images in camera databases. Pre- and pst-alarm images is a feature available fr selected cameras nly; it enables sending f images frm immediately befre an event tk place frm the camera t the surveillance system via . Pre- and pst-alarm images shuld nt be cnfused with RC-I's wn pre- and pst-recrding feature. RC-I Lg Check service: Perfrms integrity checks n RC-Ilg files. Fr mre infrmatin, see Overview f Lgs. The services by default run transparently in the backgrund n the RC-I server. If required, yu are able t start and stp each service separately frm the Management Applicatin; see Start & Stp Services. Start & Stp Services On an RC-I server, fur services run in the backgrund by default. If required, yu can start and stp each service separately: 1. In the Management Applicatin's Navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin and select Services. This will display the status f each service. 2. Yu can nw stp each service by clicking the Stp buttn. When a service is stpped, the buttn changes t Start, allwing yu t start the service again when required. Tip: Occasinally, yu may want t stp a service and start it again immediately after. The Restart buttn allws yu t d just that with a single click. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 83

92 System System Cnfigure Default File Paths There are a number f default file paths used: Default recrding path fr new cameras: By default, all new cameras added will use this path fr string recrdings. If required, yu can change individual cameras' recrding paths as part f their individual cnfiguratin, but yu can als change the default recrding path s all new cameras yu add will use a path f yur chice. Default archiving path fr new cameras: By default, all new cameras added will use this path fr archiving. If required, yu can change individual cameras' archiving paths as part f their individual cnfiguratin, but yu can als change the default recrding path s all new cameras yu add will use a path f yur chice. Nte that camera-specific archiving paths are nt relevant if using dynamic path selectin fr archiving. Cnfiguratin path: The path by default used fr string the RC-I system's cnfiguratin. T change any f the default file paths: 1. If changing the cnfiguratin path, stp all services. This step is nt necessary if changing the default recrding r archiving path. 2. In the Management Applicatin's menu bar, select Applicatin Settings > Default File Paths Yu can nw verwrite required paths. Alternatively, click the brwse buttn next t the required field and brwse t the required lcatin. Fr the default recrding path, yu are nly able t specify a path t a flder n a lcal drive. If using a netwrk drive, it wuld nt be pssible t save recrdings if the netwrk drive became unavailable. If yu change the default recrding r archiving paths, and there are existing recrdings at the ld lcatins, yu will be asked whether yu want t mve the recrdings t the new lcatins (recmmended), leave them at the ld lcatins, r delete them. 4. Click OK. 5. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. 6. Restart all services. Find Versin & Plug-in Infrmatin Knwing the exact versin f yur system can be imprtant if yu require supprt, want t upgrade yur system, etc. In such cases, yu may als want t knw which plug-ins yur system uses. T view such infrmatin, select Abut... in the Management Applicatin's Help menu. Tip: This way yu can als specify a new Sftware License Cde (SLC) if yu have upgraded yur r therwise acquired a new SLC. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 84

93 System Restratin & Migratin System Restratin & Migratin Restre System Cnfiguratin frm a Restre Pint Restre pints allw yu t return t a previus cnfiguratin state. Each time a cnfiguratin change is applied in the Management Applicatin either by clicking OK in a prperties dialg r by clicking the Apply buttn in a summary pane a new restre pint is created. All restre pints in the current and previus five sessins are stred and can be selected again. A new sessin begins each time the Management Applicatin is started as well as each time yu save the whle cnfiguratin, fr example by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Fr sessins lder than the last five sessins, nly the latest restre pint f each sessin is stred. With the Number f ld sessins t keep field yu can cntrl hw many ld sessins are kept. When selecting t restre a cnfiguratin frm a restre pint, the cnfiguratin frm the selected restre pint will be applied and used nce the services are restarted (see Start & Stp Services). If yu have added new cameras r ther devices t the system after the restre pint was created, they will be missing if yu lad the restre pint. This is due t the fact that they were nt in the system when the restre pint was created. In such cases, yu will be ntified and must decide what t d with recrdings frm the affected devices. 1. Frm the Management Applicatin's File menu, select Lad Cnfiguratin frm Restre Pint In the left part f the Restre Pints dialg, select the required restre pint. Tip: When yu select a restre pint, yu will in the right part f the dialg see infrmatin abut the cnfiguratin state at the selected pint in time. This can help yu select the best pssible restre pint. 3. Click the Lad Restre Pint buttn. 4. If yu are sure that yu want t verwrite the current cnfiguratin with the ne frm the selected restre pint, click OK. 5. Only relevant if the current cnfiguratin cntains cameras r ther devices which were nt present in the selected restre pint: Yu will be asked whether yu want t delete r keep recrdings frm affected devices. If keeping the recrdings, nte that they will nt be accessible until yu add the affected devices t NVR again. Select the required ptin, and click OK. 6. Click OK in the Restre Pints dialg. 7. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, and select Services. 8. Fr the Recrding Server and Image Server services respectively, click the Restart buttn. When the tw services are restarted, the cnfiguratin frm the selected restre pint is applied. Exprt & Imprt System Cnfiguratin Yu can exprt the current cnfiguratin f the RC-I NVR, either as a safety measure in rder t have a backup file f yur cnfiguratin, r a as a clne allwing yu t use a similar cnfiguratin elsewhere. Yu are subsequently able t imprt previusly exprted cnfiguratins. Exprt Cnfiguratin as Backup With this ptin, all relevant NVR cnfiguratin files will be cmbined int ne single file, which can then be saved at a lcatin specified by yu. Nte that if there are unsaved changes t yur cnfiguratin, they will autmatically be saved when yu exprt the cnfiguratin. 1. In the Management Applicatin's File menu, select Exprt Cnfiguratin - Backup. 2. Brwse t the lcatin at which yu want t stre the exprted cnfiguratin, specify a suitable file name, and click Save. If yu intend t set up an identical versin f yur surveillance system elsewhere, d nt exprt yur cnfiguratin as backup, since this may lead t the same device infrmatin being used twice, in which case clients may get the fllwing errr message: Applicatin is nt able t start because tw (r mre) cameras are using the same name r id. Instead, exprt yur cnfiguratin as a clne. When yu exprt as a clne, the On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 85

94 System Restratin & Migratin exprt takes int accunt the fact that yu will nt use the exact same physical cameras, etc. even thugh yur new system may therwise be identical t yur existing ne. Exprt Cnfiguratin as Clne With this ptin, all relevant NVR cnfiguratin files will be cllected, and GUIDs (Glbally Unique IDentifiers; unique 128-bit numbers used fr identifying individual system cmpnents, such as cameras) will be marked fr later replacement. Why are GUIDs marked fr replacement? GUIDs are marked fr later replacement because they refer t specific cmpnents (cameras, etc.). Even thugh yu wish t use the clned cnfiguratin fr setting up a new similar system using similar types f cameras, the new system will nt use the exact same physical cameras as the clned system. When the clned cnfiguratin is later used in a new system, the GUIDs will therefre be replaced with GUIDs representing the specific cmpnents f the new system. After GUIDs have been marked fr replacement, the cnfiguratin files will be cmbined int ne single file, which can then be saved at a lcatin specified by yu. Nte that if there are unsaved changes t yur cnfiguratin, they will autmatically be saved when yu exprt the cnfiguratin. 1. In the Management Applicatin's File menu, select Exprt Cnfiguratin - Clne. 2. Brwse t the lcatin at which yu want t stre the exprted cnfiguratin, specify a suitable file name, and click Save. Imprt Previusly Exprted Cnfiguratin The same imprt methd is used regardless f whether the cnfiguratin was exprted as a backup r a clne. 1. In the Management Applicatin's File menu, select Imprt Cnfiguratin. 2. Brwse t the lcatin frm which yu want t imprt the cnfiguratin, select the required cnfiguratin file, and click Open. 3. Only relevant if the system int which yu imprt the cnfiguratin cntains devices (cameras, etc.) which are nt present in the imprted cnfiguratin: Yu will be asked whether yu want t delete r keep recrdings frm affected devices. If keeping the recrdings, nte that they will nt be accessible until yu add the affected devices t the NVR again. Select the required ptin, and click OK. 4. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, and select Services. 5. Fr the Recrding Server and Image Server services respectively, click the Restart buttn. When the tw services are restarted, the imprted cnfiguratin is applied. Imprt Changes t Cnfiguratin It is pssible t imprt changes t a cnfiguratin. This can be relevant if installing many similar RC-I NVRs, fr example in a chain f stres where the same types f server, hardware devices, and cameras are used in each lcatin. In such cases, yu can use an existing cnfiguratin typically a clned cnfiguratin as a template fr the ther installatins. Hwever, since the stres' installatins are nt exactly the same (the hardware devices and cameras are f the same type, but they are nt physically the same, and thus they have different MAC addresses), there needs t be an easy way f imprting changes t the template cnfiguratin. This is when imprting changes abut hardware devices and cameras as cmma-separated values (CSV) frm a file is s beneficial: 1. Frm the Management Applicatin's menu bar, select File > Imprt Changes t Cnfiguratin Select Online verificatin if the new hardware devices and cameras listed in yur CSV file are cnnected t the server and yu want t verify that they can be reached. 3. Then pint t the CSV file, and click the Imprt Cnfiguratin frm File buttn. CSV File Frmat and Requirements The CSV file must have a header line (determining what each value n the subsequent lines is abut), and subsequent lines must each cntain infrmatin abut ne hardware device nly. A minimum f infrmatin is always required fr each hardware device: On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 86

95 System Restratin & Migratin HardwareOldMacAddress The MAC address f the hardware device used in the template cnfiguratin. Required frmat: 12 hex characters withut spaces r six grups f tw hex characters separated with dashes (-) r clns (:). Yu can furthermre include these ptinal parameters: HardwareNewMacAddress The MAC address f the new hardware device t be used in the real cnfiguratin. Required frmat: 12 hex characters withut spaces r six grups f tw hex characters separated with dashes (-) r clns (:). HardwareAddress IP address f the hardware device. Required frmat: IPv4 r IPv6. HardwareUsername User name fr hardware device's administratr accunt. In the extremely rare cases where a particular user name has previusly been required fr a device, but yu nw want the user name t be <blank>, yu cannt use the CSV file t specify <blank>. The reasn is that n infrmatin is interpreted as leave the user name as it currently is. If yu need the new user name t be <blank>, yu shuld nt change it thrugh the CCV file. Instead, change it as part f the hardware device's Netwrk, Device Type & License prperties after yu have imprted the ther changes thrugh the CSV file. HardwarePasswrd Passwrd fr hardware device's administratr accunt. In the extremely rare cases where a particular passwrd has previusly been required fr a device, but yu nw want the passwrd t be <blank>, yu cannt use the CSV file t specify <blank>. The reasn is that n infrmatin is interpreted as leave the passwrd as it currently is. If yu need the new passwrd t be <blank>, yu shuld nt change it thrugh the CSV file. Instead, change it as part f the hardware device's Netwrk, Device Type & License prperties after yu have imprted the ther changes thrugh the CSV file. DLK Device License Key (DLK) required in rder t use the hardware device with the NVR. HardwareDeviceName Name f the hardware device. Name must unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] CameraName[number] Name f the camera. Must appear as CameraName1, CameraName2, etc. in the header line since a hardware device can ptentially have mre than ne camera attached. Names must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] CameraShrtcut[number] Number fr keybard shrtcut access t the camera in the Ocularis Client. Must appear as CameraShrtcut1, CameraShrtcut2, etc. in the header line since a hardware device can ptentially have mre than ne camera attached. A camera shrtcut number must nt cntain any letters r special characters, and must nt be lnger than eight digits. GenerateNewCameraGuid[ptinal number] Lets yu specify whether t generate a new GUID fr a camera; this is especially relevant if using a clned cnfiguratin as yur template, since all GUIDs are remved frm clned cnfiguratins. If specified as, fr example, GenerateNewCameraGuid1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. Any character means yes, generate a new GUID. PreBufferLength[ptinal number] Required length (in secnds) f pre-recrding. If specified as, fr example, PreBufferLength1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. PstBufferLength[ptinal number] Required length (in secnds) f pst-recrding. If specified as, fr example, PstBufferLength1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. RecrdingPath[ptinal number] Path t the flder in which a camera's database shuld be stred. If specified as, fr example, RecrdingPath1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. ArchivePath[ptinal number] Path t the flder in which the camera's archived recrdings shuld be stred. Remember that an archiving path is nly relevant if nt using dynamic paths fr archiving. If specified as, fr example, On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 87

96 System Restratin & Migratin ArchivePath1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. OldRecrdingsNewPath[ptinal number] Lets yu specify what t d with ld recrdings in case RecrdingPath r ArchivePath have been changed. If this parameter is nt specified, default behavir is Leave (see the fllwing). If specified as, fr example, OldRecrdingsNewPath1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. Valid ptins are: Delete (deletes ld recrdings), Leave (leaves ld recrdings fr ffline investigatin but unavailable fr nline system), r Mve (mves ld recrdings t archive). OldRecrdingsNewMac[ptinal number] Lets yu specify what t d with ld recrdings in case a new MAC address has been specified fr the hardware device. If this parameter is nt specified, default behavir is Leave (see the fllwing). If specified as, fr example, OldrecrdingsNewMac1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. Valid ptins are: Delete (deletes ld recrdings), Leave (leaves ld recrdings fr ffline investigatin but unavailable fr nline system), r Inherit (renames all ld recrding flders accrding t the new MAC address, thus making them available fr the nline system). RetentinTime[ptinal number] Required retentin time (in minutes). Remember that retentin time is the ttal f recrding time plus archiving time. If specified as, fr example, RetentinTime1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. MjpegLiveFrameRate[ptinal number] Required MJPEG live frame rate (in number f frames; depending n what has been cnfigured n the camera, it will then knw whether it is frames per secnd, minute, r hur). If specified as, fr example, MjpegLiveFrameRate1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. MjpegRecrdingFrameRate[ptinal number] Required MJPEG recrding frame rate (in number f frames; depending n what has been cnfigured n the camera, it will then knw whether it is frames per secnd, minute, r hur). If yu need t specify a value which includes a decimal separatr, use the full stp character (example: 7.62). If specified as, fr example, MjpegRecrdingFrameRate1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. MtinSensitivity[ptinal number] A value between 0-256; crrespnds t using the Sensitivity slider when cnfiguring mtin detectin settings in the Management Applicatin. If specified as, fr example, MtinSensitivity1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. MtinDetectinThreshld[ptinal number] A value between ; crrespnds t using the Mtin slider when cnfiguring mtin detectin settings in the Management Applicatin. If specified as, fr example, MtinDetectinThreshld1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. MtinDetectinInterval[ptinal number] Lets yu specify hw ften mtin detectin analysis shuld be carried ut n vide frm the camera. Specified in millisecnds. The interval is applied regardless f the camera's frame rate settings. If specified as, fr example, MtinDetectinInterval1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. ServerName Name f the NVR that will appear when listed in clients. Name must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] ServerPrt Prt number t use fr cmmunicatin between the NVR server and clients. OnlineVerificatin If this parameter is used, all nline hardware devices fund using HardwareOldMacAddress are updated. All ther hardware devices are nt updated. Any character means yes, use nline verificatin. Existing cnfiguratin parameters that are nt specified in CSV file will remain unchanged. If a parameter value fr an individual camera in the CSV file is empty, the existing parameter value will remain unchanged n that camera. Mst system integratrs stre hardware device infrmatin in spreadsheets like Micrsft Excel, frm which they can save the infrmatin as cmma-separated values in a CSV file. These examples shw hardware infrmatin in Excel (1) and when exprted t a CSV file (2); nte the header lines: On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 88

97 System Restratin & Migratin Whichever methd is used, the fllwing applies: The first line f the CSV file must cntain the headers, and subsequent lines must cntain infrmatin abut ne hardware device each Separatrs can be cmmas, semiclns r tabs, but cannt be mixed All lines must cntain valid values pay special attentin t the fact that camera names, user names, etc. must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] There is n fixed rder f values, and ptinal parameters can be mitted entirely Blean fields are cnsidered true unless set t 0, false r n Lines cntaining nly separatrs are ignred Empty lines are ignred Even thugh the CSV file frmat is generally ASCII nly, Unicde identifiers are allwed; even withut Unicde identifiers, the entire file r even individual characters are allwed t be Unicde strings If yu need t include separatr characters in a value fr example if a camera name is Receptin; Camera 1 yu can encapsulate the value in qutes t indicate that the separatr shuld nt be interpreted as separating values in the file. Such qute-encapsulated values are interpreted as they appear. If a separatr, a qute r a space is needed in a value, the whle value has t be encapsulated in qutes. Leading and trailing spaces utside the qute-encapsulated value are remved, while spaces inside the qute-encapsulated value are maintained. N characters (except spaces) are allwed utside the qute-encapsulated value. A duble qute inside a qute-encapsulated value is interpreted as a single qute. Nested qutes (qutes inside qutes) are nt allwed. Sme examples (using semicln as the separatr): "camera"; is interpreted as camera "cam;""era"; is interpreted as cam;"era """camera"""; is interpreted as "camera" ""; is interpreted as an empty string...; " cam"" era " ;... is interpreted as cam" era (where the character is nt part f the interpretatin but nly used t shw the start and end f the interpretatin) ""camera; is nt valid as there are characters utside the qute-encapsulated value "cam" "era"; is nt valid as the tw qutes are separated with a space and qutes cannt be nested "cam"er"a"; is nt valid as yu cannt nest qutes cam"era"; is nt valid as there are characters utside the qutes On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 89

98 Daylight Savings Time Daylight Savings Time Daylight savings time (DST, als knwn as summer time) is the practice f advancing clcks in rder fr evenings t have mre daylight and mrnings t have less. Typically, clcks are adjusted frward ne hur smetime during the spring seasn and adjusted backward smetime during the fall seasn, hence the saying spring frward, fall back. Nte that use f DST varies between cuntries/regins. Clcks are adjusted frward when DST starts When wrking with a surveillance system, which is inherently time-sensitive, it is imprtant t knw hw the system handles DST. Spring: Switch frm Standard Time t DST The change frm standard time t DST is nt much f an issue since yu jump ne hur frward. Typically, the clck jumps frward frm 02:00 standard time t 03:00 DST, and the day thus has 23 hurs. In that case, there is simply n data between 02:00 and 03:00 in the mrning since that hur, fr that day, did nt exist. Fall: Switch frm DST t Standard Time When yu switch frm DST t standard time in the fall, yu jump ne hur back. Typically, the clck jumps backward frm 02:00 DST t 01:00 standard time, repeating that hur, and the day thus has 25 hurs. In that case, yu will reach 01:59:59, then immediately revert back t 01:00:00. If the system did nt react, it wuld essentially re-recrd that hur, s the first instance f, fr example, 01:30 wuld be verwritten by the secnd instance f 01:30. Because f this, will frcefully archive the current vide in the event that the system time changes by mre than five minutes. The first instance f the 01:00 hur will nt be viewable directly frm clients. Hwever, the data is recrded. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 90

99 Stability Imprvement Stability Imprvement Micrsft Windws 32-bit perating systems can address 4 GB f virtual memry. The perating system kernel reserves 2 GB fr itself, and each individual running prcess is allwed t address anther 2 GB. This is Windws default setting, and fr the vast majrity f installatins, it wrks fine. The main cmpnents f the server the Recrding Server service and the Image Server service have been cmpiled with the LARGEADDRESSAWARE flag. This means yu can ptimize the memry usage f RC-I s Recrding Server and Image Server services by cnfiguring yur 32-bit Windws perating system s that it restricts the kernel t 1GB f memry, leaving 3GB f address space fr prcesses cmpiled with the LARGEADDRESSAWARE flag. This shuld imprve the stability f especially the Recrding Server service by allwing it t exceed the previus 2 GB virtual memry limit, making it pssible fr it t use up t 3 GB f memry. The change in Windws cnfiguratin is knwn as 3 GB switching. When Is 3 GB Switching Relevant? Fr very large installatins and/r fr installatins with many megapixel cameras it can be relevant t change Windws settings s that nly 1 GB f virtual memry is reserved fr the perating system kernel, leaving 3 GB fr running prcesses. If using Windws default setting, with nly 2 GB virtual memry reserved fr running prcesses, it has been bserved that the Recrding Server service in very large installatins f RC-I may: Behave erratically if getting very clse t the 2 GB virtual memry limit. Symptms can include database crruptin, and client-server r camera-server cmmunicatin errrs. Becme unstable and crash if exceeding the 2 GB virtual memry limit. During such crashes, the cde managing the surveillance system databases is nt clsed prperly, and databases will becme crrupt. In case f a crash, Windws will nrmally restart the Recrding Server service. Hwever, when the Recrding Server service is restarted, ne f its first tasks will be t repair the databases. The database repair prcess can in sme cases take several hurs, depending n the amunt f data in the crrupted databases. If yur RC-I installatin is very large and/r features many megapixel cameras, 3 GB switching is likely t help prevent prblems frm ccurring. The way t cnfigure 32-bit Windws t be LARGEADDRESSAWARE depends n yur type f Windws perating system. In the fllwing, yu will see tw methds utlining Micrsft's recmmended prcedure fr increasing the per-prcess memry limit t 3 GB. Use the first methd if running Windws XP Prfessinal r Windws Server Use the secnd methd if running Windws 2008 Server, Windws Vista Business, Windws Vista Enterprise r Windws Vista Ultimate. What t D: If Running Windws XP Prfessinal r Windws Server 2003 IMPORTANT: Imprper mdificatin f bt.ini can render the perating system inperable. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. des nt assume any respnsibility fr changes yu make t the perating system. Adding the 3 GB Switch The fllwing technique can be used t add the 3 GB switch t the bt.ini file. Frm a cmmand prmpt, enter the fllwing t add the 3 GB switch t the end f the first line f the perating system sectin in the bt.ini file (requires administrative privileges): Where: BOOTCFG /RAW "/3GB" /A /ID 1 /RAW specifies the perating system ptins fr the bt entry. The previus perating system ptins will be mdified. "/3GB" specifies the 3 GB switch. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 91

100 Stability Imprvement /A specifies that the perating system ptins entered with the /RAW switch will be appended t the existing perating system ptins. /ID specifies the bt entry ID in the OS Lad Optins sectin f the bt.ini file t add the perating system ptins t. The bt entry ID number can be btained by perfrming the cmmand BOOTCFG /QUERY (this displays the cntents f the bt.ini file) at the cmmand prmpt. A rebt is required after editing the bt.ini file fr the changes t take effect. Remving the 3 GB Switch If yu want t und the 3 GB switch mentined abve, fllw this prcedure: Select Start > Cntrl Panel, and duble-click the System icn. Select the Advanced tab, and click the Settings buttn in the Startup and Recvery sectin. Click the Edit buttn in the System Startup sectin. The bt.ini file will launch in an editr. Remve the "/3GB" frm the end f the apprpriate bt entry line under the [perating systems] sectin. Save and clse the file. Click OK in the Startup and Recvery sectin. A rebt is required after editing the bt.ini file fr the changes t take effect. What t D: If Running Windws 2008 Server r Windws Vista IMPORTANT: Imprper mdificatin f the perating system bt entry can render the perating system inperable. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. des nt assume any respnsibility fr changes yu make t the perating system. Adding the 3 GB Switch Select Start > All Prgrams > Accessries, right-click Cmmand Prmpt, and select Run as administratr, then click Cntinue. Enter the fllwing cmmand t add the 3 GB switch t the current perating system bt entry: Where: BCDEDIT /SET INCREASEUSERVA 3072 USERVA Specifies an alternate amunt f user-mde virtual address space fr perating systems Specifies 3 GB (3072 MB). A rebt is required after editing the bt cnfiguratin data stre fr the changes t take effect. Remving the /3GB Switch Select Start > All Prgrams > Accessries, right-click Cmmand Prmpt, and select Run as administratr, then click Cntinue. Enter the fllwing cmmand t remve the 3 GB switch frm the current perating system bt entry: BCDEDIT /DELETEVALUE INCREASEUSERVA A rebt is required after editing the bt cnfiguratin data stre fr the changes t take effect. Prtect Recrding Databases frm Crruptin In the Management Applicatin yu can select which actin t take if a camera database becmes crrupted. The actins include several database repair ptins. While being able t select such actins is highly valuable, it is f curse even better t take steps t ensure that yur camera databases d nt becme crrupted: Pwer Outages: Use a UPS The single biggest reasn fr crrupt databases is the surveillance system server being shut dwn abruptly, withut files being saved and withut the perating system being clsed dwn prperly. This may happen due t pwer utages, due t smebdy accidentally pulling ut the server's pwer cable, r similar. The best way f prtecting yur surveillance system server frm being shut dwn abruptly is t equip yur surveillance system server with a UPS (Uninterruptible Pwer Supply). On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 92

101 Stability Imprvement The UPS wrks as a battery-driven secndary pwer surce, prviding the necessary pwer fr saving pen files and safely pwering dwn yur system in the event f pwer irregularities. UPSs vary in sphisticatin, but many UPSs include sftware fr autmatically saving pen files, fr alerting system administratrs, etc. Selecting the right type f UPS fr yur rganizatin's envirnment is an individual prcess. When assessing yur needs, hwever, d keep in mind the amunt f runtime yu will require the UPS t be able t prvide if the pwer fails; saving pen files and shutting dwn an perating system prperly may take several minutes. Windws Task Manager: Be Careful when Ending Prcesses When wrking in Windws Task Manager, be careful nt t end any prcesses which affect the surveillance system. If yu end an applicatin r system service by clicking End Prcess in the Windws Task Manager, the prcess in questin will nt be given the chance t save its state r data befre it is terminated. This may in turn lead t crrupt camera databases. Windws Task Manager will typically display a warning if yu attempt t end a prcess. Unless yu are abslutely sure that ending the prcess will nt affect the surveillance system, make sure yu click the N buttn when the warning message asks yu if yu really want t terminate the prcess. Hard Disk Failure: Prtect Yur Drives Hard disk drives are mechanical devices, and as such they are vulnerable t external factrs. The fllwing are examples f external factrs which may damage hard disk drives and lead t crrupt camera databases: Vibratin (make sure the surveillance system server and its surrundings are stable) Strng heat (make sure the server has adequate ventilatin) Strng magnetic fields (avid) Pwer utages (make sure yu use a UPS; see mre infrmatin in the previus) Static electricity (make sure yu grund yurself if yu are ging t handle a hard disk drive). Fire, water, etc. (avid) On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 93

102 Users Users Overview f Users and Grups T get an verview f the NVR system's users, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin in the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, then expand Users. The term users primarily refers t users wh are able t cnnect t the surveillance system thrugh their clients. Yu can cnfigure such users in tw ways: As basic users, authenticated by a user name/passwrd cmbinatin. As Windws users, authenticated based n their Windws lgin Yu can add bth types f users thrugh the Cnfigure User Access wizard r individually (see Add Basic Users and Add Windws Users). By gruping users, yu can specify rights fr all users within a grup in ne step. If yu have many users perfrming similar tasks, this can save yu significant amunts f wrk. User grups are lgical grups created and used fr practical purpses in the Management Applicatin nly. They are nt in any way cnnected with user grups frm central directry services such as, fr example, Active Directry. If yu want t use grups, make sure yu add grups befre yu add users: Yu cannt add existing users t grups. Finally, the administratr is als listed under Users. If required, this lets yu cnfigure passwrd prtectin fr the Management Applicatin. Nte: if using RC-I with Ocularis, nly ne user is required. This user may be a basic r Windws user and shuld have full administrative rights t all functins and cameras within the NVR. Remaining users will be cnfigured in Ocularis Base. Cnfigure User Access Wizard The Cnfigure User Access wizard helps yu quickly cnfigure clients' access t NVR vide. When using the wizard, all users yu add will have access all t cameras, including any new cameras added at a later stage. If this is nt acceptable, specify access settings, users and user rights separately; see Cnfigure Server Access. Als nte that yu cannt add users t grups thrugh the wizard. The wizard is divided int a number f pages: Server Access Settings Basic and Windws Users Access Summary Add Basic Users When adding a basic user, yu create a dedicated surveillance system user accunt with basic user name and passwrd authenticatin fr the individual user. Nte that adding the user as a Windws user will prvide better security. If yu want t include users in grups, make sure yu add required grups befre yu add users: Yu cannt add existing users t grups. Yu can add basic users in tw ways: One is thrugh the Cnfigure User Access Wizard, the ther is described here: 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click Users, and select Add New Basic User. 2. Specify a user name. User names must be unique, and must nt cntain the fllwing characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Then specify a passwrd, and repeat it t be sure yu have specified it crrectly. 3. Click OK. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 94

103 Users 4. Specify General Access and Camera Access prperties. These prperties will determine the rights f the user. 5. Click OK 6. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Add Windws Users When adding Windws users, yu imprt users defined lcally n the server, r users frm Active Directry, and authenticate them based n their Windws lgin. This generally prvides better security than the basic user cncept, and is the recmmended methd. If yu want t include users in grups, make sure yu add required grups befre yu add users: Yu cannt add existing users t grups. Yu can add Windws users in tw ways: One is thrugh the Cnfigure User Access Wizard, the ther is described here: The users yu want t add must have been defined as lcal PC users n the server. Simple file sharing must be disabled n the server. T disable simple file sharing, right-click Windws' Start buttn and select Explre. In the windw that pens, select the Tls menu, then select Flder Optins..., then the View tab. Scrll t the bttm f the tab's Advanced Settings list, and make sure that the Use simple files sharing check bx is cleared. When ready, click OK and clse the windw. 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click Users, and select Add New Windws User. This will pen the Select Users r Grups dialg. Nte that yu will nly be able t make selectins frm the lcal cmputer, even if yu click the Lcatins... buttn. 2. In the Enter the bject names t select bx, type the required user name(s), then use the Check Names feature t verify that the user name(s) yu have entered are crrect. If typing several user names, separate each name with a semicln. Example: Rich; Matthew; Marc; Ari 3. When ready, click OK. The users yu want t add must have been defined as lcal PC users n the server. Simple file sharing must be disabled n the server. T disable simple file sharing, right-click Windws' Start buttn and select Explre. In the windw that pens, select the Tls menu, then select Flder Optins..., then the View tab. Scrll t the bttm f the tab's Advanced Settings list, and make sure that the Use simple file sharing check bx is cleared. When ready, click OK and clse the windw. 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click Users, and select Add New Windws User. This will pen the Select Users r Grups dialg. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 95

104 Users Nte that yu will nly be able t make selectins frm the lcal cmputer, even if yu click the Lcatins... buttn. 2. In the Enter the bject names t select bx, type the required user name(s), then use the Check Names feature t verify that the user name(s) yu have entered are crrect. If typing several user names, separate each name with a semicln. Example: Rich; Matthew; Marc; Ari 3. When ready, click OK. Any prerequisites fr adding users frm a lcal database? The users must have been defined as lcal PC users n the server. Simple file sharing must be disabled n the server. T disable simple file sharing, right-click Windws' Start buttn and select Explre. In the windw that pens, select the Tls menu, then select Flder Optins..., then the View tab. Scrll t the bttm f the tab's Advanced Settings list, and make sure that the Use simple file sharing (Recmmended) check bx is cleared. When ready, click OK and clse the windw. What is Active Directry? Active Directry is a distributed directry service included with several Windws Server perating systems; users are specified centrally in Active Directry. In shrt, the benefits f imprting user data frm Active Directry are that administratrs d nt have t create separate user accunts fr accessing the surveillance system because user authenticatin will be handled centrally by Active Directry, and that users can use their Windws lgin when accessing the surveillance system; n need t memrize separate user names and passwrds. Any prerequisites fr adding users frm Active Directry? verifies client users' identities using NTLM challenge handshake with a Micrsft Dmain Cntrller. In rder t be able t imprt users and grups thrugh Active Directry, a server with Active Directry installed and acting as dmain cntrller must be available n yur netwrk. Cnsult yur netwrk administratr if in dubt. Can I add grups frm Active Directry? Yu can nly add individual users frm Active Directry t. Active Directry als supprts grups f users, but yu cannt add such grups t. Yu can, hwever, grup individual users in, and quickly assign cmmn user rights fr all users within such grups. 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click Users, and select Add New Windws User. This will pen the Select Users r Grups windw. By default, yu will be able t make selectins frm yur entire directry. If yu want t narrw this, click the Select Users and Grups windw's Lcatins... buttn, and select the lcatin yu require. 2. In the Enter the bject names t select bx, type the required user names, then use the Check Names feature t verify that the user names yu have entered are recgnized. Example: Rich; Matthew; Marc; Ari 3. When ready, click OK. 4. Specify General Access and Camera Access prperties. These prperties will determine the rights f the user. 5. Click OK 6. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. When a user wh has been added frm a lcal database lgs in with a client, the user shuld nt specify any server name, PC name, r IP address as part f the user name. When a user wh has been added frm a lcal database lgs in with a client, the user shuld nt specify any server name, PC name, r IP address as part f the user name. Example f a crrectly specified user name: USER001. Example f an incrrectly specified user name: PC001/USER001. The user shuld f curse still specify a passwrd and any required server infrmatin. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 96

105 Users Add User Grups User grups are lgical grups created and used fr practical purpses in the Management Applicatin nly. They are nt in any way cnnected with user grups frm central directry services such as, fr example, Active Directry. By gruping users, yu can specify rights fr all users within a grup in ne step. If yu have many users perfrming similar tasks, this can save yu significant amunts f wrk. Make sure yu add grups befre yu add users: Yu cannt add existing users t grups. 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click Users, and select Add New User Grup. 2. Specify a name fr the grup. Grup names must be unique, and must nt cntain the fllwing characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] 3. Click OK. 4. Specify General Access and Camera Access prperties. These prperties will determine the rights f the grup's future members. 5. Click OK 6. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. 7. Nw yu can add users t the grup: In the navigatin pane, right-click the grup yu just created, and Add Basic Users r Add Windws Users as required. Cnfigure User and Grup Rights User/grup rights are cnfigured during the prcess f adding users/grups, see Add Basic Users, Add Windws Users and Add User Grups. Nte that yu can als add basic and Windws users thrugh the Cnfigure User Access wizard. Hwever, when using the wizard all users yu add will have access all t cameras, including any new cameras added at a later stage. If yu at a later stage want t edit the rights f a user r grup: 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, expand Users, right-click the required user r grup, and select Prperties. 2. Edit General Access and Camera Access prperties. These prperties will determine the rights f the user/grup. 3. Click OK 4. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. User Infrmatin User name: Only editable if the selected user is f the type basic user. Lets yu edit the user name. User names must be unique, and must nt cntain the fllwing characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Passwrd: Only editable if the selected user is f the type basic user. Lets yu edit the passwrd. Remember t repeat the passwrd t be sure yu have specified it crrectly. User type: Nn-editable field, displaying whether the selected user is f the type basic user r Windws user. Grup Infrmatin Grup name: Lets yu edit the grup name. Grup names must be unique, and must nt cntain the fllwing characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 97

106 Users General Access When adding r editing basic users, Windws users r grups, the fllwing defines the general access settings. In mst cases, these settings shuld be set fr full access when using Ocularis. Live: Ability t view Live vide in the Ocularis Client r Ocularis Client Lite. Playback: Ability t view vide in Brwse mde in the Ocularis Client r Ocularis Client Lite. Setup: Ability t view the Setup tab in Ocularis Client Lite. Edit shared views: Ability t create and edit views in shared grups in Ocularis Client Lite. Views placed in shared grups can be accessed by every user. If a user/grup des nt have this right, shared grups will be prtected, indicated by a padlck icn in Ocularis Client Lite. Edit private views: Ability t create and edit views in private grups in Ocularis Client Lite. Views placed in private grups can nly be accessed by the user wh created them. If a user/grup des nt have this right, private grups will be prtected, indicated by a padlck icn in Ocularis Client Lite. Denying users the right t create their wn views may make sense in sme cases; fr example in rder t limit bandwidth use. Fr mre infrmatin abut shared and private views, see the separate Ocularis Client User Manual dcumentatin Camera Access In mst cases when using Ocularis, all users shuld be given full access t all cameras and devices. Restrictins are applied in the Ocularis Administratr applicatin. The infrmatin prvided here is fr infrmatinal purpses. In the list f cameras, use the Access clumn t select which cameras the user/grups shuld have access t. Nte the last item in the list, Rights fr new cameras when added t the system, with which yu can allw the user/grup access t any future cameras. Then, fr each camera, use the Camera clumn t select the camera, and then specify which features the user/grup shuld have access t when wrking with the selected camera. Example: The user/grup shuld have access t cameras 2 and 3. Camera 2 (nte the darker backgrund) is selected fr specificatin f features. Tip: If the same features shuld be accessible fr several cameras, yu can select multiple cameras by pressing SHIFT r CTRL n yur keybard while selecting. The features are listed in tw clumns in the lwer part f the windw: the left clumn lists features related t live viewing, the right clumn lists features related t playback: In the Live clumn, the fllwing features, all selected by default, are available: Live: Ability t view live vide frm the selected camera(s). PTZ: Ability t use navigatin features fr PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zm) cameras. A user/grup will nly be able t use this right if having access t ne r mre PTZ cameras. PTZ Preset Psitins: Ability t use navigatin features fr mving a PTZ camera t particular preset psitins. A user/grup will nly be able t use this right if having access t ne r mre PTZ cameras with defined preset psitins. Output: Ability t activate utput (lights, sirens, dr peners, etc.) related t the selected camera(s). Events: Ability t use manually trigger events related t the selected camera(s). Incming audi: Ability t listen t incming audi frm micrphnes related t the selected camera(s). Outging audi: Ability t talk t audiences thrugh speakers related t the selected camera(s). Manual recrding: Ability t manually start recrding fr a fixed time (defined by the surveillance system administratr). On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 98

107 Users In the Playback clumn, the fllwing features, all selected by default, are available: Playback: Ability t play back recrded vide frm the selected camera. AVI/JPEG Exprt: Ability t exprt evidence as mvie clips in the AVI frmat and as still images in the JPEG frmat. Database Exprt: Ability t exprt evidence in database frmat. Sequences: Ability t use the Sequences feature when playing back vide frm the selected camera. Smart Search: Ability t use the smart search feature, with which users can search fr mtin in ne r mre selected areas f images frm the selected camera. Audi: Ability t listen t recrded audi frm micrphnes related t the selected camera(s). Why can I nt select certain features? Typically because the selected camera des nt supprt the features. Fr example, yu can nly select PTZ-related features if the camera is a PTZ camera. Als, sme f the features depend n the user's/grup's General Access prperties: Fr example, in rder have access t PTZ r utput features, the user/grup must have access t viewing live vide; in rder t use AVI/JPEG exprt, the user/grup must have access t playing back recrded vide. Why are sme feature check bxes filled with squares? Square-filled check bxes can appear in the lwer part f the windw if yu have selected several cameras and a feature applies fr sme but nt all f the cameras. Example: Fr camera A yu have selected that use f the Events is allwed; fr camera B it is nt allwed. If yu select bth camera A and camera B in the list, the Events check bx in the lwer part f the windw will be square-filled. Anther example: Camera C is a PTZ camera fr which yu have allwed the PTZ preset psitins feature; camera D is nt a PTZ camera. If yu select bth camera C and camera D in the list, the PTZ preset psitins check bx will be square-filled. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 99

108 Drivers Drivers Update Vide Device Drivers Vide device drivers are small prgrams used fr cntrlling/cmmunicating with the camera devices cnnected t the RC-I NVR. Vide device drivers are installed autmatically during the initial installatin f the NVR sftware. Hwever, new versins f vide device drivers called Device Packs are released and made available fr free n the OnSSI website frm time t time. We recmmend that yu always use the latest versin f vide device drivers. When updating vide device drivers, there is n need t remve the ld vide device drivers first; simply install the latest versin n tp f any ld versin yu may have. IMPORTANT: When yu install new vide device drivers, yur system will nt be able t cmmunicate with camera devices frm the mment yu begin the installatin until the mment installatin is cmplete and yu have restarted the Recrding Server service. Usually, the prcess takes n lnger than a few minutes, but it is highly recmmended that yu perfrm the update at a time when yu d nt expect imprtant incidents t take place. 1. On the NVR server n which yu want t install the new vide device drivers versin, shut dwn any running surveillance sftware, including any running Recrding Server service. 2. Duble-click the dwnladed vide device driver file DeviceInstaller.exe t begin installatin. Depending n yur security settings, ne r mre Windws security warnings may appear after yu click the link. If such security warnings appear, accept security warnings by clicking the Run buttn (buttn may have ther name; exact buttn name depends n yur perating system versin). 3. Select required language, and click OK. This will pen the Vide Device Driver Setup Wizard, which will guide yu thrugh the installatin. Click the Next buttn and fllw the wizard. 4. When the wizard is cmplete, remember t start the Recrding Server service again. Hardware Driver IDs If using the Add Hardware Devices Wizard's Imprt frm CSV File ptin, yu must if cameras and server are ffline specify a HardwareDriverID fr each hardware device yu want t add. In the fllwing, IDs fr all hardware devices supprted at the time f release f this versin f are listed. The list is srted alphabetically by device, with the crrespnding ID at the end f each line. Example: ACTi ACD indicates that yu shuld use 105 as the ID if adding an ACTi ACD-2100 hardware device. This list is fr guidance nly; IDs are subject t change withut ntice. Mre devices may be supprted by the time yu read this, as new versins f vide device drivers called Device Packs are released at regular intervals. T view a current list f IDs, view the release ntes fr the Device Pack used in yur rganizatin. Alternatively visit the OnSSI website fr the latest infrmatin. 360 Visin IP Dme 320 ACTi ACD ACTi ACD ACTi ACD ACTi ACD ACTi ACM ACTi ACM-1100 series 105 ACTi ACM-1230 series 105 ACTi ACM-1310 series 105 ACTi ACM-1430 series 105 ACTi ACM ACTi ACM ACTi ACM ACTi ACM-3100 series 105 ACTi ACM-3210 series 105 ACTi ACM-3300 series 105 ACTi ACM-3400 series 105 ACTi ACM ACTi ACM ACTi ACM-4000 series 105 ACTi ACM-4100 series 105 ACTi ACM-4200 series 105 ACTi ACM ACTi ACM-5600 series 105 ACTi ACM ACTi ACM-7400 series 105 ACTi ACM ACTi ACM-8100 series 105 ACTi ACM-8200 series 105 ACTi CAM-5100H 105 ACTi CAM-5100M 105 ACTi CAM-5100S 105 ACTi CAM ACTi CAM ACTi CAM ACTi CAM ACTi CAM-5200 series 105 ACTi CAM-5220 series 105 ACTi CAM-5300 series 105 ACTi CAM-5320 series 105 ACTi CAM ACTi CAM ACTi CAM ACTi CAM ACTi CAM ACTi CAM ACTi CAM ACTi CAM ACTi CAM ACTi CAM ACTi CAM ACTi CAM ACTi CAM ACTi CAM ACTi CAM ACTi CAM ACTi CAM-7100-series 105 ACTi CAM-7200-series 105 ACTi CAM-7300-series 105 ACTi SED-2100R 105 ACTi SED-2100S 105 ACTi SED-2120/2120T 105 ACTi SED ACTi SED ACTi SED ACTi SED-2300Q 117 ACTi SED-2310Q 117 ACTi SED-2320Q 117 ACTi SED On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 100

109 Drivers ACTi SED ACTi SED ACTi SED ACTi SED ACTi TCM ACTi TCM Adam Adam Adam AgileMesh American Dynamics VideEdge Dme 157 American Dynamics VideEdge IP Bx Camera 157 APPRO LC-7224 series 156 APPRO LC-7226 series 157 Apr Technlgy H1000 series 255 Arecnt AV Arecnt AV Arecnt AV Arecnt AV Arecnt AV Arecnt AV Arecnt AV Arecnt AV Arecnt AV Arecnt AV Arecnt AV Arecnt AV Arecnt AV Arecnt AV Arecnt AV Arecnt AV Arecnt AV AXIS AXIS AXIS AXIS 206M 19 AXIS 206W 19 AXIS AXIS 207MW 18 AXIS 207W 18 AXIS 209FD 168 AXIS 209MFD 168 AXIS AXIS 210A 18 AXIS AXIS 211A 18 AXIS 211M 18 AXIS 211W 18 AXIS 212 PTZ 138 AXIS 213 PTZ 22 AXIS 214 PTZ 123 AXIS 215 PTZ 123 AXIS 215 PTZ-E 123 AXIS 216FD 122 AXIS 216MFD 122 AXIS AXIS 223M 153 AXIS 225FD 25 AXIS 231D 23 AXIS 231D+ 23 AXIS 232D 23 AXIS 232D+ 23 AXIS 233D 23 AXIS AXIS 240Q 16 AXIS 241Q 16 AXIS 241QA 16 AXIS 241S 17 AXIS 241SA 17 AXIS 242S IV 17 AXIS 243Q 160 AXIS 243SA 17 AXIS 247S 172 AXIS AXIS AXIS AXIS AXIS AXIS 2400 OSYS 3 AXIS 2400 Linux 8 AXIS AXIS 2401 OSYS 4 AXIS 2401 Linux 11 AXIS AXIS AXIS AXIS AXIS M AXIS M AXIS M AXIS M AXIS M AXIS P AXIS P AXIS P AXIS P AXIS Q AXIS Q AXIS Q AXIS Q AXIS Q Barix Barinet 272 Basler BIP-640c 242 Basler BIP-640c-dn 242 Basler BIP-1000c 242 Basler BIP-1000c-dn 242 Basler BIP-1300c 242 Basler BIP-1300c-dn 242 Basler BIP-1600c 242 Basler BIP-1600c-dn 242 Baxall X-Stream 91 Bsch Dinin NWC P 133 Bsch Dinin NWC P 133 Bsch FlexiDme NWD Bsch FlexiDme NWD Bsch VideJet X Bsch VideJet X Bsch VideJet X Bsch VIP X1 127 Bsch VIP X2 132 Bsch VIP X Bsch VG4 Series 190 Cann VB-C10 31 Cann VB-C50FSi 212 Cann VB-C50i 212 Cann VB-C50iR 212 Cann VB-C Cann VB-C Cann VB-C CBC Ganz ZN-D CBC Ganz ZN-PT304L 179 CBC Ganz ZN-PT304WL 179 Checkview Cisc IPC Cisc IPC Cisc IPC Cnvisin S1 21 Cnvisin V Cnvisin V Cnvisin V6xx 7 Cnvisin V7xx 7 D-Link DCS1000/1000W 55 D-Link DCS D-Link DCS-2100+/2100/2100G 101 D-Link DCS-3220/3220G 118 D-Link DCS D-Link DCS-5300G 99 D-Link DCS-6620/6620G 116 Darim Visin PVE Digimerge DNB Digimerge DND Digimerge DNP5220E 177 Digimerge DNP5320E 177 Digimerge DNS Digimerge DNZ-9320W 244 DirectShw camera 214 Discrete DIV DvTel DVT DvTel DVT DvTel DVT DvTel DVT-9540DW 514 Dynaclr Diva Standard 296 Dynaclr Diva Zm 282 Dynaclr Diva Mini 297 Etrvisin EV Etrvisin EV Etrvisin EV3131A 237 Etrvisin EV Etrvisin EV Etrvisin EV Etrvisin EV Extreme CCTV EX7 103 Extreme CCTV EX Extreme CCTV EX Extreme CCTV EX Extreme CCTV EX Extreme CCTV EX Extreme CCTV REG-L1-IP 103 Eyeview CMI Eyeview CMI-H Eyeview CMI-H Eyeview EYENET-250A 245 Eyeview GPOWER IP Basement 245 Eyeview IPM Eyeview IPM Eyeview IPM Eyeview IPM Eyeview IPR Eyeview IPR Eyeview IPR Eyeview IPR Eyeview IPS Eyeview IPS Eyeview IPS Eyeview IPS Eyeview IPS Eyeview IPS Eyeview IPS Eyeview IPS Eyeview IPS Eyeview IPS FLIR 241S 95 GE Security GEC-IP2B 225 GE Security GEC-IP2B-C 225 GE Security GEC-IP2B-P 225 GE Security GEC-IP2D 225 GE Security GEC-IP2D-C 225 GE Security GEC-IP2D-P 225 GE Security GEC-IP2VD 225 GE Security GEC-IP2VD-C 225 GE Security GEC-IP2VD-P 225 GE Security GEC-IP2VD-DN 225 GE Security GEC-IP2VD-DNC 225 GE Security GEC-IP2VD-DNP 225 Grandeye Halcam IPC 249 Grandeye Halcam IPW 249 HikVisin DS HikVisin DS Hitrn HECMC4V4C4 217 Hitrn HEV Hitrn HEV On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 101

110 Drivers Hitrn HNCA-811-NZ1 222 Hitrn HNCB-811NZ1 219 Hitrn HNCB-F1SN 218 Hitrn HNCG-F1SAW0S4 220 Hitrn HNCV-811PZ0S4 221 Hitrn HWD-12SMP 187 Hunt HLC-81I 201 Hunt HLC-81M 201 Hunt HLC-83M 202 Hunt HLC-83V 203 Hunt HLT-86F 198 Hunt HLT-87Z 209 Hunt HLV-1CI 200 Hunt HLV-1CM 200 Hunt HVT-01HT 199 Hunt HWS-01HD 204 Hunt HWS-04HD/W 205 ICanServer ICanServer ICanServer ICanView ICanView ICanView ICanView ICanView ICanView ICanView ICanView ICanView ICanView Infinva V1700N-C series NetDme 119 Infinva V1700N-L series NetDme 137 Intellinet MNC-L10/ iibx series 400 iibx series 401 iicam series 400 IPIX IS2000/CVD2000/CVN IPIX CVD Ipx DDK Ipx DDK Ipx DDK-1500D 157 Ipx VE IQEye IQEye300 series 83 IQEye 4 series 83 IQEye IQEye IQEye IQEye600 series 83 IQEye700 series 83 IQEye800 Sentinel series 83 IQEye Alliance series 83 Jhnsn Cntrls DVN JVC VN-A1U 43 JVC VN-C10U 44 JVC VN-C20U 126 JVC VN-C30U 42 JVC VN-C3WU 40 JVC VN-C JVC VN-C JVC VN-C625U 45 JVC VN-C655U 45 JVC VN-E4/-E4E /-E4U 121 JVC VN-V JVC VN-V JVC VN-V JVC VN-V JVC VN-V686/V686B 196 JVC VN-V686WPC 196 JVC VN-X JVC VN-X Lenel ICT Lenel ICT Lenel ICT Lenel ICT Lenel LC-330FDX 345 Linudix LWS Linudix LWS Linudix LWS Lumenera LE Lumenera LE Lumenera LE Lumenera LE Lumenera LE Lumenera LE Lumenera LE Mbtix D10 86 Mbtix D12 86 Mbtix D22M 86 Mbtix M1 86 Mbtix M10 86 Mbtix M12 86 Mbtix M22M 86 Mbtix Q Mbtix Q Optelecm Siqura BC-2x series 281 Optelecm Siqura C Optelecm Siqura C Optelecm Siqura C Optelecm Siqura FD-2x series 281 Optelecm Siqura S Optelecm Siqura S Optelecm Siqura S Optelecm Siqura V Panasnic BB-HCE481 series 24 Panasnic BB-HCM311 series 24 Panasnic BB-HCM331 series 24 Panasnic BB-HCM371A 24 Panasnic BB-HCM381 series 24 Panasnic BB-HCM Panasnic BB-HCM Panasnic BB-HCM Panasnic BB-HCM Panasnic BB-HCM Panasnic BB-HCM Panasnic BB-HCM Panasnic BB-HCM Panasnic BB-HCS Panasnic BL C1 series 24 Panasnic BL-C10 series 24 Panasnic BL-C20 series 24 Panasnic BL-C30 series 24 Panasnic BL-C Panasnic BL-C Panasnic KX-HCM8 63 Panasnic KX-HCM10 series 63 Panasnic KX-HCM110A series 24 Panasnic KX-HCM230 series 63 Panasnic KX-HCM250 series 63 Panasnic KX-HCM270 series 63 Panasnic KX-HCM280 series (except 280A) 63 Panasnic KX-HCM280A 24 Panasnic WJ-NT Panasnic WJ-NT Panasnic WV- NF Panasnic WV-NF Panasnic WV-NP240/WV-NP Panasnic WV-NP Panasnic WV-NP Panasnic WV-NP Panasnic WV-NP1000/WV- NP Panasnic WV-NS Panasnic WV-NS320 series 64 Panasnic WV-NS Panasnic WV-NS Panasnic WV-NW Panasnic WV-NW Panasnic WV-NW Panasnic WV-NW Panasnic WV-NW Pentax Versacam IC-4 50 Pelc Camclsure IP series 149 Pelc Endura Net5301T 144 Pelc Endura Net5308T 166 Pelc Endura Net5316T 167 Pelc IP Pelc NET Pelc NET Pelc Spectra IV-IP 213 Pelc SpectraMini IV-IP 213 Philips NETSVR-1 93 Philips NETSVR-6 92 Pixrd Pixrd Pixrd Pixrd Pixrd Pixrd Pixrd 24X 74 Pixrd Pixrd Pixrd 400/400W 151 Pixrd Pixrd Pixrd 1401/1401W 136 Pixrd Pixrd Plar Industries zpan Prvide SD-606W 279 Prvide SD-705VPRO Samsung SCC-C Samsung SHR Samsung SNC-B Samsung SNC-B Samsung SNC-C Samsung SNC-C Samsung SNC-C Samsung SNC-M Samsung SNT Samsung Techwin SNC Samsung Techwin SNC Samsung Techwin SND460V 329 Samsung Techwin SND Samsung Techwin SNP1000/SNP1000A 195 Samsung Techwin SNP3300/SNP3300A 194 Samsung Techwin SNS Samsung Techwin SNS Sany VCC-400N 206 Sany VCC Sany VCC-9500P 206 Sany VCC Sany VCC-9600P 206 Sany VCC Sany VCC-9700P 206 Sany VCC Sany VCC-9800P 206 Sany VCC-HD Sany VCC-HD4000P 206 Sany VCC-HDN1(S) 206 Sany VCC-N Sany VCC-N6695P 206 Sany VCC-WB2000/VCC-WB Sany VCC-P Sany VCC-P450NA 206 Sany VCC-P Sany VCC-P470NA 206 Sany VCC-P On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 102

111 Drivers Sany VCC-P7575P 142 Sany VCC-P Sany VCC-P9574N 142 Sany VCC-P9575P 142 Sany VCC-PN9575P 142 Sany VCC-PT Sany VCC-PT490NA 206 Sany VCC-PT Sany VCC-PT500NA 206 Sany VCC-XZ Sany VCC-XZ200P 206 Sany VCC-XZ600P 206 Sany VCC-XZN600P 206 Sany VCC-ZM600P 206 Sany VCC-ZMN600P 206 Sany VDC-DP Sany VDC-DP7585P 142 Sany VDC-DP Sany VDC-DP9584N 142 Sany VDC-DP Sany VDC-DPN9585P 142 Sany VSP-SV Siemens CCIC Siemens CCIS Siemens CCIS1345-DN 252 Siemens CCIW Sny SNC-CS3 54 Sny SNC-CS10 88 Sny SNC-CS11 88 Sny SNC-CS Sny SNC-CS Sny SNC-CM Sny SNC-DF40 88 Sny SNC-DF Sny SNC-DF70 88 Sny SNC-DF Sny SNC-DF Sny SNC-DM Sny SNC-DM Sny SNC-DS Sny SNC-DS Sny SNC-M1/SNC-M1W 102 Sny SNC-M3/SNC-M3W 102 Sny SNC-P1 88 Sny SNC-P5 98 Sny SNC-RX Sny SNC-RX Sny SNC-RX Sny SNC-RZ25 89 Sny SNC-RZ30 52 Sny SNC-RZ30/2 52 Sny SNC-RZ Sny SNC-Z20 53 Sny SNC-VL10 51 Sny SNT-V304 9 Sny SNT-V Sny SNT-V Spec Technlgies SIPB1/SIPB2 501 Spec Technlgies SIPB3/SIPB4 501 Spec Technlgies SIPMPT5 501 Spec Technlgies SIPSD10X 501 StarDt NetCam XL 186 StarDt NetCam SC 5 MP 186 Tshiba IK-WB01A 115 Tshiba IK-WB02A 114 Tshiba IK-WB15A 115 Tshiba IK-WB11A 59 Tshiba IK-WB21A 115 Tshiba IK-WD01A 508 Tshiba IK-WR01A 114 Tshiba Teli CI Tshiba Teli CI8110D 263 Tshiba Teli CI8210D 250 Tshiba Teli EJ UDP IPC UDP IPC UDP IPC UDP IPC UDP IPC UDP NVE12K 230 UDP NVE40K 230 UDP NVE UDP NVE UDP NVE UDP NVE Universal driver 400 Universal driver 16 Chnl. 401 Vantage VIPC1100E 501 Vantage VIPC1311EP 501 Vantage VIPC1431EP 501 Vantage VIPC3100E 501 Vantage VIPC3211EP 501 Vantage VIPC3311EP 501 Vantage VIPC Vantage VIPC Vantage VIPC6510F 501 Vantage VIPC6610F 501 Vantage VIPC7100 series 501 Vantage VIPC7200 series 501 Vantage VIPC7300 series 501 Vantage VIPS Vantage VIPS2310Q 501 Vantage VIPS VCS VideJet VCS VideJet VCS VIP Ve Observer XT 32 Verint Nextiva S1700e 103 Verint Nextiva S1704e 135 Verint Nextiva S1708e 111 Verint Nextiva S1712e 163 Verint Nextiva S1724e 164 Verint Nextiva S1900e 103 Verint Nextiva S1950e 103 Verint Nextiva S1970e 103 Verint Nextiva S2600e/S2610e 103 Verint Nextiva S2700e 103 Videlgy 20N Videlgy 21N Videlgy Server Bard 189 Vivtek FD6100 series 109 Vivtek FD Vivtek FD Vivtek FD Vivtek FD7141V 331 Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IP Vivtek IZ Vivtek PT Vivtek PT Vivtek PT Vivtek PZ Vivtek PZ Vivtek PZ Vivtek PZ Vivtek PZ Vivtek PZ Vivtek PZ Vivtek PZ Vivtek PZ Vivtek SD6122V 110 Vivtek SD Vivtek SD Vivtek SD Vivtek VS Vivtek VS Vivtek VS Vivtek VS /107 Vivtek VS /107 Vivtek VS WebEye E10 50 Xview AP-400/Linudix 81 On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 103

112 Clients & Ancillary Applicatins Clients & Ancillary Applicatins Ocularis Client Users can get client access t the RC-I surveillance system by using Ocularis Client. Example: Ocularis Client With the Ocularis Client, users: Are prvided with an Alert Manager t handle alerts received May classify and categrize alerts fr incident case assignment May bkmark vide clips fr easy retrieval and sharing May manage their security envirnment by the viewing graphic maps f their site r campus May cnfigure and use a Vide Wall The Ocularis Client is accessed by lgging int Ocularis Base in rder t access NVR vide. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 104

113 Clients & Ancillary Applicatins NVR Dwnlad Manager Using the NVR Dwnlad Manager The NVR Dwnlad Manager lets yu manage which RC-I-related features yur rganizatin's users will be able t access frm a targeted welcme page n the surveillance system server. Yu access the NVR Dwnlad Manager frm Windws' Start menu: Select All Prgrams > NVR Dwnlad Manager. Examples f User-Accessible Features The Ocularis Client. With a brwser, users cnnect t the surveillance server where they are presented with a welcme page. Frm the welcme page, users may dwnlad the Ocularis Client sftware and install it n their cmputers. Varius plugins. Dwnlading such plugins can be relevant fr users if yur rganizatin uses addn prducts with the RC-I slutin. What Des the Welcme Page Lk Like? The welcme page is a simple web page with links t dwnlading r running varius features. It is available in a number f languages; users select their required language frm a menu in the tp right crner f the welcme page. T view the welcme page, simply pen an Internet Explrer brwser (versin 6.0 r later) and cnnect t the fllwing address: server IP address r hstname] If the Image Server service has been cnfigured with a prt number ther than the default prt 80 (yu cnfigure this as part f the server access prperties), users must specify the prt number as well, separated frm the IP address r hstname by a cln: server IP address r hstname]:[prt number] The cntent f the welcme page is managed thrugh the NVR Dwnlad Manager; therefre the welcme page will ften lk different in different rganizatins. Initial Lk The initial lk f the welcme page is autmatically prvided thrugh the NVR Dwnlad Manager's default cnfiguratin fr mre infrmatin, see Default Cnfiguratin f Dwnlad Manager. Default Cnfiguratin f Dwnlad Manager The NVR Dwnlad Manager has a default cnfiguratin. This ensures that yur rganizatin's users can access standard features withut the surveillance system administratr having t set up anything. The NVR Dwnlad Manager's cnfiguratin is represented in a tree structure. NVR Dwnlad Manager's Tree Structure Explained The first level f the tree structure simply indicates that yu are wrking with a RC-I system. The secnd level refers t the languages in which the welcme page is available. In the example, the welcme page is available in a multiple languages. The third level refers t the features which are r can be made available t users. The furth level refers t particular versins f each feature, such as versin 4.0, which are r can be made available t users. The fifth level refers t the language versins f the features which are r can be made available t users. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 105

114 Clients & Ancillary Applicatins The fact that nly standard features are initially available and nly in the same language versin as the surveillance system itself helps reduce installatin time and save space n the server. There is simply n need t have a feature r language versin available n the server if nbdy is ging t use it. Yu can, hwever, easily make mre features and/r languages available as required. See Making New Features Available in the fllwing fr mre infrmatin. Making New Features Available Making new features including new language versins available t yur rganizatin's users invlves tw prcedures: First yu install the required features n the surveillance system server. Yu then use the NVR Dwnlad Manager t fine-tune which features shuld be available in the varius language versins f the welcme page. Installing New Features n Server If the NVR Dwnlad Manager is pen, clse it befre installing new features n the server. T install a feature frm the Installers flder, select the required language sub-flder, then duble-click the required installatin (.exe) file. When a new feature has been installed n the surveillance system server, yu will see a cnfirmatin dialg. If required, yu can pen the NVR Dwnlad Manager frm the dialg. Making New Features Available thrugh the Dwnlad Manager When yu have installed new features such as language packs, etc. by default, they will be selected in the NVR Dwnlad Manager, and thus immediately be available t users via the welcme page. Yu can always shw r hide features n the welcme page by selecting r clearing check bxes in the NVR Dwnlad Manager's tree structure. Tip: Yu can change the sequence in which features and languages are displayed n the welcme page: In the NVR Dwnlad manager's tree structure, simply drag items and drp them at the required psitin. Hiding and Remving Features Yu can remve features in several ways: Yu can hide features frm the welcme page by clearing check bxes in the NVR Dwnlad Manager's tree structure. In that case, the features will still be installed n the surveillance system server, and by selecting check bxes in the NVR Dwnlad Manager's tree structure yu can quickly make the features available again. Yu can remve features which have previusly been made available thrugh the NVR Dwnlad Manager. This will remve the installatin f the features n the surveillance system server. The features will disappear frm the NVR Dwnlad Manager, but installatin files fr the features will be kept in the surveillance system server's installers flder, s yu can re-install them later if required. 1. In the NVR Dwnlad Manager, click the Remve features... buttn. 2. In the Remve Features windw, select the features yu want t remve 3. Click OK. Yu will be asked t cnfirm that yu want t remve the selected features. If yu are sure, click the Yes buttn. Yu can remve installatin files fr nn-required features frm the surveillance system server. This can help yu save disk space n the server if yu knw that yur rganizatin is nt ging t use certain features typically nn-relevant language versins. See Remve Installatin Files fr End- User Features fr mre infrmatin. Virus Scanning Infrmatin If yu are using virus scanning sftware n the server with the RC-I sftware, it is likely that the virus scanning will use a cnsiderable amunt f system resurces n scanning data frm the NVR Dwnlad Manager. If allwed in yur rganizatin, disable virus scanning n all r parts f the RC-I server. Fr mre infrmatin see Virus Scanning Infrmatin. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 106

115 Recrding Server Manager Recrding Server Manager Using the Recrding Server Manager The Recrding Server service is a vital part f the surveillance system; vide streams are nly transferred t the NVR while the Recrding Server service is running. The Recrding Server Manager infrms yu abut the state f the Recrding Server service. It als lets yu manage the service. In the ntificatin area (a.k.a. system tray), the Recrding Server Manager's icn indicates whether the Recrding Server service is running r nt. Green indicates running (default), red indicates nt running. By right-clicking the icn yu can start and stp the Recrding Server service, view lg files, etc.: Start the Recrding Server Service 1. Right-click the ntificatin area's Recrding Server icn. 2. In the menu that appears, select Start Recrding Server Service. 3. The icn in the ntificatin area changes t green. Stp the Recrding Server Service 1. Right-click the ntificatin area's Recrding Server icn. 2. In the menu that appears, select Stp Recrding Server Service. 3. The icn in the ntificatin area changes t red. Open the Management Applicatin 1. Right-click the ntificatin area's Recrding Server icn. 2. In the menu that appears, select Open Management Applicatin. Mnitr System Status By right-clicking the ntificatin area's Recrding Server icn and then selecting Shw System Status, yu get access t the Status windw. Tip: Alternatively, simply duble-click the icn t pen the Status windw. The Status windw lets yu view the status f the image server(s) and cnnected cameras. The status f each server/camera is indicated by a clr: Green indicates that the server r camera is running crrectly. Gray indicates that the camera (nt the server) is nt running. Typically, a camera will be indicated in gray in the fllwing situatins: the camera is nt nline (as defined in the camera's nline perid schedule). the Recrding Server service has been stpped. Red indicates that the server r camera is nt running. This may because it has been unplugged r due t a netwrk r hardware errr. Errrs are listed in the Recrding Server lg file. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 107

116 Recrding Server Manager Place yur muse pinter ver a camera in the status windw t view details abut the camera in questin. The infrmatin updates apprximately every 10 secnds. Reslutin: The reslutin f the camera. FPS: The number f frames per secnd (a.k.a. frame rate) currently used by the camera. The number updates each time the camera has received 50 frames. Frame cunt: The number f frames received frm the camera since the Recrding Server service was last started. Received KB: The number f kilbytes sent the by camera since the Recrding Server service was last started. Offline: Indicates the number f times the camera has been ffline due t an errr. View the Recrding Server Service Lg File 1. Right-click the ntificatin area's Recrding Server icn. 2. In the menu that appears, select Open Recrding Server Lg File... Fr mre infrmatin abut lg files, see Cnfigure Audit, Event & System Lgging. View the Image Server Service Lg File 1. Right-click the ntificatin area's Recrding Server icn. 2. In the menu that appears, select Open Image Server Lg File... Fr mre infrmatin abut lg files, see Cnfigure Audit, Event & System Lgging. Access the Built-in Help System 1. Right-click the ntificatin area's Recrding Server icn. 2. In the menu that appears, select Help. Fr mre infrmatin, see Use the Built-in Help System. View Versin Infrmatin Knwing the exact versin number can be useful in case yu require supprt frm OnSSI. 1. Right-click the ntificatin area's Recrding Server icn. 2. In the menu that appears, select Abut... Exit the Recrding Server Manager On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 108

117 Recrding Server Manager 1. Right-click the ntificatin area's Recrding Server icn. 2. In the menu that appears, select Exit Recrding Server Manager. Tip: If yu later want t re-pen the Recrding Server Manager, g t Windws' Start menu and select All Prgrams > Startup > Recrding Server Manager. NetMatrix Mnitr Intrductin The NetMatrix Mnitr is ne f tw applicatins which can be used fr viewing NetMatrix-triggered vide frm the surveillance system (the ther ptin is the Ocularis Client). OnSSI Viewer Intrductin The OnSSI Viewer is a stand alne applicatin that allws users t brwse and playback vide recrdings. This Viewer als lets yu print still images, send still images via and exprt entire vide and audi sequences in many frmats. The Viewer can be accessed: If yu wrk n the surveillance system server: Yu access the Viewer frm Windws' Start menu: Select Start > All Prgrams > RC-I > Viewer. If yu have received vide evidence material frm a surveillance system: This is typically the case if yu are a plice fficer, and internal r external investigatr, r similar. When surveillance system peratrs exprt vide evidence, they are able t include the Viewer with the exprted evidence. This is a great advantage fr the recipient f the exprted evidence, since n installatin is required in rder t use the Viewer fr brwsing exprted evidence. If yu receive the vide evidence n fr example a CD, the Viewer will typically start autmatically when yu insert the CD n yur cmputer. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 109

118 Backup Backup System Cnfiguratin Backup We recmmend that yu make regular backups f the RC-I recrding cmpnent. cnfiguratin (cameras, schedules, views, etc.) as a disaster recvery measure. While it is rare t lse yur cnfiguratin, it can happen under unfrtunate circumstances. Luckily, it takes nly a minute t back up yur existing cnfiguratin. The fllwing describes backup f the cnfiguratin in RC-I recrding cmpnent versin 7.0. In the fllwing, we assume that yu have nt changed RC-I.'s default cnfiguratin path, which is C:\Dcuments and Settings\All Users\Applicatin Data\OnSSI\RC-I n servers running Windws XP r Windws Server 2003, and C:\Prgram Data\OnSSI\RC-I n servers running all ther supprted perating systems. If yu have changed the default cnfiguratin path, yu must take yur changes int cnsideratin when using the methd described in the fllwing. T Back Up: 1. If RC-I is used n a server running Windws XP r Windws Server 2003, make a cpy f the flder C:\Dcuments and Settings\All Users\Applicatin Data\OnSSI\RC-I and all f its sub-flders. If RC-I is used n a server running any ther supprted perating system, make a cpy f the flder C:\Prgram Data\OnSSI\RC-I and all f its sub-flders. 2. Open the flder C:\Prgram Files\OnSSI\RC-I\devices, and verify if the file devices.ini exists. If the file exists, make a cpy f it. The file will exist if yu have cnfigured vide prperties fr certain types f cameras; fr such cameras, changes t the prperties are stred in the file rather than n the camera itself. 3. Stre the cpies away frm the RC-I server, s that they will nt be affected if the server is damaged, stlen r therwise affected. Remember that a backup is a snapsht f yur RC-I system cnfiguratin at the time f backing up. If yu later change yur cnfiguratin, yur backup will nt reflect the mst recent changes. Therefre, back up yur system cnfiguratin regularly. Tip: When yu back up yur cnfiguratin as described, the backup will include restre pints. This allws yu t nt nly restre the backed-up cnfiguratin, but als t revert t an earlier pint in that cnfiguratin if required. T Restre Yur Backed-up Cnfiguratin: 1. If RC-I is used n a server running Windws XP r Windws Server 2003, cpy the cntent f the backed-up flder int C:\Dcuments and Settings\All Users\Applicatin Data\OnSSI\RC-I. If RC-I is used n a server running any ther supprted perating system, cpy the cntent f the backed-up flder int C:\Prgram Data\OnSSI\RC-I 2. If yu backed up the file devices.ini, cpy the file int C:\Prgram Files\OnSSI\RC-I\devices. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 110

119 Remval Remval Entire System Remve Entire Surveillance System T remve the entire NVR system (that is the surveillance server sftware and related installatin files and vide device drivers) frm yur server, d the fllwing: What happens t recrdings? Yur recrdings will nt be remved; they will remain n the server even after the server sftware has been remved. Likewise, the RC-I cnfiguratin file will remain n the server; this allws yu t reuse yur cnfiguratin if yu later install RC-I again. 1. Shut dwn all RC-I cmpnents. 2. In Windws' Start menu, select Cntrl Panel, and select Add r Remve Prgrams. 3. In the Add r Remve Prgrams windw's list f currently installed prgrams, select the RC-I system entry (nt the RC-I entry) and click the Change/Remve buttn. 4. The setup wizard appears; click the Next buttn, then the Remve buttn. 5. Select Remve entire surveillance system, then click Next, and cmplete the wizard's remaining steps. Individual Cmpnents Remve Installatin Files fr End-User Features When yu have installed RC-I, yur surveillance system server cntains installatin files fr a number f end-user features by default. The installatin files lets yu install the end-user features n the surveillance system server, and make them available t yur rganizatin's users thrugh the Dwnlad Manager. Yu can remve installatin files fr nn-required features frm the surveillance system server. This can help yu save disk space n the server if yu knw that yur rganizatin is nt ging t use certain features, fr example nn-relevant language versins: 1. Open the Installers flder lcated in the RC-I installatin flder, typically at C:\Prgram Files\OnSSI\RC- I\Installers. 2. Select the required language sub-flder, then delete the unwanted installatin (.exe) files. Remve the NVR Dwnlad Manager T remve the NVR Dwnlad Manager separately frm the ther surveillance server sftware: 1. In Windws' Start menu, select Cntrl Panel, and select Add r Remve Prgrams. 2. In the Add r Remve Prgrams windw's list f currently installed prgrams, select NVR Dwnlad Manager. 3. Click the Remve buttn. Remve the Surveillance Server Sftware T remve the server sftware (nt including the Dwnlad Manager r the Ocularis Client), d the fllwing: What happens t recrdings? Yur recrdings will nt be remved; they will remain n the server even after the server sftware has been remved. Likewise, the cnfiguratin file will remain n the server; this allws yu t reuse yur cnfiguratin if yu later install again. 1. Shut dwn all cmpnents. 2. In Windws' Start menu, select Cntrl Panel, and select Add r Remve Prgrams. 3. In the Add r Remve Prgrams windw's list f currently installed prgrams, select the entry (nt the system entry) and click the Remve buttn. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 111

120 Remval 4. Yu will be asked t cnfirm that yu want t remve. If yu are sure that yu want t remve the sftware, click OK. If a Status Infrmatin windw appears n yur screen during installatin, simply click its OK buttn (the windw simply prvides a summary f what has been remved). 5. Click Finish. Remve Vide Device Drivers Vide device drivers are small prgrams used fr cntrlling/cmmunicating with the camera devices cnnected t an system. T remve the vide device drivers, d the fllwing: 1. Open Windws' Cntrl Panel, and select Add r Remve Prgrams. 2. In the Add r Remve Prgrams windw, select the Vide Device Pack Vx.x entry (where x.x indicates the versin number), and click the Remve buttn. 3. Yu will be asked t cnfirm that yu want t remve the vide device drivers. If yu are sure, click OK.. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 112

121 Clients Clients Typically, yu dwnlad the Ocularis Client frm the surveillance system server, then install it n yur cmputer (see Install Ocularis Client frm Server). Alternatively, yur surveillance system administratr may ask yu t install the Ocularis Client frm a DVD: 1. Verify that yur cmputer meets the Ocularis Client's minimum system requirements. 2. Insert the surveillance system sftware DVD, wait fr a shrt while, select required language, then click the Install Ocularis Client link. 3. Depending n yur security settings, yu may receive ne r mre security warnings (D yu want t run r save this file?, D yu want t run this sftware? r similar; exact wrding depends n yur brwser versin). When this is the case, accept the security warnings (by clicking Run r similar; exact buttn names depend n yur brwser versin). 4. When the installatin wizard starts, click Next t cntinue the installatin and fllw the steps in the installatin wizard. Typically, yu dwnlad the Ocularis Client frm the surveillance system server, then install it n yur cmputer. Alternatively, yur surveillance system administratr may ask yu t install the Ocularis Client frm a DVD. Surveillance system administratrs can autmatically get the Ocularis Client installed n the surveillance system server; this happens as part f the surveillance system server installatin. T dwnlad and install the Ocularis Client frm the surveillance system server, d the fllwing: 1. Verify that yur cmputer meets the Ocularis Client's minimum system requirements. 2. Open an Internet Explrer brwser (versin 6.0 r later), and cnnect t the surveillance system server at the URL r IP address specified by yur system administratr. When yu are cnnected t the surveillance system server, yu will see a welcme page. 3. On the welcme page, select yur required language in the menu in the tp right crner. Then g t the welcme page's Ocularis Client Installers sectin, and click the required Ocularis Client language versin link. 4. Depending n yur security settings, yu may receive ne r mre security warnings (D yu want t run r save this file?, D yu want t run this sftware? r similar; exact wrding depends n yur brwser versin). When this is the case, accept the security warnings (by clicking Run r similar; exact buttn names depend n yur brwser versin). 5. The Ocularis Client Setup Wizard begins. In the wizard, click Next, and fllw the installatin instructins. With the Ocularis Client, users: Are prvided with an Alert Manager t handle alerts received May classify and categrize alerts fr incident case assignment May bkmark vide clips fr easy retrieval and sharing May manage their security envirnment by the viewing graphic maps f their site r campus May cnfigure and use a Vide Wall The Ocularis Client is accessed by lgging int Ocularis Base in rder t access NVR vide. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 113

122 Cnfiguratin Cnfiguratin Archiving As a camera's database becmes full, its recrdings will autmatically be archived. Yu are furthermre able t schedule archiving at particular pints in time every day. This way, yu can practively archive recrdings, s databases will never becme full. As a rule f thumb, the mre yu expect t recrd, the mre ften yu shuld archive. Archiving Time The Archiving Times list shws the times at which yu want t autmatically archive the cntent f all camera databases n the recrding server. Yu can d this up t 24 times per day, with minimum ne hur between each ne. T add archiving times t the list: 1. Specify required time in the time bx t the right f the Archiving Times list. Yu specify the required time by selecting the hur, minute and secnd values respectively, then clicking the up and dwn buttns t increase r decrease values. Alternatively, yu can simply verwrite selected hur, minute r secnd values. 2. Click the Add buttn. Archive Failure Ntificatin Yu can autmatically get ntified if archiving fails: Send n archiving failure: If selected, s t selected recipients will autmatically be sent if archiving fails. This requires that the ntificatin feature is enabled. Recipients are defined as part f the ntificatin prperties. Send SMS n archiving failure: If selected, an SMS (mbile phne text message) will autmatically be sent t selected recipients if archiving fails. This requires that the SMS ntificatin feature is enabled. Recipients are defined as part f the SMS ntificatin prperties. Audi and SMS ntificatins are nrmally nly sent during scheduled perids. Hwever, archiving failures are cnsidered t be s serius that, if enabled, and SMS ntificatins regarding archiving failures are sent regardless f schedules. With a default micrphne and/r a speaker selected fr a camera, audi frm the micrphne and/r a speaker will autmatically be used when vide frm the camera is viewed. If a micrphne and/r a speaker is attached t the same hardware device as the camera, that micrphne/speaker will be the camera's default micrphne/speaker if yu d nt select therwise. Tip: Nte that yu can select a micrphne and/r a speaker attached t anther hardware device than the selected camera itself. Default micrphne: Select required micrphne. Default speaker: Select required speaker. The ability t select a default micrphne and/r a speaker fr the camera requires that at least ne micrphne and/r speaker has been attached t a hardware device n the surveillance system. Audi Recrding When yu cnfigure vide and recrding fr specific cameras, yu can determine whether audi shuld be recrded r nt. Yur chice will apply fr all cameras n the system. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 114

123 Cnfiguratin Always: Always recrd audi n all applicable cameras. Never: Never recrd audi n any cameras. Nte that even thugh audi is never recrded, it will still be pssible t listen t live audi in the Ocularis Client. If yu recrd audi, it is imprtant that yu nte the fllwing: Only audi frm micrphnes is recrded: Only incming audi, that is audi recrded by micrphnes attached t hardware devices, is recrded. Outging audi, that is what Ocularis Client peratrs say when they talk thrugh speakers attached t hardware devices, is nt recrded. Audi recrding affects vide strage capacity: Audi is recrded t the assciated camera s database. It is imprtant t keep in mind that the database is likely t becme full earlier if recrding audi and vide than if nly recrding vide. The fact that the database becmes full is nt in itself a prblem since the NVR autmatically archives data if the database becmes full. Hwever, there is likely t be a greater need fr archiving space if yu recrd audi. Example: If using MPEG4, each ne-secnd vide GOP (Grup Of Pictures) will be stred in ne recrd in the database. Each secnd f audi will als be stred in ne recrd in the database. When this is the case, the database s vide strage capacity will be halved, because half f the database s recrds will be used fr string audi. Cnsequently, the database will run full sner, and autmatic archiving will take place mre ften than if yu were nly recrding vide. Example: If using MJPEG, audi is stred in ne recrd fr every JPEG fr as lng as the audi blck size des nt exceed the time between the JPEGs. The database s vide strage capacity can thus in extreme cases be halved, because half f the database s recrds will be used fr string audi. If using very high frame rates, where there is less time between each JPEG, a smaller prtin f the database will be used fr string audi recrds, and cnsequently a larger prtin will be available fr string vide. Anyway, the database will run full sner, and autmatic archiving will take place mre ften than if yu were nly recrding vide. Abve examples are simplified, the exact available vide strage capacity will als depend n GOP/JPEG and audi kilbyte size. Audi Selectin With a default micrphne and/r speaker selected fr a camera, audi frm the micrphne and/r speaker will autmatically be used when vide frm the camera is viewed. Nte that all f the Audi Selectin prperties can als be specified individually fr each camera. Template: The template can help yu cnfigure similar prperties quickly. Fr instance: if yu have 8 cameras and yu want a particular default micrphne fr all f them. Instead f having t enter the same piece f infrmatin eight times, yu can simply enter it nce in the template, and then apply the template t the 8 cameras with nly tw clicks. Apply Template: Lets yu select which cameras yu want t apply the template fr. Yu then use ne f the tw Set buttns (see descriptins in the fllwing) t actually apply the template. Tip: T select all cameras in the list, click the Select All buttn. Camera Name: Name f the camera as it will appear in the Management Applicatin as well as in clients. If required, yu can verwrite the existing camera name with a new ne. Camera names must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Default Micrphne: Select required default micrphne. Tip: Nte that yu can select a micrphne attached t anther hardware device than the selected camera itself. This als applies when selecting default speakers. Default Speaker: Select required default speaker. Camera: Click the Open buttn t cnfigure detailed and/r camera-specific settings (such as event ntificatin, PTZ preset psitins, etc.) fr the selected camera. Select All: Click buttn t select all cameras in the Apply Template clumn. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 115

124 Cnfiguratin Clear All: Click buttn t clear all selectins in the Apply Template clumn Set selected template value n selected cameras: Lets yu apply nly a selected value frm the template t selected cameras. Camera Example: Only the selected value is applied using this methd Set all template values n selected cameras: Lets yu apply all values frm the template t selected cameras. Enabled: Cameras are by default enabled, meaning that prvided they are scheduled t be nline, they are able t transfer vide t the NVR. If required, yu can disable an individual camera, in which case n vide/audi will be transferred frm the camera surce. Camera name: Name f the camera as it will appear in the Management Applicatin as well as in clients. If required, yu can verwrite the existing camera name with a new ne. Camera names must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Tip: Camera names can be very lng if required: the upper limit is mre than 2000 characters, althugh such lng camera names are hardly ever needed. Camera shrtcut number: Users f sme clients can take advantage f keybard shrtcuts, sme f which let the users tggle between viewing different cameras. Such shrtcuts include numbers which are used t identify each camera. Camera Access In mst cases when using Ocularis, all users shuld be given full access t all cameras and devices. Restrictins are applied in the Ocularis Administratr applicatin. The infrmatin prvided here is fr infrmatinal purpses. In the list f cameras, use the Access clumn t select which cameras the user/grups shuld have access t. Nte the last item in the list, Rights fr new cameras when added t the system, with which yu can allw the user/grup access t any future cameras. Then, fr each camera, use the Camera clumn t select the camera, and then specify which features the user/grup shuld have access t when wrking with the selected camera. Example: The user/grup shuld have access t cameras 2 and 3. Camera 2 (nte the darker backgrund) is selected fr specificatin f features. Tip: If the same features shuld be accessible fr several cameras, yu can select multiple cameras by pressing SHIFT r CTRL n yur keybard while selecting. The features are listed in tw clumns in the lwer part f the windw: the left clumn lists features related t live viewing, the right clumn lists features related t playback: In the Live clumn, the fllwing features, all selected by default, are available: Live: Ability t view live vide frm the selected camera(s). PTZ: Ability t use navigatin features fr PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zm) cameras. A user/grup will nly be able t use this right if having access t ne r mre PTZ cameras. PTZ Preset Psitins: Ability t use navigatin features fr mving a PTZ camera t particular preset psitins. A user/grup will nly be able t use this right if having access t ne r mre PTZ cameras with defined preset psitins. Output: Ability t activate utput (lights, sirens, dr peners, etc.) related t the selected camera(s). On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 116

125 Cnfiguratin Events: Ability t use manually trigger events related t the selected camera(s). Incming audi: Ability t listen t incming audi frm micrphnes related t the selected camera(s). Outging audi: Ability t talk t audiences thrugh speakers related t the selected camera(s). Manual recrding: Ability t manually start recrding fr a fixed time (defined by the surveillance system administratr). In the Playback clumn, the fllwing features, all selected by default, are available: Playback: Ability t play back recrded vide frm the selected camera. AVI/JPEG Exprt: Ability t exprt evidence as mvie clips in the AVI frmat and as still images in the JPEG frmat. Database Exprt: Ability t exprt evidence in database frmat. Sequences: Ability t use the Sequences feature when playing back vide frm the selected camera. Smart Search: Ability t use the smart search feature, with which users can search fr mtin in ne r mre selected areas f images frm the selected camera. Audi: Ability t listen t recrded audi frm micrphnes related t the selected camera(s). Why can I nt select certain features? Typically because the selected camera des nt supprt the features. Fr example, yu can nly select PTZ-related features if the camera is a PTZ camera. Als, sme f the features depend n the user's/grup's General Access prperties: Fr example, in rder have access t PTZ r utput features, the user/grup must have access t viewing live vide; in rder t use AVI/JPEG exprt, the user/grup must have access t playing back recrded vide. Why are sme feature check bxes filled with squares? Square-filled check bxes can appear in the lwer part f the windw if yu have selected several cameras and a feature applies fr sme but nt all f the cameras. Example: Fr camera A yu have selected that use f the Events is allwed; fr camera B it is nt allwed. If yu select bth camera A and camera B in the list, the Events check bx in the lwer part f the windw will be square-filled. Anther example: Camera C is a PTZ camera fr which yu have allwed the PTZ preset psitins feature; camera D is nt a PTZ camera. If yu select bth camera C and camera D in the list, the PTZ preset psitins check bx will be square-filled. Dynamic Path Selectin With dynamic archiving paths, yu specify a number f different archiving paths, usually acrss several drives. If the path cntaining the vide database is n ne f the drives yu have selected fr archiving, the attempt t archive that drive first will always be made. If nt, the archive will be made t the archiving drive with the mst available space at any time, prvided there is nt a camera database using that drive. Which drive that is may change during the archiving prcess, and archiving may therefre happen t several archiving drives during the same prcess. This fact will have n impact n hw users find and view archived recrdings. Dynamic archiving paths are general fr all yur cameras; yu cannt cnfigure dynamic archiving paths fr individual cameras. If yu use several surveillance servers in a master/slave setup, each surveillance server must archive t its wn mapped lcatin in rder fr archiving t wrk. If yu attempt t archive t the same mapped lcatin fr all the servers, archiving will fail. All prperties n a white backgrund are editable, prperties n a light blue backgrund cannt be edited. Enable dynamic path selectin archives: Enables the use f dynamic path selectin, allwing yu t select which paths yu want t use. The list f selectable paths initially represents all drives n the server, bth lcal and mapped drives. Yu can add further paths with the New path feature belw the list. Use: Lets yu select particular paths fr use as dynamic archiving paths. Als lets yu select a previusly manually added path fr remval (see descriptin f Remve buttn in the fllwing) Drive: Indicates which drive the path belngs n. Path: Path t use as dynamic archiving path. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 117

126 Cnfiguratin Drive Size: Ttal amunt f space n the drive, that is free space as well as used space. Free Space: Amunt f free space available n the drive in questin. New path: Lets yu specify a new path, and add it t the list using the Add buttn. Paths must be reachable by the surveillance system server, and yu must specify the path using the UNC (Universal Naming Cnventin) frmat, example: \\server\vlume\directry\. When the new path is added, yu can select it fr use as a dynamic archiving path. Add: Lets yu add the path specified in the New path field t the list. Remve: Lets yu remve a selected path which has previusly been manually added frm the list. Yu cannt remve any f the initially listed paths, nt even when they are selected. Ntificatins Enable (Recrding Server): Enables ntificatins whenever the Recrding Server service is running. ntificatins will then be sent when the fllwing cnditins apply: the Recrding Server service is running mtin is detected r an event, fr which the sending f an alert has been defined, ccurs mtin is detected within a perid f time fr which an alert schedule has been defined Recipient(s): Lets yu specify the addresses t which ntificatins shuld be sent. If specifying mre than ne address, separate the addresses with semiclns (example: aa@aa.aa;bb@bb.bb;cc@cc.cc). Test: Sends a test t the specified recipients. If Include Image is selected, the test will have a still test JPEG image attached. Subject text: Specify required subject text fr ntificatins. Message text: Specify required message text fr ntificatins. Nte that camera infrmatin as well as date and time infrmatin is autmatically included in ntificatins. Include Image: Select check bx t include still images in ntificatins. When selected, a still JPEG image frm the time the triggering event ccurred will be attached t each ntificatin. D nt send n camera failures: If selected, ntificatins will nt be sent if the NVR lses cntact with a camera. Otherwise, autmatic ntificatins will be sent in such cases, regardless f any scheduled ntificatin perids. Time between mtin- and database-related s per camera: Minimum time (in minutes) t pass between the sending f each ntificatin per camera. This interval nly applies fr ntificatin generated by detected mtin r database-related events; ntificatin generated by ther types f events will still be sent ut whenever the events ccur. Examples: If specifying 5, a minimum f five minutes will pass between the sending f each mtin- r database-related ntificatin per camera, even if mtin r database events are detected in between. If specifying 0, ntificatins will be sent each time mtin r database events are detected, ptentially resulting in a very large number f ntificatins being sent. If using the value 0, yu shuld therefre cnsider cameras' mtin detectin sensitivity settings. Sender address: Type the address yu wish t appear as the sender f the ntificatin. Outging mail (SMTP) server name: Type the name f the SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Prtcl) server which will be used fr sending the ntificatins. Cmpared with ther mail transfer methds, SMTP has the advantage that yu will avid autmatically triggered warnings frm yur client. Such warnings may therwise infrm yu that yur client is trying t autmatically send messages n yur behalf. TLS (Transprt Layer Security) and it s predecessr SSL (Secure Scket Layer) is nt supprted; if the sender belngs n a server that requires TLS r SSL, ntificatins will nt wrk prperly. Als, yu may be required t disable any scanners that culd prevent the applicatin sending the ntificatins. Server requires lgin: Select check bx if a user name and passwrd is required t use the SMTP server. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 118

127 Cnfiguratin Username: Only required when Server requires lgin is selected. Specify the user name required fr using the SMTP server. Passwrd: Only required when Server requires lgin is selected. Specify the passwrd required fr using the SMTP server. Ntificatin When cnfiguring scheduling fr specific cameras, yu can specify ntificatin perids. Befre yu can define this type f schedule, ntificatin must be enabled. Yu specify a camera's ntificatin perids by creating schedule prfiles based n: Perids f time (example: Mndays frm until 17.45), shwn in blue: The RC-I NVR cmes with tw simple schedule prfiles, Always n and Always ff, which cannt be edited r deleted. If these d nt meet yur needs, yu can create any number f custmized schedule prfiles fr each camera. When yu create a custmized schedule prfile fr ne camera, yu can reuse it with ther cameras if required. T create a custmized schedule prfile: 1. In the field belw the Schedule prfiles list, specify a name fr the new schedule prfile. Schedule prfile names nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] 2. Click the Add New buttn (which becmes available when yu specify a name). 3. In the calendar sectin, place yur muse pinter at a required start pint, then hld dwn the left muse buttn, drag the muse pinter and release at the required end pint. Yu specify each day separately. Yu specify time in increments f five minutes; tl tips help yu by shwing the time ver which yur muse pinter is psitined: T delete an unwanted part f a schedule prfile, right-click it and select Delete. T quickly fill r clear an entire day, duble-click the name f the day. Event Ntificatin As an alternative t dragging inside the calendar sectin, use the Start time, End time and Day fields, then the Change Perid r Set Perid buttn as required. When using the Start time and End time fields, remember that time is specified in increments f five minutes. Yu cannt specify a perid shrter than five minutes, and yu can nly use times like 12:00, 12.05, 12:10, 12:15, etc. If yu specify a time utside f the five-minute intervals, such as 12:13, yu will get an errr message. When yu cnfigure vide and recrding fr specific cameras, prperties include event ntificatin: What Is an Event Ntificatin? Event ntificatin lets yu infrm Ocularis Client and Ocularis Client Lite users that an event has ccurred n the RC-I system. Event ntificatin can be valuable fr client users, as they will be able t quickly detect that an event has ccurred, even thugh their fcus was perhaps n smething else the mment the event ccurred. Tip: Even thugh event ntificatin is cnfigured separately fr each camera, yu can select between all events n the NVR, regardless whether events are manual, generic, r riginate n anther hardware device than the camera itself. In the Ocularis Client, event ntificatin is given by a yellw indicatr which lights up when a relevant event has taken place. An ptinal sund n event ntificatin can furthermre be cnfigured in the Ocularis Administratr when using Ocularis Base. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 119

128 Cnfiguratin In Ocularis Client, three differently clred indicatrs are available fr each camera: The yellw event indicatr. When event ntificatin is used fr a camera, the yellw indicatr will light up when a relevant event has ccurred. A red recrding indicatr; lights up when recrding is taking place. A blue mtin indicatr; lights up when mtin is ccurring n the camera feed. Hw t Select Required Events 1. In the Available events list, select the required event. It is nly pssible t select ne event at a time. Tip: If yu have nt yet defined any suitable events, yu can quickly d it: Use the Cnfigure events list, lcated belw the ther fields. 2. Click the >> buttn t cpy the selected event t the Selected Events list. 3. Repeat fr each required event. If yu later want t remve an event frm the Selected Events list, simply select the event in questin, and click the << buttn. Frame Rate - MJPEG All prperties n a white backgrund are editable, prperties n a light blue backgrund cannt be edited. Nte that all f the Frame Rate - MJPEG prperties can als be specified individually fr each camera using MJPEG. Template and Cmmn Prperties Template: The template can help yu cnfigure similar prperties quickly. Fr example: yu have 50 cameras and yu want a particular frame rate n all f them. Instead f having t enter the same piece f infrmatin 50 times, yu can simply enter it nce in the template, and then apply the template t the 50 cameras with nly tw clicks. Apply Template: Lets yu select which cameras yu want t apply the template fr. Yu then use ne f the tw Set buttns (see descriptins in the fllwing) t actually apply the template. Tip: T select all cameras in the list, click the Select All buttn. Select All: Click buttn t select all cameras in the Apply Template clumn. Clear All: Click buttn t clear all selectins in the Apply Template clumn Set selected template value n selected cameras: Lets yu apply nly a selected value frm the template t selected cameras. Example: Only the selected value is applied using this methd Set all template values n selected cameras: Lets yu apply all values frm the template t selected cameras. Camera Name: Name f the camera as it will appear in the Management Applicatin as well as in clients. If required, yu can verwrite the existing camera name with a new ne. Camera names must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 120

129 Cnfiguratin Regular Frame Rate Prperties Live frame rate: Required average frame rate fr live vide frm the camera. Select number f frames, then select required interval (per secnd, minute r hur) in the Frame Rate Time Base clumn. Recrding frame rate: Required average frame rate fr recrded vide frm the camera. Select number f frames, then select required interval (per secnd, minute r hur) in the Frame Rate Time Base clumn. Frame Rate Time Base: Select required unit fr live and recrding frame rates (per secnd, minute, r hur). Camera: Click the Open buttn t cnfigure detailed and/r camera-specific settings (such as event ntificatin, PTZ preset psitins, etc.) fr the selected camera. Speedup Frame Rate Prperties Enable Speedup: The speedup feature lets yu use a higher than nrmal frame rate if mtin is detected and/r an event ccurs. When yu enable speedup, further clumns fr specifying speedup details becme available. Live Frame Rate: Required average speedup frame rate fr viewing live vide frm the camera. Select number f frames, then select required interval (per secnd, minute r hur) in the Frame Rate Time Base clumn. The frame rate must be higher than the live frame rate specified under nrmal mde. Recrding frame rate: Required average speedup frame rate fr viewing recrded vide frm the camera. Select number f frames, then select required interval (per secnd, minute r hur) in the Frame Rate Time Base clumn. The frame rate must be higher than the recrding frame rate specified under nrmal mde. Frame Rate Time Base: Select required unit fr live and recrding speedup frame rates (per secnd, minute, r hur). Nte that yu can nly select time bases that let yu speed up frame rates. Example: If yu have specified 15 frames per secnd in nrmal mde, yu cannt specify 16 frames per minute r hur in speedup mde. Speedup n: Lets yu select under which cnditins t use speedup frame rates: Mtin Detectin: Select this t speed up when mtin is detected. Nrmal frame rates will be resumed immediately after the last mtin is detected. Event: Select this t speed up when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs. Use f speedup n event requires that events have been defined, and that yu select start and stp events in the neighbring clumns. Tip: If yu have nt yet defined any suitable events, yu can quickly d it: Use the Cnfigure events list, lcated in the bttm left crner f the windw. Mtin Detectin & Event: Select this t speed up when mtin is detected, r when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs. Remember t select start and stp events in the neighbring clumns. Schedule nly: Select this t speed up accrding t the camera's speedup schedule nly. Start Event: Select required start event. The camera will begin using the speedup frame rates when the start event ccurs. Stp Event: Select required start event. The camera will return t the nrmal frame rates when the stp event ccurs. Camera: Click the Open buttn t cnfigure detailed and/r camera-specific settings (such as event ntificatin, PTZ preset psitins, etc.) fr the selected camera. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 121

130 Cnfiguratin Frame Rate - MPEG All prperties n a white backgrund are editable, prperties n a light blue backgrund cannt be edited. Nte that all f the Frame Rate - MPEG prperties can als be specified individually fr each camera using MPEG. Template: The template can help yu cnfigure similar prperties quickly. Fr example: yu have 50 cameras and yu want a particular frame rate n all f them. Instead f having t enter the same piece f infrmatin 50 times, yu can simply enter it nce in the template, and then apply the template t the 50 cameras with nly tw clicks. Apply Template: Lets yu select which cameras yu want t apply the template fr. Yu then use ne f the tw Set buttns (see descriptins in the fllwing) t actually apply the template. Tip: T select all cameras in the list, click the Select All buttn. Camera Name: Name f the camera as it will appear in the Management Applicatin as well as in clients. If required, yu can verwrite the existing camera name with a new ne. Camera names must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Live FPS: Lets yu select the camera's live frame rate per secnd (FPS). Recrd Keyframe Only: Keyframes stred at specified intervals recrd the entire view f the camera, whereas the fllwing frames recrd nly pixels that change; this helps greatly reduce the size f MPEG files. Select the check bx if yu nly want t recrd keyframes. Nte that yu can specify exceptins in the neighbring clumn. Recrd All Frames n: Allws yu t make exceptins if yu have selected Recrd Keyframes Only: Mtin Detectin: Select this t recrd all frames when mtin is detected. Tw secnds after the last mtin is detected, the camera will return t recrding keyframes nly. Event: Select this t recrd all frames when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs. Requires that events have been defined, and that yu select start and stp events in the neighbring clumns. Tip: If yu have nt yet defined any suitable events, yu can quickly d it: Use the Cnfigure events list, lcated in the bttm left crner f the windw. Mtin Detectin & Event: Select this t recrd all frames when mtin is detected, r when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs. Remember t select start and stp events in the neighbring clumns. Schedule nly: Select this t recrd all frames accrding t the camera's speedup schedule nly. Start Event: Select required start event. The camera will begin recrding all frames when the start event ccurs. Stp Event: Select required start event. The camera will return t nly recrding keyframes when the stp event ccurs. Camera: Click the Open buttn t cnfigure detailed and/r camera-specific settings (such as event ntificatin, PTZ preset psitins, etc.) fr the selected camera. Select All: Click buttn t select all cameras in the Apply Template clumn. Clear All: Click buttn t clear all selectins in the Apply Template clumn Set selected template value n selected cameras: Lets yu apply nly a selected value frm the template t selected cameras. Example: Only the selected value is applied using this methd On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 122

131 Cnfiguratin Set all template values n selected cameras: Lets yu apply all values frm the template t selected cameras. Frame Rate If the Camera Uses the MJPEG Vide Frmat With MJPEG, yu can define frame rates fr regular as well as speedup mdes: Regular Frame Rate Mde: Live frame rate: Frame rate fr viewing live vide frm the camera. Select number f frames in the first field, and required interval (per secnd, minute r hur) in the secnd field. Recrding frame rate: Frame rate fr viewing recrded vide frm the camera. Select number f frames in the first field, and required interval (per secnd, minute r hur) in the secnd field. Speedup Frame Rate Mde: Enable speedup frame rate: The speedup feature lets yu use a higher than nrmal frame rate if mtin is detected and/r an event ccurs. When yu enable speedup, further fields fr specifying speedup details becme available. Live frame rate: Speedup frame rate fr viewing live vide frm the camera. Select number f frames in the first field, and required interval (per secnd, minute r hur) in the secnd field. The frame rate must be higher than the live frame rate specified under nrmal mde. Recrding frame rate: Speedup frame rate fr viewing recrded vide frm the camera. Select number f frames in the first field, and required interval (per secnd, minute r hur) in the secnd field. The frame rate must be higher than the recrding frame rate specified under nrmal mde. On mtin: Select this check bx t use the speedup frame rates when mtin is detected. The camera will return t the nrmal frame rates tw secnds after the last mtin is detected. On event: Select this check bx t use the speedup frame rates when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs. Use f speedup n event requires that events have been defined, and that yu select start and stp events in the neighbring lists. Tip: If yu have nt yet defined any suitable events, yu can quickly d it: Use the Cnfigure events list, lcated belw the ther fields. Start event: Select required start event. The camera will begin using the speedup frame rates when the start event ccurs. Stp event: Select required start event. The camera will return t the nrmal frame rates when the stp event ccurs. Tip: Speedup des nt necessarily have t be based n mtin- r events, yu can als use scheduling t cnfigure speedup based n particular perids f time. If yu prefer such time-based speedup, yu shuld still enable the use f speedup by selecting the Enable speedup check bx. If the Camera Uses the MPEG Vide Frmat With MPEG, yu can define frame rate as well as when t recrd keyframes r all frames: Frame rate per secnd: Frame rate fr viewing live and recrded vide frm the camera. Select number f frames per secnd. Recrd keyframes nly:keyframes stred at specified intervals recrd the entire view f the camera, whereas the fllwing frames recrd nly pixels that change; this helps greatly reduce the size f MPEG files. Select the check bx if yu nly want t recrd keyframes. Nte that yu can specify exceptins if mtin is detected r events ccur (see the fllwing). On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 123

132 Cnfiguratin Recrd all frames n mtin: Allws yu t make exceptins if yu have selected recrd keyframes nly. Select this check bx t recrd all frames when mtin is detected. Tw secnds after the last mtin is detected, the camera will return t recrding keyframes nly. Recrd all frames n event: Allws yu t make exceptins if yu have selected recrd keyframes nly. Select this check bx t recrd all frames when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs. Use f this feature requires that events have been defined, and that yu select start and stp events in the neighbring lists. Tip: If yu have nt yet defined any suitable events, yu can quickly d it: Use the Cnfigure events list, lcated belw the ther fields. Start event: Select required start event. The camera will begin recrding all fames when the start event ccurs. General Access Stp event: Select required start event. When the stp event ccurs, the camera will return t recrding keyframes nly. When adding r editing basic users, Windws users r grups, the fllwing defines the general access settings. In mst cases, these settings shuld be set fr full access when using Ocularis. Live: Ability t view Live vide in the Ocularis Client r Ocularis Client Lite. Playback: Ability t view vide in Brwse mde in the Ocularis Client r Ocularis Client Lite. Setup: Ability t view the Setup tab in Ocularis Client Lite. Edit shared views: Ability t create and edit views in shared grups in Ocularis Client Lite. Views placed in shared grups can be accessed by every user. If a user/grup des nt have this right, shared grups will be prtected, indicated by a padlck icn in Ocularis Client Lite. Edit private views: Ability t create and edit views in private grups in Ocularis Client Lite. Views placed in private grups can nly be accessed by the user wh created them. If a user/grup des nt have this right, private grups will be prtected, indicated by a padlck icn in Ocularis Client Lite. Denying users the right t create their wn views may make sense in sme cases; fr example in rder t limit bandwidth use. Fr mre infrmatin abut shared and private views, see the separate Ocularis Client User Manual dcumentatin Generic Event Event name: Specify a name fr the event. Generic event names must be unique, and must nt cntain the fllwing characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Event prt: Read-nly field displaying the prt number n which the NVR listens fr generic events (default is prt 1234). The prt number can be changed as part f the general event handling cnfiguratin. Event substring: Lets yu specify the individual items fr which the NVR shuld lk ut fr when analyzing data packages. Specify ne r mre terms, then click the Add buttn t add the specified term(s) t the Event message expressin field, the cntent f which will be used fr the actual analysis. Examples: Single term: User001 (when added t the Event message expressin field, the term will appear as "User001") Several terms as ne item: User001 Dr053 Sunday (when added t the Event message expressin field, the terms will appear as "User001 Dr053 Sunday") When yu add several terms as ne item (appearing as, fr example, "User001 Dr053 Sunday" in the Event message expressin field), everything between the qutatin marks must appear tgether in the package, in the specified sequence, in rder t match yur criterin. If the terms must appear in the package, but nt necessarily in any exact sequence, add the terms ne by ne (that is s they will appear as "User001" "Dr053" "Sunday" in the Event message expressin field). On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 124

133 Cnfiguratin Tip: It is OK fr TCP and UDP packages used fr generic events t cntain special characters, such #, +, å, ~, etc. within the text string t be analyzed. Event message expressin: Displays the string which will be used fr the actual package analysis. The field is nt directly editable. Hwever, yu can psitin the cursr inside the field in rder t determine where a new item shuld be included when yu click the Add buttn r ne f the parenthesis r peratr buttns described in the fllwing. Likewise, yu can psitin the cursr inside the field in rder t determine where an item shuld be remved when clicking the Remve buttn: The item immediately t the left f the cursr will be remved when yu click the Remve buttn. (: Lets yu add a start parenthesis character t the Event message expressin field. Parentheses can be used t ensure that related terms are prcessed tgether as a lgical unit; in ther wrds, they can be used t frce a certain prcessing rder in the analysis. Example: If using ("User001" OR "Dr053") AND "Sunday", the tw terms inside the parenthesis will be prcessed first, then the result will be cmbined with the last part f the string. In ther wrds, RC-I will first lk fr any packages cntaining either f the terms User001 r Dr053, then it will take the results and run thrugh them in rder t see which packages als cntain the term Sunday. ): Lets yu add an end parenthesis character t the Event message expressin field. AND: Lets yu add an AND peratr t the Event message expressin field. With an AND peratr, yu specify that the terms n bth sides f the AND peratr must be present. Example: If using User001 AND Dr053 AND Sunday, the term User001 as well as the term Dr053 as well as the term Sunday must be present in rder fr the criterin t be met. It is nt enugh fr nly ne r tw f the terms t be present. As a rule f thumb, the mre terms yu cmbine with AND, the fewer results yu will retrieve: Cmbinatins with AND yields few results (indicated in red) OR: Lets yu add an OR peratr t the Event message expressin field. With an OR peratr, yu specify that either ne r anther term must be present. Example: If using User001 OR Dr053 OR Sunday, the term User001 r the term Dr053 r the term Sunday must be present in rder fr the criterin t be met. The criterin is satisfied even if nly ne f the terms is present. As a rule f thumb, the mre terms yu cmbine with OR, the mre results yu will retrieve: Cmbinatins with OR yields many results (indicated in red) On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 125

134 Cnfiguratin Remve: Lets yu remve the item immediately t the left f a cursr psitined in the Event message expressin field. If yu have nt psitined the cursr in the Event message expressin field, the last item in the field will be remved. Event pririty: The same data package may be analyzed fr different events. The ability t assign a pririty t each event lets yu manage which event shuld be triggered if a received package matches the criteria fr several events. The pririty must be specified as a number between 0 (lwest pririty) and 1000 (highest pririty). When RC-I receives a TCP and/r UDP package, analysis f the packet will start with analysis fr the event with the highest pririty. This way, when a package matches the criteria fr several events, nly the event with the highest pririty will be triggered. If a package matches the criteria fr several events with an identical pririty, fr example tw events with a pririty f 999, all events with the pririty in questin will be triggered. Event prtcl: Lets yu select which prtcl RC-I shuld listen fr in rder t detect the event: Any: Listen fr, and analyze, packages using TCP as well as UDP prtcl. TCP: Listen fr, and analyze, packages using TCP prtcl nly. UDP: Listen fr, and analyze, packages using UDP prtcl nly. Event rule type: Lets yu select hw particular the analysis shuld be n received data packages: Search: In rder fr the event t ccur, the received package must cntain the message specified in the Event message expressin field, but may als have mre cntent. Example: If yu have specified that the received package shuld cntain the terms "User001" and "Dr053", the event will be triggered if the received package cntains the terms "User001" and "Dr053" and "Sunday" since yur tw required terms are cntained in the received package. Match: In rder fr the event t ccur, the received package must cntain exactly the message specified in the Event message expressin field, and nthing else. Send if this event ccurs: Only available if ntificatin is enabled. Select if the NVR shuld autmatically send an when the event ccurs. Recipients are defined as part f the ntificatin cnfiguratin. When using ntificatins, als keep in mind individual cameras' scheduling. Attach image frm camera: Only available if ntificatin is enabled. Select t include an image recrded at the time the event is triggered in the ntificatin, then select the required camera in the list next t the check bx. Send SMS if this event ccurs: Only available if SMS (mbile phne text message) ntificatin is enabled. Select if the NVR shuld autmatically send an SMS when the event ccurs. Recipients are defined as part f the SMS ntificatin cnfiguratin. When using SMS ntificatins, als bear in mind individual cameras' scheduling. Delete: Lets yu delete a selected event. Add: Lets yu add a new event. When the Generic Events nde is selected, clicking Add will add a new generic event. When a specific generic event is selected, clicking Add will add a timer event t the selected generic event. Grup Infrmatin Grup name: Lets yu edit the grup name. Grup names must be unique, and must nt cntain the fllwing characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Hardware Input Event When adding hardware input events, sme prperties depend n the selected type f input: Enable: Select check bx t use selected type f input as an event in the NVR, and specify further prperties. Event name: Specify a name fr the event. Hardware input event names must be unique, and must nt cntain the fllwing characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Sme cameras nly supprt event names f a certain length and/r with a certain structure. Refer t the camera's dcumentatin fr exact details. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 126

135 Cnfiguratin Images frm camera: Only relevant if using pre- and pst-alarm images, a feature available fr selected cameras nly; it enables sending f images frm immediately befre an event tk place frm the camera t the surveillance system via . Pre- and pst-alarm images shuld nt be cnfused with the NVR's wn preand pst-recrding feature. Lets yu select which camera yu want t receive pre- and/r pst-alarm images frm. Number f pre-alarm images: Only relevant if using pre-alarm images, a feature available fr selected cameras nly. Specify required number f pre-alarm images. Allwed number may differ frm camera t camera; allwed range is displayed t the right f the field. Frames per secnd: Only relevant if using pre-alarm images, a feature available fr selected cameras nly. Specify required frame rate. Used in cmbinatin with the Number f pre-alarm images field, this field indirectly allws yu t cntrl hw lng befre the event yu want t receive pre-alarm images frm. Send if this event ccurs: Only available if ntificatin is enabled. Select this if the NVR shuld autmatically send an when the event ccurs. Recipients are defined as part f the ntificatin cnfiguratin. When using ntificatins, als keep in mind individual cameras' scheduling. Attach image frm camera: Only available if ntificatin is enabled. Select t include an image recrded at the time the event is triggered in the ntificatin, then select the required camera in the list next t the check bx. Send SMS if this event ccurs: Only available if SMS (mbile phne text message) ntificatin is enabled. Select if the NVR shuld autmatically send an SMS when the event ccurs. Recipients are defined as part f the SMS ntificatin cnfiguratin. When using SMS ntificatins, als keep in mind individual cameras' scheduling. Delete: Lets yu delete a selected timer event. Add: When a specific hardware input event is selected, clicking Add will add a timer event t the selected hardware input event. Hardware Output Output name: Specify a name fr the event. If yu are ging t make the hardware utput available fr manual activatin in clients, this is the name that client users will see. Hardware utput names must be unique, and must nt cntain the fllwing characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Sme hardware devices nly supprt hardware utput names f a certain length and/r with a certain structure. Refer t the hardware device's dcumentatin fr exact details. Output cnnected t: Lets yu select which f the hardware device's utput prts the utput is cnnected t. Many hardware devices nly have a single utput prt; in that case simply select Output 1. Keep utput fr: Lets yu specify the amunt f time fr which the utput shuld be applied. Specify the required amunt f time in either 1/10 secnds r secnds. Sme hardware devices are nly able t apply utput fr a relatively shrt time, fr example fr up t five secnds. Refer t the dcumentatin fr the hardware device in questin fr exact infrmatin. Tip: T verify that yur hardware utput wrks, click the Test Output buttn. Language Supprt & XML Encding Language: Select required language/character set. Example: If the surveillance server runs a Japanese versin f Windws, select Japanese. Prvided access clients als use a Japanese versin f Windws, this will ensure that the crrect language and character encding is used in clients' cmmunicatin with the server. If using a master/slave setup, remember t specify the same language/character set n all invlved servers. Lcal IP Ranges When cnfiguring server access (that is clients' access t the RC-I server), yu can specify IP address ranges which the NVR shuld recgnize as cming frm a lcal netwrk. This can be relevant if different subnets are used acrss yur lcal netwrk. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 127

136 Cnfiguratin Lgs 1. Click the Add buttn. 2. In the Start Address clumn, specify the first IP address in the required range. 3. In the End Address clumn, specify the last IP address in the required range. Tip: If required, an IP address range may include nly ne IP address (example: ). 4. Repeat if ther lcal IP address ranges are required. Lgs (that is Management Applicatin lg, Recrding Server service lg, Image Server service lg, Image Imprt service lg) Path: These system lg files are by default placed in the apprpriate All Users flder fr the perating system used, fr example C:\PrgramData\OnSSI\Recrders\RC-I if running Windws Vista. T specify anther lcatin fr yur lg files, type the path t the required flder in the Path field, r click the brwse buttn next t the field t brwse t the required flder. Days t lg: A new lg file is created each day the Management Applicatin and/r the services are used. A lg file lder than the number f days specified in the field is autmatically deleted. By default, the lg file will be stred fr seven days. T specify anther number f days (max. 9999), simply verwrite the value in the field. The current day's activity is always lgged, even with a value f 0 in the field. Therefre, if yu specify 0, yu will lg current day's activity; if yu specify 1, yu will keep ne day plus the current day's activity, and s n. Event Lg Path: Event lg files are by default placed in the apprpriate All Users flder fr the perating system used, fr example C:\PrgramData\OnSSI\Recrders\RC-I if running Windws Vista. T specify anther lcatin fr yur event lg files, type the path t the required flder in the Path field, r click the brwse buttn next t the field t brwse t the required flder. Days t lg: A new lg file is created fr each day n which events ccur. A lg file lder than the number f days specified in the field is autmatically deleted. By default, the lg file will be stred fr seven days. T specify anther number f days (max. 9999), simply verwrite the value in the field. The current day's activity is always lgged, even with a value f 0 in the field. Therefre, if yu specify 0, yu will lg current day's activity; if yu specify 1, yu will keep ne day plus the current day's activity, and s n. Audit Lg Enable audit lgging: Audit lgging is the nly type f RC-I lgging which is nt cmpulsry. Select/clear the check bx t enable/disable audit lgging. Path: Audit lg files are by default placed in the apprpriate All Users flder fr the perating system used, fr example C:\PrgramData\OnSSI\Recrders\RC-I if running Windws Vista. T specify anther lcatin fr yur audit lg files, type the path t the required flder in the Path field, r click the brwse buttn next t the field t brwse t the required flder. Days t lg: A new lg file is created fr each day with audit lgging enabled and client user activity. A lg file lder than the number f days specified in the field is autmatically deleted. By default, the lg file will be stred fr seven days. T specify anther number f days (max. 9999), simply verwrite the value in the field. The current day's activity is always lgged (prvided audit lgging is enabled and there is user activity). Therefre, if yu specify 1, yu will keep ne day plus the current day's activity. Nte that if yu specify 0 (zer), audit lg files will be kept indefinitely (disk space permitting). Minimum lgging interval: Minimum number f secnds between lgged events. Specifying a high number f secnds between lgged events may help reduce the size f the audit lg. Default is 60 secnds. In sequence timespan: Number f secnds t pass fr viewed images t be cnsidered t be within the same sequence. Specifying a high number f secnds may help limit the number f viewed sequences lgged, and thus reduce the size f the audit lg. Default is ten secnds. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 128

137 Cnfiguratin Manual Event [List f defined glbal events and cameras]: Cntains a Glbal nde and a list f all defined cameras. Yu can cnfigure as many manual events as required, n matter whether they are glbal r camera-specific. A + sign next t the Glbal nde indicates that ne r mre glbal manual events have already been cnfigured. A + sign next t a camera indicates that ne r mre manual events have already been cnfigured fr that camera. Event name: Specify a name fr the event; this is the name that client users will see. Manual event names must be unique, and must nt cntain the fllwing characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Sme cameras nly supprt event names f a certain length and/r with a certain structure. Refer t the camera's dcumentatin fr exact details. Send if this event ccurs: Only available if ntificatin is enabled. Select if the RC-I recrder shuld autmatically send an when the event ccurs. Recipients are defined as part f the ntificatin cnfiguratin. When using ntificatins, als keep in mind individual cameras' scheduling. Attach image frm camera: Only available if ntificatin is enabled. Select t include an image recrded at the time the event is triggered in the ntificatin, then select the required camera in the list next t the check bx. Send SMS if this event ccurs: Only available if SMS (mbile phne text message) ntificatin is enabled. Select if the RC-I recrder shuld autmatically send an SMS when the event ccurs. Recipients are defined as part f the SMS ntificatin cnfiguratin. When using SMS ntificatins, als bear in mind individual cameras' scheduling. Delete: Lets yu delete a selected event. Add: Lets yu add a new event. When Glbal r a specific camera is selected, clicking Add will add a new manual event. When a specific manual event is selected, clicking Add will add a timer event t the selected manual event. Manual Recrding When manual recrding is enabled, Ocularis Client users with the necessary rights can manually start recrding if they see smething f interest while viewing live vide frm a camera which is nt already recrding. If enabled, manual recrding can thus take place even if recrding fr individual cameras is set t Never r Cnditinally. When started frm the Ocularis Client, such user-driven recrding will always take place fr a fixed time, fr example fr five minutes. Enable manual recrding: Select check bx t enable manual recrding and specify further details. Default duratin f manual recrding: Perid f time (in secnds) during which user-driven recrding will take place. Default duratin is 300 secnds, crrespnding t five minutes. Maximum duratin f manual recrding: Maximum allwed perid f time fr user-driven recrding. This maximum is nt relevant in cnnectin with manual recrding started frm the Ocularis Client, since such manual recrding will always take place fr a fixed time. In sme installatins it is, hwever, als pssible t cmbine manual recrding with third-party applicatins if integrating these with the NVR thrugh an API r similar, and in such cases specifying a maximum duratin may be relevant. If yu are simply using manual recrding in cnnectin with the Ocularis Client, disregard this prperty. Master and Slave Prperties Master Server Prperties Enable as master server: Select t enable as master server. Add: Lets yu add slave servers. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 129

138 Cnfiguratin Slave Server Prperties Address: IP address f the slave server. Prt: Prt number f the slave server. Delete: Lets yu remve a slave server frm the list f slave servers. Select the slave server in the list and click the Delete buttn. When selecting Master Server, the Delete buttn is disabled and the Add buttn is enabled prvided that Enable as master server is selected allwing yu t add slave servers t the master server. When selecting a slave, the Add buttn is disabled and the Delete buttn is enabled allwing yu t remve a slave server. Micrphne (Prperties) When yu cnfigure micrphnes, prperties are limited t: Enabled: Micrphnes are by default enabled, meaning that they are able t transfer audi t RC-I. If required, yu can disable an individual micrphne, in which case n audi will be transferred frm the micrphne t the NVR. Micrphne name: Name f the micrphne as it will appear in the Management Applicatin as well as in clients. If required, yu can verwrite the existing micrphne name with a new ne. Micrphne names must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] In RC-I it is nly pssible t have ne micrphne enabled at a time. On sme hardware devices, audi can als be enabled/disabled n the hardware device itself, typically thrugh the hardware device's wn cnfiguratin web page. If audi n a hardware device des nt wrk after enabling it in the Management Applicatin, yu shuld thus verify whether the prblem may be due t audi being disabled n the hardware device itself. Mtin Detectin & Exclude Regins When yu cnfigure vide and recrding fr specific cameras, adjusting mtin detectin is imprtant since it may determine when vide frm the camera is recrded, when ntificatins are generated, when hardware utput (such as lights r sirens) is activated, etc. Time spent n finding the best pssible mtin detectin settings fr each camera may help yu later avid unnecessary recrdings, ntificatins, etc. Depending n the physical lcatin f the camera, it may be a very gd idea t test mtin detectin under different physical cnditins (day/night, windy/calm weather, etc.). Befre yu cnfigure mtin detectin fr a camera, it is highly recmmended that yu have cnfigured the camera's vide prperties, such as cmpressin, reslutin, etc. Cameras that d nt supprt multiple simultaneus vide streams will nt be able t cnnect t the surveillance server and the Management Applicatin at the same time; therefre it is recmmended t stp the Recrding Server service when cnfiguring such devices fr mtin detectin and PTZ. See als View Vide frm Cameras in Management Applicatin. Hw t Cnfigure Mtin Detectin Prperties 1. Determine whether there are any areas which shuld be excluded frm mtin detectin (fr example if the camera cvers an area where a tree is swaying in the wind r where cars regularly pass by in the backgrund). If s, yu can avid detectin f irrelevant mtin by fllwing the pints belw. If nt, cntinue t step 2. In the Exclude regins sectin in lwer part f the windw, select Enable. The preview image is nw divided int small sectins by a grid. T define areas which shuld be excluded frm mtin detectin, drag the muse pinter ver the required areas in the preview image while pressing the muse buttn dwn. Left muse buttn selects a grid sectin; right muse buttn clears a grid sectin. Selected areas are highlighted in blue. Occasinally, yu may als want t take advantage f further exclude regins features: Shw grid: Lets yu tggle the grid n and ff. Tggling the grid ff may prvide a less bscured view f the preview image; selectin f areas which shuld be excluded frm mtin detectin takes place the same way as when the grid is visible. Set All: Lets yu quickly select all grid sectins in the preview image. This may be advantageus if yu want t exclude mtin detectin in mst areas f the image, in which On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 130

139 Cnfiguratin case yu can simply clear the few sectins in which yu d nt want t exclude mtin detectin. Clear All: Lets yu quickly clear all grid sectins in the preview image. Aut: Makes autmatically detect areas with insignificant changes in individual pixels which shuld nt be regarded as mtin, and autmatically mark such areas fr exclusin frm mtin detectin. As the autmatic detectin is based n an analysis f ne secnd f vide, it may take a shrt while befre yu see the result. The autmatic detectin takes place accrding t the sensitivity setting specified in step 2. In rder fr the Aut feature t wrk as intended, it is therefre recmmended that yu g t step 2 and specify a sensitivity setting that matches yur requirements befre using the Aut feature. 2. Use the tw sliders fr cnfiguring mtin detectin: Sensitivity: Determines hw much each pixel must change befre it is regarded as mtin. With a high sensitivity, very little change in a pixel is required befre it is regarded as mtin. Areas in which mtin is detected are highlighted in green in the preview image. Select a slider psitin in which nly detectins yu cnsider mtin are highlighted. As an alternative t using the slider, yu may specify a value between 0 and 256 in the field next t the slider t cntrl the sensitivity setting. Tip: If yu find the cncept f sensitivity difficult t grasp, try dragging the slider t its leftmst psitin: The mre yu drag the slider t the left, the mre f the preview image becmes highlighted. This is because with a high sensitivity even the slightest change in a pixel will be regarded as mtin. Mtin: Determines hw many pixels must change in the image befre it is regarded as mtin. The selected level is indicated by the black vertical line in the mtin level indicatin bar belw the preview image. The black vertical line serves as a threshld: When detected mtin is abve (that is t the right f) the selected sensitivity level, the bar changes clr frm green t red, indicating a psitive detectin. As an alternative t using the slider, yu may specify a value between 0 and in the field next t the slider t cntrl the mtin setting. 3. Specify required Mtin detectin interval, that is hw ften mtin detectin analysis shuld be carried ut n vide frm the camera. The interval is measured in millisecnds; default is 240 millisecnds (that is clse t nce every quarter f a secnd). The interval is applied regardless f the camera's frame rate settings. Mtin Detectin and PTZ Cameras Mtin detectin generally wrks the same way fr PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zm) cameras as it des fr regular cameras. Hwever: It is nt pssible t cnfigure mtin detectin separately fr each f a PTZ camera's preset psitins. In rder nt t activate unwanted recrding, ntificatins, etc., mtin detectin is autmatically disabled while a PTZ camera mves between tw preset psitins. After a number f secnds the s-called transitin time, specified as part f the PTZ camera's PTZ patrlling prperties mtin detectin is autmatically enabled again. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 131

140 Cnfiguratin Name & Vide Channels Hardware name: Name f the hardware device as it will appear in the Management Applicatin. If required, yu can verwrite the existing hardware device name with a new ne. Hardware device names must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Vide channel # enabled: Lets yu enable/disable each f the selected hardware device's vide channels. Many hardware devices nly have a single vide channel, in which case nly ne channel will be listed. Other hardware devices typically vide encder devices have several vide channels. NetCentral Why are sme f the channels unavailable? This will be the case if yu are nt licensed t use all f a vide encder device's channels. Example: Yu have a vide encder device with fur channels, but yur license fr the device nly allws yu t use tw f them. In that case, yu will nly be able t have tw channels enabled at a time; the tw ther channels will be disabled. Nte that yu are free t select which tw channels yu want t enable. Cntact OnSSI if yu need t change yur number f licenses. Enable NetCentral cnnectins: Enables the use f NetCentral cnnectins, allwing yu t specify further prperties. Lgin Name: Type the accunt name used fr the cnnectin between the RC-I NVR and NetCentral servers. The name must match the name specified n the NetCentral server itself. Default name is Name. Passwrd: Type the passwrd used fr the cnnectin between the RC-I and NetCentral servers. The passwrd must match the passwrd specified n the NetCentral server itself. Default passwrd is Pass. Prt: Type the prt number t which the NetCentral server shuld cnnect when accessing the RC-I server. The prt number must match the prt number specified n the NetCentral server itself. Default prt is NetMatrix Event Cntrl There are tw ways in which NetMatrix-triggered vide can appear in a NetMatrix recipient: Anther user wants t share imprtant vide, and sends it t the required NetMatrix recipient frm a Ocularis Client, r frm a custm-made web page, see NetMatrix Recipients (Prperties) Vide is sent t the required NetMatrix recipient autmatically when a predefined event ccurs The NetMatrix Event Cntrl tab is used fr cnfiguring the autmatic sending f live vide based n predefined events; it lets yu define exactly which events and cameras t use n a per-netmatrix recipient basis. The NetMatrix Event Cntrl tab displays the list f NetMatrix recipients defined n the NetMatrix Recipients tab. Right-clicking a NetMatrix recipient brings up a list f devices with belnging events. When yu select an event, it will initially be highlighted by a red exclamatin mark, indicating that there is additinal cnfiguratin t be dne. Right-clicking an event brings up a list f ptins fr the selected event: On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 132

141 Cnfiguratin Delete [selected event]: Deletes selected event n selected device. Cnnect: Cnnects t the camera (actual camera is specified after selecting actin t be taken) Discnnect, then cnnect: Discnnect any existing cnnectins, then cnnect again. With this ptin the live vide will appear in the NetMatrix recipient n a first-in-first-ut basis. Each time a new event ccurs, vide frm the latest event is displayed prminently in a specific psitin n the NetMatrix recipient, while at the same time vide frm the lder events is shifted t less prminent psitins and eventually pushed ut f the NetMatrix recipient in rder t make space fr the latest event's vide. With the Cnnect ptin, yu may thus experience that if vide triggered by ne event n a camera is already shwn n the NetMatrix recipient, vides triggered by anther event n the same camera will nt be displayed prminently as cming frm the latest event simply because the NetMatrix recipient is already shwing vide frm the camera in a less prminent psitin. By selecting Discnnect, then cnnect yu can avid this issue, and ensure that vide frm the latest event is always displayed prminently. Discnnect: Discnnects any existing cnnectin. Use if a particular event shuld cause vide t stp being displayed in the NetMatrix recipient, even if they are nt yet ld enugh t be pushed ut f the NetMatrix recipient. If yu selected Cnnect, anther red exclamatin mark will indicate that there is still sme cnfiguratin t be dne. Rightclicking an actin lets yu select which camera t apply the actin n. In this example, we have specified that when mtin is detected n Camera b, the selected NetMatrix recipient shuld cnnect t Camera b: NetMatrix Recipients The NetMatrix Recipients tab is used fr enabling NetMatrix functinality and fr defining n which cmputers t display NetMatrix-triggered live vide. A cmputer n which NetMatrix-triggered vide can be displayed is knwn as a NetMatrix recipient. Being able t view NetMatrix-triggered vide requires that either an Ocularis Client r the dedicated NetMatrix Mnitr sftware is installed n the user's cmputer. Enable matrix: Select check bx t enable NetMatrix functinality. [List f Defined NetMatrix recipients]: Lists any already defined NetMatrix recipients, that is cmputers n which NetMatrix-triggered vide can be displayed. T change the prperties f an already defined NetMatrix recipient, select the required NetMatrix recipient, make the changes in the fields belw the list, then click the Update buttn. T remve a NetMatrix recipient frm the list, select the unwanted NetMatrix recipient, then click the Delete buttn. Delete: Available nly when yu have selected a NetMatrix recipient in the list. Clicking the Delete buttn will remve the selected NetMatrix recipient. Yu will be prmpted t cnfirm the remval. Name: Name fr the NetMatrix recipient. Used when adding a new NetMatrix recipient r editing the prperties f an existing ne. The name will appear in varius day-t-day usage situatins; it is therefre a gd idea t use a descriptive and unambiguus name. NetMatrix recipient names must nt cntain the fllwing characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 133

142 Cnfiguratin Address: IP address f the NetMatrix recipient, used when adding a new NetMatrix recipient r editing the prperties f an existing ne. Prt: Lets yu specify the prt number t be used when sending cmmands t the NetMatrix recipient. Used when adding a new NetMatrix recipient r editing the prperties f an existing ne. The NetMatrix recipient will listen fr cmmands n this prt. By default, prt is used; yu can f curse specify anther prt number. Passwrd: Lets yu specify the passwrd t be used when cmmunicating with the NetMatrix recipient. Used when adding a new NetMatrix recipient r editing the prperties f an existing ne. NetMatrix recipient is an Ocularis Client: Select check bx if the NetMatrix recipient in questin is an Ocularis Client. NetMatrix-triggered live vide may als be displayed in RC-I users' Ocularis Clients. If an Ocularis Client is used, distributin f the NetMatrix-triggered live vide takes place slightly differently. Clear: Remves any cntent in the Name, Address, and Passwrd fields. Update: Updates the prperties f the selected NetMatrix recipient with the changes made during editing. Available nly if yu have edited the prperties f an existing NetMatrix recipient. Add: Adds the new NetMatrix recipient t the list. Available nly if yu have added prperties f a new NetMatrix recipient in the Name, Address, Prt, Passwrd, and pssibly Ocularis Client fields. Netwrk, Device Type & License When cnfiguring hardware devices, specify the fllwing prperties: Address: IP address r hst name f the hardware device. HTTP prt: Prt t use fr HTTP cmmunicatin with the hardware device. Default is prt 80. T use the default prt, select Use default HTTP prt. FTP prt: Prt t use fr FTP cmmunicatin with the hardware device. Default is prt 21. T use the default prt, select Use default FTP prt. User name: User name fr the hardware device's administratr accunt. Many rganizatins use the hardware device manufacturer's default user names fr their hardware devices. If that is the case in yur rganizatin, select <default> (d nt type a manufacturer's default user name as this can be a surce f errr; trust that the sftware will knw the manufacturer's default user name). Other typical user names, such as admin r rt are als selectable frm the list. If requiring a user name which is nt n the list, simply type the required user name. Tip: User names yu type yurself will subsequently be added t the list, s yu can easily select them later. Passwrd: Passwrd fr the hardware device's administratr accunt, a.k.a. the rt passwrd. Hardware type: Read-nly field displaying the type f vide device driver used fr cmmunicatin with the hardware device. Serial number (MAC address): Read-nly field displaying the serial number f device. The serial number is usually identical t the 12-character hexadecimal MAC address f the hardware device (example: AF). Device license key (DLK): The 16-character license key (DLK) which gives yu the right t use the hardware device with RC-I. Replace Hardware Device: Opens a wizard, with which yu if required can replace the selected hardware device with anther ne. This can typically be relevant if yu replace a physical camera n yur netwrk. The wizard helps yu take all relevant issues int accunt: finding the DLK fr the new hardware device, deciding what t d with recrdings frm cameras attached t the ld hardware device, etc. Online Perid When yu cnfigure scheduling fr specific cameras, yur Online Perid settings are prbably the mst imprtant, since they determine when each camera shuld transfer vide t the NVR. By default, cameras added t the RC-I NVR will autmatically be nline, and yu will nly need t mdify the nline perid settings if yu require cameras t be nline nly at specific times r events. Nte, hwever, that this default may be On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 134

143 Cnfiguratin changed as part f the general scheduling ptins, in which case subsequently added cameras will nt autmatically be nline. The fact that a camera transfers vide t the NVR des nt necessarily mean that vide frm the camera is recrded. Recrding is cnfigured separately; see Cnfigure Vide & Recrding. Yu specify a camera's nline perids by creating schedule prfiles based n: Perids f time (example: Mndays frm until 17.45), shwn in pink: Events within perids f time (example: frm Event A ccurs until Event B ccurs Mndays frm until 17.45), shwn in yellw: The tw ptins can be cmbined, but they cannt verlap in time. The RC-I NVR cmes with tw simple schedule prfiles, Always n and Always ff, which cannt be edited r deleted. If these d nt meet yur needs, yu can create any number f custmized schedule prfiles fr each camera. When yu create a custmized schedule prfile fr ne camera, yu can reuse it with ther cameras if required. T create a custmized schedule prfile: 1. In the field belw the Schedule prfiles list, specify a name fr the new schedule prfile. Schedule prfile names must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] 2. Click the Add New buttn (which becmes available when yu specify a name). 3. In the tp right crner f the dialg, select Set camera t start/stp n time (t base subsequent settings n perids f time) r Set camera t start/stp n event (t base subsequent settings n events within perids f time). Tip: Yu can cmbine the tw, s yu may return t this step in rder t tggle between the tw ptins. 4. In the calendar sectin, place yur muse pinter at a required start pint, then hld dwn the left muse buttn, drag the muse pinter and release at the required end pint. Yu specify each day separately. Yu specify time in increments f five minutes; tl tips help yu by shwing the time ver which yur muse pinter is psitined: If yu base yur schedule prfile r parts f it n events within perids f time, remember t select Start event and Stp event frm the lists belw the calendar sectin. Tip: If yu have nt yet defined any suitable events, yu can quickly d it: Use the Cnfigure events list, lcated belw the ther fields. T delete an unwanted part f a schedule prfile, right-click it and select Delete. T quickly fill r clear an entire day, duble-click the name f the day. Output As an alternative t dragging inside the calendar sectin, use the Start time, End time and Day fields, then the Change Perid r Set Perid buttn as required. When using the Start time and End time fields, remember that time is specified in increments f five minutes. Yu cannt specify a perid shrter than five minutes, and yu can nly use times like 12:00, 12.05, 12:10, 12:15, etc. If yu specify a time utside f the five-minute intervals, such as 12:13, yu will get an errr message. When yu cnfigure vide and recrding fr specific cameras, yu are als able t assciate a camera with particular hardware utput, fr example the sunding f a siren r the switching n f lights. Assciated utput can then be activated autmatically when mtin is detected in vide frm the camera, r manually when Ocularis Client users with the necessary rights view live vide frm the camera. 1. In the Available utput list, select the required utput. It is nly pssible t select ne utput at a time. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 135

144 Cnfiguratin Tip: If yu have nt yet defined any suitable utput, yu can quickly d it: Use the Cnfigure Output buttn, lcated belw the ther fields. Tip: Even thugh utput is cnfigured separately fr each camera, yu can select between all utput n yur system, regardless whether utput riginates n anther hardware device than the camera itself. 2. Click the >> buttn t cpy the selected utput t: the On manual activatin list, in which case the utput will be available fr manual activatin in the Ocularis Client. - and/r - the On mtin detected list, in which case the utput will be activated when mtin is detected in vide frm the camera. If required, the same utput can appear n bth lists. 3. Repeat fr each required utput. If yu later want t remve an utput frm the ne f the lists, simply select the utput in questin, and click the << buttn. Prts & Plling The General Event Prperties windw lets yu specify netwrk settings t be used in cnnectin with event handling. Alert and generic event prt: Lets yu specify prt number t use fr handling events, including generic events. Default prt is prt SMTP event prt: Lets yu specify prt number t use fr sending event infrmatin frm hardware devices t the NVR via SMTP. Default prt is prt 25. FTP event prt: Lets yu specify prt number t use fr sending event infrmatin frm hardware devices t the NVR via FTP. Default prt is prt 21. PTZ Device Plling interval [1/10] secnd: Fr a small number f hardware devices, primarily dedicated input/utput devices, it is necessary fr RC-I t regularly check the state f the hardware devices' input prts in rder t detect input. Such state checking at regular intervals is called plling. Yu can specify (in tenths f a secnd) the interval between state checks. Default value is 10 tenths f a secnd (that is ne secnd). Fr dedicated input/utput devices, it is highly recmmended that the plling frequency is set t the lwest pssible value (ne tenth f a secnd between state checks). Fr infrmatin abut which hardware devices require plling, see the release nte. The PTZ Device tab is nly available if cnfiguring vide encder hardware devices n which the use f PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zm) cameras is pssible: Cnnected cameras have Pan/tilt/Zm capabilities: Select check bx if any f the cameras attached t the vide encder device is a PTZ camera. PTZ type n COM#: If a PTZ camera is cntrlled thrugh the COM prt (a.k.a. serial prt) in questin, select the required ptin. Optins are device-specific, depending n which PTZ prtcls are used by the device in questin. If n PTZ cameras are cntrlled thrugh the COM prt in questin, select Nne. Sme f the ptins cncern abslute and relative psitining. What is that? Abslute psitining is when the PTZ camera is cntrlled based n a single fixed psitin, against which all ther psitins are measured. Relative psitining is when the PTZ camera is cntrlled relative t its current psitin. The table in the lwer half f the dialg cntains a rw fr each vide channel n the hardware device. First rw frm the tp crrespnds t vide channel 1, secnd rw frm the tp crrespnds t vide channel 2, etc. Name: Name f the camera attached t the vide channel in questin. Type: Lets yu select whether the camera n the selected camera channel is fixed r mveable: On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 136

145 Cnfiguratin Fixed: Camera is a regular camera munted in a fixed psitin Mveable: Camera is a PTZ camera Prt: Available nly if Mveable is selected in the Type clumn. Lets yu select which COM prt n the vide encder t use fr cntrlling the PTZ camera. Prt Address: Available nly if Mveable is selected in the Type clumn. Lets yu specify prt address f the camera. The prt address will nrmally be 1. If using daisy chained PTZ cameras, the prt address will identify each f them, and yu shuld verify yur settings with thse recmmended in the dcumentatin fr the camera. PTZ n Event PTZ-related prperties are nly available when yu are dealing with a PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zm) camera. When a PTZ camera supprts preset psitins, it is pssible t make the PTZ camera autmatically g t a particular preset psitin when a particular event ccurs. When assciating events with preset psitins n a PTZ camera, yu are able t select between all events defined n yur system; yu are nt limited t selecting events defined n a particular hardware device. 1. In the Events list in the left side f the windw, select the required event. Tip: If yu have nt yet defined any suitable events, yu can quickly d it: Use the Cnfigure events list, lcated belw the ther fields. 2. In the PTZ Preset Psitin list in the right side f the windw, select the required preset psitin. Fr this purpse, yu can nly use an event nce per PTZ camera. Hwever, different events can be used fr making the PTZ camera g t the same preset psitin. Example: Event 1 makes the PTZ camera g t preset psitin A Event 2 makes the PTZ camera g t preset psitin B Event 3 makes the PTZ camera g t preset psitin A If yu later want t end the assciatin between a particular event and a particular preset psitin, simply clear the field cntaining the event. Restart services after having made changes t PTZ settings. Cameras that d nt supprt multiple simultaneus vide streams will nt be able t cnnect t the surveillance server and the Management Applicatin at the same time; therefre it is recmmended t stp the Recrding Server service when cnfiguring such devices fr mtin detectin and PTZ. See als View Vide frm Cameras in Management Applicatin. PTZ Patrlling PTZ-related prperties are nly available when yu are dealing with a PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zm) camera. PTZ patrlling is the cntinuus mvement f a PTZ camera between a number f preset psitins. T use patrlling, yu shuld nrmally have specified at least tw preset psitins fr the PTZ camera in questin. T cnfigure PTZ patrlling, yu basically select a patrlling prfile in the Patrlling prfiles list, then specify required prperties t define the exact behavir f the patrlling prfile. Tip: Althugh it is technically nt patrlling, specifying a patrlling prfile with nly ne preset psitin is pssible. A patrlling prfile with nly ne preset psitin can, when cmbined with scheduling, be useful in tw cases: Fr mving a PTZ camera t a specific psitin at a specific time, and fr mving a PTZ camera t a specific psitin upn manual cntrl f the PTZ camera. Restart services after having made changes t PTZ settings. When yu have defined yur patrlling prfiles, als remember t schedule the use f patrlling prfiles. keep in mind that patrlling can be verridden if users (with the required rights) manually perate PTZ cameras. Cameras that d nt supprt multiple simultaneus vide streams will nt be able t cnnect t the surveillance server and the Management Applicatin at the same time; therefre it is recmmended t stp the Recrding Server service when cnfiguring such devices fr mtin detectin and PTZ. See als View Vide frm Cameras in Management Applicatin. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 137

146 Cnfiguratin Patrlling Prfiles A PTZ camera may patrl accrding t several different patrlling prfiles. Fr example, a PTZ camera in a supermarket may patrl accrding t ne patrlling prfile during pening hurs, and accrding t anther patrlling prfile when the supermarket is clsed. The Patrlling prfiles list lets yu select which patrlling prfile t cnfigure. Add New: Lets yu add a new patrlling prfile t the list. When yu add a new patrlling prfile, yu can either give it a unique name, r reuse an existing name frm anther PTZ camera with PTZ patrlling. Using several identically named patrlling prfiles can be advantageus when yu later cnfigure scheduling. Example: If yu have cnfigured patrlling prfiles identically named Night Patrlling n 25 different cameras, yu can schedule the use f Night Patrlling n all 25 cameras in ne step, even thugh Night Patrlling cvers individual preset psitins n each f the 25 cameras. Delete: Lets yu delete an existing patrlling prfile. Nte that the selected patrlling prfile will be remved frm the list withut further warning. There are already sme patrlling prfiles listed, why? Names f patrlling prfile defined fr ther cameras can be reused. This allws yu t use a single patrlling prfile name acrss several PTZ cameras, and this can make scheduling f PTZ patrlling much easier. Despite the fact that several PTZ cameras share a patrlling prfile name, the mvement between preset psitins is f curse individual fr each camera. Preset Psitins t Use in a Patrlling Prfile Having selected a patrlling prfile in the Patrlling prfiles list, yu can specify which f the PTZ camera's preset psitins shuld be used fr the selected patrlling scheme: 1. In the Preset Psitins list, select the preset psitins yu want t use. A preset psitin can be used mre than nce in a patrl scheme, fr example if the preset psitin cvers an especially imprtant lcatin. Tip: By pressing the CTRL buttn n yur keybard while selecting frm the Preset Psitins list, yu can select several r all f list's preset psitins in ne step. 2. Click the buttn t cpy the selected preset psitins t the Patrlling list. 3. The camera will mve between preset psitins in the sequence they appear in the Patrlling list, starting at the preset psitin listed first. If yu want t change the sequence f preset psitins in the Preset Psitins list, select a preset psitin, and use the r buttns t mve the selected preset psitin up r dwn in the list. The selected preset psitin is mved ne step per click. If yu later want t remve a preset psitin frm the Patrlling list, select the preset psitin in questin, and click the buttn. Wait and Transitin Timing fr a Patrlling Prfile Wait time (sec.): Lets yu specify the number f secnds fr which the PTZ camera shuld stay at each preset psitin befre it mves n t the next preset psitin. Default is 10 secnds. The wait time applies t all presets in the patrlling prfile, that is the PTZ camera will stay at each preset psitin fr the same number f secnds. Transitin time (sec.): Lets yu specify the number f secnds required fr the PTZ camera t mve frm ne preset psitin t anther. Default is five secnds. During this transitin time, mtin detectin is autmatically disabled, as irrelevant mtin is therwise likely t be detected while the camera mves between the preset psitins. After the specified number f secnds, mtin detectin is autmatically enabled again. The transitin time applies t all presets in the patrlling prfile. It is thus imprtant that the camera is able t reach between any f the patrlling prfile's preset psitins within the number f secnds yu specify. If nt, false mtin is likely t be detected. keep in mind that it takes lnger fr the PTZ camera t mve between psitins that are lcated physically far apart (fr example frm an extreme left psitin t an extreme right psitin) than between psitins that are lcated physically clse tgether. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 138

147 Cnfiguratin Tip: Nte that wait time and transitin time settings are tied t the selected patrlling prfile. This allws yu the flexibility f having different wait time and transitin time settings fr different patrlling prfiles n the same camera. PTZ Scanning PTZ scanning (cntinuus panning) is supprted n a few PTZ cameras nly. PTZ scanning: Only available if yur camera supprts PTZ scanning. Lets yu enable PTZ scanning and select a PTZ scanning speed frm the list belw the check bx. Nte that PTZ scanning nly wrks fr PTZ type 1 cameras (where preset psitins are cnfigured and stred n the server). If the camera is a PTZ type 2 camera, and yu imprt preset psitins which have previusly been defined and stred n the PTZ camera itself thrugh the camera's wn cnfiguratin interface, PTZ scanning will stp wrking. Fr mre infrmatin abut PTZ types, see PTZ Preset Psitins. Pausing PTZ Patrlling PTZ patrlling is autmatically paused when the camera is perated manually as well as if PTZ n Event is used. PTZ patrlling can furthermre be paused if mtin is detected. Tip: Nte that pause settings are tied t the selected patrlling prfile. This allws yu the flexibility f having different pause settings fr different patrlling prfiles n the same camera. Pause patrlling if mtin is detected: T pause PTZ patrlling when mtin is detected, s that the PTZ camera will remain at the psitin where mtin was detected fr a specified perid f time, d the fllwing: 1. Select the Pause patrlling schedule if mtin is detected check bx. 2. Select whether the PTZ camera shuld resume patrlling: After a certain number f secnds has passed since first detectin f mtin, regardless whether further mtin is detected - r - After a certain number f secnds has passed withut further detectin f mtin 3. Specify the required number f secnds fr the selected ptin (default is ten and five secnds respectively). Unless transitin time (see the previus infrmatin under Wait and Transitin Timing...) is set t zer, mtin detectin is autmatically disabled while the camera mves between preset psitins, as irrelevant mtin is therwise likely t be detected while the camera mves between the preset psitins. Resume PTZ patrlling after: PTZ patrlling is autmatically paused when the camera is perated manually as well as if PTZ n Event is used. Yu can specify hw many secnds shuld pass befre the regular patrlling is resumed after a manual r event-based interruptin. Default is 30 secnds. PTZ Patrlling Users f the Ocularis Client are in additin t manual cntrl able t stp a selected PTZ camera's patrlling entirely. Fr Ocularis Client users, the number f secnds specified in the Patrlling settings sectin therefre nly applies when users manually cntrl a PTZ camera; nt when users stp a PTZ camera's patrlling entirely. When Ocularis Client users stp a PTZ camera's patrlling entirely, the camera's patrlling will resume nly when the Ocularis Client user selects t resume it. When yu cnfigure scheduling fr PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zm) cameras capable f patrlling, yu can specify which patrlling prfiles t use at specific times. Befre yu can define this type f schedule, patrlling must be cnfigured fr the cameras in questin. Patrlling schedule prfiles are based n use f particular patrlling prfiles within particular perids f time (example: Mndays frm until 17.45), shwn in red: On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 139

148 Cnfiguratin Use f ne patrlling prfile may be fllwed immediately by use f anther (example: use the Daytime patrlling prfile Mndays frm until 17.45, then the Evening patrlling prfile Mndays frm until 23.00). Use f tw patrlling prfiles cannt verlap. Unlike ther types f scheduling, there are n ready-made Always n and Always ff schedule prfiles fr PTZ patrlling. Yu can create any number f custmized schedule prfiles fr each camera. When yu create a custmized schedule prfile fr ne camera, yu can reuse it with ther cameras if required. T create a custmized schedule prfile: 1. In the field belw the Schedule prfiles list, specify a name fr the new schedule prfile. Schedule prfile names nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] 2. Click the Add New buttn (which becmes available when yu specify a name). 3. In the Patrlling prfile list belw the calendar sectin, select the required patrlling prfile. 4. In the calendar sectin, place yur muse pinter at a required start pint, then hld dwn the left muse buttn, drag the muse pinter and release at the required end pint. Yu specify each day separately. Yu specify time in increments f five minutes; tl tips help yu by shwing the time ver which yur muse pinter is psitined: T delete an unwanted part f a schedule prfile, right-click it and select Delete. T quickly fill r clear an entire day, duble-click the name f the day. As an alternative t dragging inside the calendar sectin, use the Start time, End time and Day fields, then the Change Perid r Set Perid buttn as required. When using the Start time and End time fields, remember that time is specified in increments f five minutes. Yu cannt specify a perid shrter than five minutes, and yu can nly use times like 12:00, 12.05, 12:10, 12:15, etc. If yu specify a time utside f the five-minute intervals, such as 12:13, yu will get an errr message. 5. Repeat steps 3-4 if yu want t use several patrlling prfiles within the same schedule prfile. If use f ne patrlling prfile is fllwed immediately by use f anther, run yur muse pinter ver the red bar t see which patrlling prfile applies when. PTZ Preset Psitins PTZ-related prperties are nly available when yu are dealing with a PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zm) camera. PTZ preset psitins can be used fr making the PTZ camera autmatically g t a particular psitin when particular events ccur, and when setting up PTZ patrlling prfiles. Preset psitins als becme selectable in clients, allwing users with required rights t mve the PTZ camera between preset psitins. Names f preset psitins must cntain nly the characters A-Z, a-z and the digits 0-9. If yu imprt preset psitins frm cameras (see the fllwing), verify that their names d nt cntain ther characters; if they d, change the preset psitin names befre imprting them. Restart services after having made changes t PTZ settings. Cameras that d nt supprt multiple simultaneus vide streams will nt be able t cnnect t the surveillance server and the Management Applicatin at the same time; therefre it is recmmended t stp the Recrding Server service when cnfiguring such devices fr mtin detectin and PTZ. See als View Vide frm Cameras in Management Applicatin. PTZ type: Yur cnfiguratin ptins depend n the type f PTZ camera in questin: Type 1 (stred n server): Yu define preset psitins by mving the camera using the cntrls in the upper half f the windw, then string each required psitin n the NVR server. Yu can define up t On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 140

149 Cnfiguratin 2550 preset psitins this way. Type 2 (imprted frm camera): Yu imprt preset psitins which have previusly been defined and stred n the PTZ camera itself thrugh the camera's wn cnfiguratin interface. The number f allwed preset psitins depends n the PTZ camera and driver used. Type 3 (stred n camera): Yu define preset psitins by mving the camera with the cntrls in the upper half f the windw, then string each required psitin in the camera's wn memry. Yu are able t define up t 2550 preset psitins this way. If preset psitins have already been defined fr the camera, yu can simply imprt them fr use with RC-I. Fr PTZ types 1 and 3, yu can mve the PTZ camera t required psitins: By simply clicking the required psitin in the camera preview (if supprted by the camera). By using the sliders lcated near the camera preview t mve the PTZ camera alng each f its axes: the X-axis (fr panning left/right), the Y-axis (fr tilting up/dwn), and the Z-axis (fr zming in and ut; t zm in, mve the slider twards Tele; t zm ut, mve the slider twards Wide). By using the navigatin buttns: Mves the PTZ camera up and t the left Mves the PTZ camera up Mves the PTZ camera up and t the right Mves the PTZ camera t the left Mves the PTZ camera t its hme psitin (that is default psitin) Mves the PTZ camera t the right Mves the PTZ camera dwn and t the left Mves the PTZ camera dwn Mves the PTZ camera dwn and t the right Zms ut (ne zm level per click) Zms in (ne zm level per click) Imprt / Refresh: Only available when yu have selected PTZ type 2 r 3. Lets yu imprt already defined preset psitins frm the camera's memry fr use with the NVR. If yu have already imprted preset psitins this way, and preset psitins have since then been added r changed n the camera, yu can use this buttn t refresh the imprted preset psitins. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 141

150 Cnfiguratin Add New: Only available when yu have selected PTZ type 1. When yu have mve the camera t a required psitin using the cntrls in the upper half f the windw, type a name fr the psitin in the blank field, then click the buttn t add the psitin t the list f defined preset psitins. Remember that names f preset psitins must cntain nly the characters A-Z, a-z and the digits 0-9. Set New Psitin: Only available when yu have selected PTZ type 1 r 3. Lets yu change an already defined preset psitin. In the list, select the preset psitin yu want t change. Then mve the camera t the new required psitin using the cntrls in the upper half f the windw. Then click the buttn t verwrite the ld psitin with the new ne. Delete: Only available when yu have selected PTZ type 1 r 3. Lets yu delete an already defined preset. In the list, select the preset psitin yu want t delete, then click the buttn. Befre yu delete a preset psitin, make sure it is nt used in PTZ patrlling r PTZ n event. Since the preset psitins are stred n the camera, yu can bring a deleted preset psitin back int RC-I by clicking the Imprt / refresh buttn. If yu bring back a preset psitin this way, and the preset psitin is t be used in PTZ patrlling r PTZ n event, yu must manually cnfigure PTZ patrlling and/r PTZ n event t use the preset psitin again. Test: Lets yu try ut a preset psitin. In the list, select the preset psitin yu want t test, then click the Test buttn t view the camera mve t the selected psitin. and : Lets yu mve a preset psitin selected in the list up and dwn respectively. The selected preset psitin is mved ne step per click. By mving preset psitins up r dwn, yu can cntrl the sequence in which preset psitins are presented in clients. Recrding & Archiving Paths Recrding path: Path t the flder in which the camera's database shuld be stred. Default is C:\VideData. T brwse fr anther flder, click the brwse buttn next t the Recrding path field. Yu are nly able t specify a path t a flder n a lcal drive. If using a netwrk drive, it wuld nt be pssible t save recrdings if the netwrk drive became unavailable. If yu change the recrding path, and there are existing recrdings at the ld lcatin, yu will be asked whether yu want t mve the recrdings t the new lcatin (recmmended), leave them at the ld lcatin, r delete them. Tip: If yu have several cameras, and several lcal drives are available, yu can imprve perfrmance by distributing individual cameras' databases acrss several drives. Delete Database: Click buttn t delete all recrdings in the database fr the camera. Archived recrdings will nt be affected. IMPORTANT: Use with cautin; all recrdings in the database fr the camera will be permanently deleted. As a security measure, yu will be asked t cnfirm the deletin. Archiving path: Only available if nt using dynamic paths fr archiving. Path t the flder in which the camera's archived recrdings shuld be stred. Default is C:\VideData\Archives. T brwse fr anther flder, click the brwse buttn next t the Archiving path field. Yu can specify a path t lcal r netwrked drive as required. Yu can nly specify a path t lcal drive. If yu change the archiving path, and there are existing archived recrdings at the ld lcatin, yu will be asked whether yu want t mve the archived recrdings t the new lcatin (recmmended), leave them at the ld lcatin, r delete them. Nte that if mving archived recrdings, RC-I will als archive what is currently in the camera's database; in case yu wnder why the camera database is empty just after yu have mved archived recrdings, this is the reasn. Delete Archives: Click buttn t delete all archived recrdings fr the camera. Recrdings in the camera's regular database will nt be affected. The ability t delete is available regardless f whether yu use a single archiving path r dynamic archiving paths. IMPORTANT: Use with cautin; all archived recrdings fr the camera will be permanently deleted. As a security measure, yu will be asked t cnfirm the deletin. Retentin time: Ttal amunt f time fr which yu want t keep recrdings frm the camera (that is recrdings in the camera's database as well as any archived recrdings). Default is 30 days. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 142

151 Cnfiguratin Nte that the retentin time cvers the ttal amunt f time yu want t keep recrdings. Database repair actin: Select which actin t take if the database becmes crrupted: Repair, scan, delete if fails: Default actin. If the database becmes crrupted, tw different repair methds will be attempted: a fast repair and a thrugh repair. If bth repair methds fail, the cntents f the database will be deleted. Repair, delete if fails: If the database becmes crrupted, a fast repair will be attempted. If the fast repair fails, the cntents f the database will be deleted. Repair, archive if fails: If the database becmes crrupted, a fast repair will be attempted. If the fast repair fails, the cntents f the database will be archived. Delete (n repair): If the database becmes crrupted, the cntents f the database will be deleted. Archive (n repair): If the database becmes crrupted, the cntents f the database will be archived. N vide can be recrded in a database while it is being repaired. Fr large installatins, a repair may take several hurs, especially if the Repair, scan, delete if fails actin (which invlves tw different repair methds) is selected, and the first repair methd (fast repair) fails. Tip: There are several things yu can d t prevent that yur databases becme crrupt in the first place. See Prtect Recrding Databases frm Crruptin. Cnfigure Dynamic Paths: With dynamic archiving paths, yu specify a number f different archiving paths, usually acrss several drives. If the drive cntaining the camera's database is amng the path yu have selected fr dynamic archiving, the NVR will always try t archive t that path first. If nt, the NVR autmatically archives t the archiving path with the mst available space at any time, prvided there is nt a camera database using that drive. See als Dynamic Path Selectin. Recrding & Archiving Paths All prperties n a white backgrund are editable, prperties n a light blue backgrund cannt be edited. Nte that all f the Recrding and Archiving Paths prperties can als be specified individually fr each camera. Template: The template can help yu cnfigure similar prperties quickly. Fr example: yu have 50 cameras and yu want t change the recrding path, archiving path, and retentin time fr all f them. Instead f having t enter the same three pieces f infrmatin 50 times, yu can simply enter them nce in the template, and then apply the template t the 50 cameras with nly tw clicks. Apply Template: Lets yu select which cameras yu want t apply the template fr. Yu then use ne f the tw Set buttns (see descriptins in the fllwing) t actually apply the template. Tip: T select all cameras in the list, click the Select All buttn. Camera Name: Name f the camera as it will appear in the Management Applicatin as well as in clients. If required, yu can verwrite the existing camera name with a new ne. Camera names must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Shrtcut: Camera shrtcut may be used in certain access clients. Recrding Path: Path t the flder in which the camera's database shuld be stred. Default is C:\VideData. T brwse fr anther flder, click the brwse icn next t the required cell. Yu are nly able t specify a path t a flder n a lcal drive. Yu cannt specify a path t a netwrk drve. The reasn fr this limitatin is that if yu were using a netwrk drive, it wuld nt be pssible t save recrdings if the netwrk drive became unavailable. If yu change the recrding path, and there are existing recrdings at the ld lcatin, yu will be asked whether yu want t mve the recrdings t the new lcatin (recmmended), leave them at the ld lcatin, r delete them. Tip: If yu have several cameras, and several lcal drives are available, yu can imprve perfrmance by distributing individual cameras' databases acrss several drives. Archiving Path: Only editable if nt using dynamic paths fr archiving. Path t the flder in which the camera's archived recrdings shuld be stred. Default is C:\VideData. T brwse fr anther flder, click the brwse icn next t the required cell. Yu can specify a path t lcal r netwrked drive as required. Yu can nly specify a path t lcal drive. If yu change the archiving path, and there are existing archived recrdings at the ld lcatin, yu will be asked whether yu want t mve the archived recrdings t the new lcatin On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 143

152 Cnfiguratin (recmmended), leave them at the ld lcatin, r delete them. Nte that if mving archived recrdings, RC-I will als archive what is currently in the camera's database; in case yu wnder why the camera database is empty just after yu have mved archived recrdings, this is the reasn. Retentin Time: Ttal amunt f time fr which yu want t keep recrdings frm the camera (that is recrdings in the camera's database as well as any archived recrdings). Default is 30 days. Nte that the retentin time cvers the ttal amunt f time yu want t keep recrdings. Camera: Click the Open buttn t cnfigure detailed and/r camera-specific settings (such as event ntificatin, PTZ preset psitins, etc.) fr the selected camera. Select All: Click buttn t select all cameras in the Apply Template clumn. Clear All: Click buttn t clear all selectins in the Apply Template clumn Set selected template value n selected cameras: Lets yu apply ne r mre selected values frm the template (rather than all values) t selected cameras. Set all template values n selected cameras: Lets yu apply all values frm the template t selected cameras. Recrding Settings The term recrding means saving vide and, if applicable, audi frm a camera in the camera's database n the surveillance system server. Vide/audi is ften saved nly when there is a reasn t d s, fr example as lng as mtin is detected, when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs, r within a certain perid f time. When yu cnfigure vide and recrding fr specific cameras, recrding prperties include: Always: Recrd whenever the camera is enabled and scheduled t be nline (the latter allws fr time-based recrding). Never: Never recrd. Live vide will be displayed, but since n vide is kept in the database users will nt be able t play back vide frm the camera. Cnditinally: Recrd when certain cnditins are met. When yu select this ptin, specify required cnditins (see the fllwing). On built-in mtin detectin: Select this check bx t recrd vide in which mtin is detected. Unless pstrecrding (see the fllwing) is used, recrding will stp immediately after the last mtin is detected. On event: Select this check bx t recrd vide when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs. Use f recrding n event requires that events have been defined, and that yu select start and stp events in the neighbring lists. Tip: If yu have nt yet defined any suitable events, yu can quickly d it: Use the Cnfigure events list, lcated belw the ther fields. Start event: Select required start event. Recrding will begin when the start event ccurs (r earlier if using pre-recrding; see the fllwing). Stp event: Select required start event. Recrding will end when the stp event ccurs (r later if using pstrecrding; see the fllwing). When the ptin Cnditinally is selected, yu can stre recrdings frm perids preceding and fllwing detected mtin and/r specified events. Example: If yu have defined that vide shuld be stred when a dr is pened, being able t see what happened immediately prir t the dr being pened may als be imprtant. Fr example, yu may have specified that vide shuld be stred cnditinally n event, with a start event called Dr Opened and a stp event called Dr Clsed. With three secnds f pre-recrding, vide will be recrded frm three secnds befre Dr Opened ccurs and until Dr Clsed ccurs. Enable pre-recrding: Available nly when the ptin Cnditinal is selected. Specify the number f secnds fr which yu want t recrd vide frm befre recrding start cnditins (that is mtin r start event) are met. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 144

153 Cnfiguratin Enable pst-recrding: Available nly when the ptin Cnditinal is selected. Specify the number f secnds fr which yu want t recrd vide after recrding stp cnditins (that is mtin end r stp event) are met. Hw des pre- and pst-recrding wrk? The NVR receives vide in a cntinuus stream frm the camera whenever the camera is enabled and scheduled t be nline. This is what lets yu view live vide, but it als means that the NVR can easily stre received vide fr a number f secnds in its memry (a.k.a. buffering). If it turns ut that the buffered vide is needed fr pre- r pst-recrding, it is autmatically appended t the recrding. If nt, it is simply discarded. Scheduling All Cameras All prperties n a white backgrund are editable, prperties n a light blue backgrund cannt be edited. Nte that the prperties Online Perid, Speedup, Ntificatin, SMS Ntificatin, and PTZ Patrlling can als be specified individually fr each camera. Template: The template can help yu cnfigure similar prperties quickly. Fr examples: yu have 50 cameras and yu want t change the nline schedule prfile fr all f them. Instead f having t select the same 50 times, yu can simply enter them nce in the template, and then apply the template t the 50 cameras with nly tw clicks. Apply Template: Lets yu select which cameras yu want t apply the template fr. Yu then use ne f the tw Set buttns (see descriptins in the fllwing) t actually apply the template. Tip: T select all cameras in the list, click the Select All buttn. Camera: Name f each camera as it will appear in the Management Applicatin as well as in clients. Online: Lets yu select the required prfile (fr example Always n) fr the nline schedule fr the camera(s) in questin. Tip: If yu lack a suitable prfile, use the New schedule prfile feature (described in the fllwing) t cnfigure ne. This applies fr the ther schedule types as well. Speedup: Lets yu select the required prfile fr the speedup schedule fr the camera(s) in questin. Lets yu select the required prfile fr the ntificatin schedule fr the camera(s) in questin. SMS: Lets yu select the required prfile fr the SMS (mbile phne text message) ntificatin schedule fr the camera(s) in questin. PTZ Patrlling: Only available fr PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zm) cameras with patrlling, the cntinuus mvement f a PTZ camera between a number f preset psitins. Lets yu select the required prfile fr the PTZ patrlling schedule fr the camera(s) in questin. Select All: Click buttn t select all cameras in the Apply Template clumn. Clear All: Click buttn t clear all selectins in the Apply Template clumn Set selected template value n selected cameras: Lets yu apply nly a selected value frm the template t selected cameras. New schedule prfile: Lets yu create a new schedule prfile f any type by clicking the Create... buttn. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 145

154 Cnfiguratin Scheduling Optins Start cameras n client requests: Cameras may be ffline, fr example because they have reached the end f an nline schedule, in which case client users will nt be able t view live vide frm the cameras. Hwever, if yu select Start cameras n client requests, client users will be able t start the camera (technically: frce the camera t be nline utside its nline schedule) in rder t view live vide frm the camera. Schedule prfile fr new cameras: Lets yu select which nline schedule prfile t use as default fr cameras yu subsequently add t yur surveillance system. Nte that yur selectin nly applies fr the nline schedule, nt fr any ther schedules. Default selectin is Always n, meaning that new cameras will always be nline, that is transferring vide t the NVR server fr live viewing and further prcessing. Maximum delay between recnnect attempts: Lets yu cntrl the aggressiveness f recnnectin attempts. If the NVR lses the cnnectin t a camera, by default it will attempt t re-establish the cnnectin after ten secnds. In sme envirnments, fr example if using vehicle-munted cameras thrugh wireless cnnectins, camera cnnectins may frequently be lst, and yu may want t change the aggressiveness f such recnnectin attempts. Server Access Server name: Name f the server as it will appear in Ocularis Administratr. Users with rights t cnfigure Ocularis Base will see the name f the server when they add NVRs t the Ocularis Base. Lcal prt: Prt number t use fr cmmunicatin between clients and the surveillance server. The default prt number is 80; yu can change the prt number if prt 80 is used fr ther purpses in yur rganizatin. Enable internet access: Select the check bx if the server shuld be accessible frm the internet thrugh a ruter r firewall. If selecting this ptin, als specify the public ( utside ) IP address and prt number in the fllwing fields. When using public access, the ruter r firewall used must be cnfigured s requests sent t the public IP address and prt are frwarded t the lcal ( inside ) IP address and prt f the server. Internet address: Lets yu specify a public IP address r hstname fr use when the server shuld be available frm the internet. Internet prt: Lets yu specify a prt number fr use when the shuld be available frm the internet. The default prt number is 80; yu can change the prt number if prt 80 is used fr ther purpses in yur rganizatin. Max. number f clients: Up t five clients at a time are able t cnnect t the surveillance system frm a remte lcatin. Depending n yur cnfiguratin and the perfrmance f the hardware and netwrk used, limiting the number f simultaneusly cnnected clients may help reduce server lad. If mre than the allwed number f simultaneusly cnnected clients attempt t lg in, nly the allwed number f clients will be allwed access. Any clients in excess f the allwed number will receive an errr message when attempting t lg in. A fur-minute sessin timeut perid applies fr client sessins n. In many cases, client users may nt ntice this at all. Hwever, the sessin timeut perid will be very evident in sme cases, fr example if yu set the Max. number f clients value t 1: When this is the case, and the single allwed client user lgs ut, fur minutes must pass befre it will be pssible t lg in again. Max. number f clients: Yu can limit the number f clients allwed t cnnect at the same time. Depending n yur cnfiguratin and the perfrmance f the hardware and netwrk used, limiting the number f simultaneusly cnnected clients may help reduce server lad. If mre than the allwed number f simultaneusly cnnected clients attempt t lg in, nly the allwed number f clients will be allwed access. Any clients in excess f the allwed number will receive an errr message when attempting t lg in. By default, a maximum f ten simultaneusly cnnected clients are allwed. T specify a different maximum number, simply verwrite the value. Tip: T allw an unlimited number f simultaneusly cnnected access clients, type 0 (zer) in the Max. number f clients field. A fur-minute sessin timeut perid applies fr client sessins n. In many cases, client users may nt ntice this at all. Hwever, the sessin timeut perid will be very evident if yu set the Max. number f clients value t 1. When that is the case, and the single allwed client user lgs ut, fur minutes must pass befre it will be pssible t lg in again. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 146

155 Cnfiguratin SMS Ntificatins Enable SMS: Enables the use f SMS ntificatins, allwing yu t specify further prperties. GSM mdem cnnected t: Select prt cnnecting the RC-I server t the GSM mdem. SIM card PIN cde: Specify PIN cde fr the SIM card inserted in the GSM mdem. SIM card PUK cde: Specify PUK cde (that is unlcking cde) fr the SIM card inserted in the GSM mdem. SMS central phne number: Specify the number f the SMS central t which the GSM mdem shuld cnnect in rder t send SMS ntificatins. Recipient phne number: Specify the number f the mbile telephne t which SMS alerts shuld be sent. It is nly pssible t send SMS ntificatins t a single telephne number. Message: Specify required message text fr the SMS ntificatin. Message text must be n lnger that 160 characters, and must nly cntain the fllwing characters: a-z, A-Z, 0-9 as well as cmmas (,) and full stps (.). Nte that camera infrmatin as well as date and time infrmatin is autmatically included in SMS ntificatins. Tip: While yu write, the cunter belw the Message fields indicates hw many characters yu have left t use. Time between mtin- and database-related SMSs per camera: Minimum time (in minutes) t pass between the sending f each SMS ntificatin per camera. This interval nly applies fr SMS ntificatin generated by detected mtin r database-related events; SMS ntificatin generated by ther types f events will still be sent ut whenever the events ccur. Examples: If specifying 5, a minimum f five minutes will pass between the sending f each mtin- r database-related SMS ntificatin per camera, even if mtin r database events are detected in between. If specifying 0, SMS ntificatins will be sent each time mtin r database events are detected, ptentially resulting in a very large number f SMS ntificatins being sent. If using the value 0, yu shuld therefre cnsider cameras' mtin detectin sensitivity settings. Test: Lets yu test yur SMS ntificatin cnfiguratin by sending a test SMS t the specified recipient. Nte that yu must stp the Recrding Server service while yu perfrm the test (remember t start the service again afterwards). D nt send SMS n camera failures: If selected, SMS ntificatins will nt be sent if the NVR lses cntact with a camera. Otherwise, autmatic SMS ntificatins will be sent in such cases, regardless f any scheduled SMS ntificatin perids. SMS Ntificatin When yu cnfigure scheduling fr specific cameras, yu can specify SMS (mbile phne text message) ntificatin perids. Befre yu can define this type f schedule, SMS ntificatin must be enabled. Yu specify a camera's SMS ntificatin perids by creating schedule prfiles based n: Perids f time (example: Mndays frm until 17.45), shwn in green: The RC-I NVR cmes with tw simple schedule prfiles, Always n and Always ff, which cannt be edited r deleted. If these d nt meet yur needs, yu can create any number f custmized schedule prfiles fr each camera. When yu create a custmized schedule prfile fr ne camera, yu can reuse it with ther cameras if required. T create a custmized schedule prfile: 1. In the field belw the Schedule prfiles list, specify a name fr the new schedule prfile. Schedule prfile names nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] 2. Click the Add New buttn (which becmes available when yu specify a name). 3. In the calendar sectin, place yur muse pinter at a required start pint, then hld dwn the left muse buttn, drag the muse pinter and release at the required end pint. Yu specify each day separately. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 147

156 Cnfiguratin Yu specify time in increments f five minutes; tl tips help yu by shwing the time ver which yur muse pinter is psitined: T delete an unwanted part f a schedule prfile, right-click it and select Delete. T quickly fill r clear an entire day, duble-click the name f the day. Speaker (Prperties) As an alternative t dragging inside the calendar sectin, use the Start time, End time and Day fields, then the Change Perid r Set Perid buttn as required. When using the Start time and End time fields, remember that time is specified in increments f five minutes. Yu cannt specify a perid shrter than five minutes, and yu can nly use times like 12:00, 12.05, 12:10, 12:15, etc. If yu specify a time utside f the five-minute intervals, such as 12:13, yu will get an errr message. When yu cnfigure speakers, prperties are limited t: Enabled: Speakers are enabled by default, meaning that what is transmitted thrugh the speakers is transferred t the NVR. If required, yu can disable an individual speaker, in which case it will nt be pssible t say anything thrugh the speaker. Speaker name: Name f the speaker as it will appear in the Management Applicatin as well as in clients. If required, yu can verwrite the existing speaker name with a new ne. Speaker names must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] On sme hardware devices, audi can als be enabled/disabled n the hardware device itself, typically thrugh the hardware device's wn cnfiguratin web page. If audi n a hardware device des nt wrk after enabling it in the Management Applicatin, yu shuld thus verify whether the prblem may be due t audi being disabled n the hardware device itself. Speedup When yu cnfigure scheduling fr specific MJPEG cameras, yu can specify speedup perids. Befre yu can define this type f schedule, speedup must be enabled. Yu specify a camera's speedup perids by creating schedule prfiles based n: Perids f time (example: Mndays frm until 17.45), shwn in live green: Speedup may als take place based n events, but that is cnfigured elsewhere: See Frame Rate - MJPEG (General Recrding & Strage Prperties) and Frame Rate (Camera-specific Prperties). The RC-I NVR cmes with tw simple schedule prfiles, Always n and Always ff, which cannt be edited r deleted. If these d nt meet yur needs, yu can create any number f custmized schedule prfiles fr each camera. When yu create a custmized schedule prfile fr ne camera, yu can reuse it with ther cameras if required. T create a custmized schedule prfile: 1. In the field belw the Schedule prfiles list, specify a name fr the new schedule prfile. Schedule prfile names nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] 2. Click the Add New buttn (which becmes available when yu specify a name). 3. In the calendar sectin, place yur muse pinter at a required start pint, then hld dwn the left muse buttn, drag the muse pinter and release at the required end pint. Yu specify each day separately. Yu specify time in increments f five minutes; tl tips help yu by shwing the time ver which yur muse pinter is psitined: On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 148

157 Cnfiguratin T delete an unwanted part f a schedule prfile, right-click it and select Delete. T quickly fill r clear an entire day, duble-click the name f the day. Strage Infrmatin As an alternative t dragging inside the calendar sectin, use the Start time, End time and Day fields, then the Change Perid r Set Perid buttn as required. When using the Start time and End time fields, remember that time is specified in increments f five minutes. Yu cannt specify a perid shrter than five minutes, and yu can nly use times like 12:00, 12.05, 12:10, 12:15, etc. If yu specify a time utside f the five-minute intervals, such as 12:13, yu will get an errr message. The strage usage summary infrmatin lets yu view hw much strage space yu have used and free n yur system: Drive: Letter representing the drive in questin, fr example C:. Path: Path t the strage area, fr example C:\ r \\OurServer\OurFlder\OurSubflder\. Usage: What the strage area is used fr, fr example recrding r archiving. Drive Size: Ttal size f the drive. Vide Data: Amunt f vide data n the drive. Other Data: Amunt f ther data n the drive. Free Space: Amunt f unused space left n the drive. Tip: T quickly view disk space usage in a pie chart frmat, select the line representing the drive yu are interested in. Timer Event Timer event name: Specify a name fr the event. Timer event names must be unique, and must nt cntain the fllwing characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Sme cameras nly supprt event names f a certain length and/r with a certain structure. Refer t the camera's dcumentatin fr exact details. Timer event ccurs after: Lets yu specify the amunt f time that shuld pass between the main event ccurring and the timer event (in secnds r minutes). User Infrmatin User name: Only editable if the selected user is f the type basic user. Lets yu edit the user name. User names must be unique, and must nt cntain the fllwing characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Passwrd: Only editable if the selected user is f the type basic user. Lets yu edit the passwrd. Remember t repeat the passwrd t be sure yu have specified it crrectly. Vide User type: Nn-editable field, displaying whether the selected user is f the type basic user r Windws user. When yu cnfigure vide and recrding fr specific cameras, prperties are t a large extent camera-specific. Since such prperties vary frm camera t camera, descriptins in the fllwing are fr guidance nly. If the selected camera is accessible, a live preview is displayed. Click the Cnfigure Vide Prperties buttn t pen a separate windw with prperties fr the selected camera. The vide prperties typically let yu cntrl bandwidth, brightness, cmpressin, cntrast, reslutin, rtatin, etc. by verwriting existing values f selecting new nes. When adjusting vide settings, yu are fr mst cameras able t preview the effect f yur settings in an image belw the fields. Vide settings may feature an Include Date and Time setting. If set t Yes, date and time frm the camera will be included in vide. Nte, hwever, that cameras are separate units which may have separate timing devices, pwer supplies, etc. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 149

158 Cnfiguratin Camera time and NVR system time may therefre nt crrespnd fully, and this may ccasinally lead t cnfusin. As all frames are time-stamped by the NVR upn receptin, and exact date and time infrmatin fr each image is already knwn, it is recmmended that the setting is set t N. Tip: Fr cnsistent time synchrnizatin, yu may if supprted by the camera autmatically synchrnize camera and system time thrugh a time server. Vide Recrding The term recrding means saving vide and, if applicable, audi frm a camera in the camera's database n the surveillance system server. Vide/audi is ften saved nly when there is a reasn t d s, fr example as lng as mtin is detected, when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs, r within a certain perid f time. All prperties n a white backgrund are editable, prperties n a light blue backgrund cannt be edited. Nte that all f the Vide Recrding prperties can als be specified individually fr each camera. Template: The template can help yu cnfigure similar prperties quickly. Fr example: yu have 50 cameras and yu want 10 secnds f pre-recrding n all f them. Instead f having t enter the same piece f infrmatin 50 times, yu can simply enter it nce in the template, and then apply the template t the 50 cameras with nly tw clicks. Apply Template: Lets yu select which cameras yu want t apply the template fr. Yu then use ne f the tw Set buttns (see descriptins in the fllwing) t actually apply the template. Tip: T select all cameras in the list, click the Select All buttn. Camera Name: Name f the camera as it will appear in the Management Applicatin as well as in clients. If required, yu can verwrite the existing camera name with a new ne. Camera names must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Recrd n: Lets yu select under which cnditins vide frm the camera shuld be recrded: Always: Recrd whenever the camera is enabled and scheduled t be nline (the latter allws fr time-based recrding). Never: Never recrd. Live vide will be displayed, but since n vide is kept in the database users will nt be able t play back vide frm the camera. Mtin Detectin: Select this t recrd vide in which mtin is detected. Unless pst-recrding (see the fllwing) is used, recrding will stp immediately after the last mtin is detected. Event: Select this t recrd vide when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs. Use f recrding n event requires that events have been defined, and that yu select start and stp events in the neighbring clumns. Tip: If yu have nt yet defined any suitable events, yu can quickly d it: Use the Cnfigure events list, lcated in the bttm left crner f the windw. Mtin Detectin & Event: Select this t recrd vide in which mtin is detected, r when an event ccurs and until anther event ccurs. Remember t select start and stp events in the neighbring clumns. Start Event: Use when recrding n Event r Mtin Detectin & Event. Select required start event. Recrding will begin when the start event ccurs (r earlier if using pre-recrding; see the fllwing). Stp Event: Select required stp event. Recrding will end when the stp event ccurs (r later if using pstrecrding; see the fllwing). Pre-recrding: Yu can stre recrdings frm perids preceding detected mtin and/r start events. Select check bx t enable this feature. Remember t specify required number f secnds in the neighbring clumn. Hw des pre- and pst-recrding wrk? The NVR receives vide in a cntinuus stream frm the camera whenever the camera is enabled and scheduled t be nline. This is what lets yu view live vide, but it als means that the NVR can easily stre received vide fr a number f secnds in its memry (a.k.a. buffering). If it turns ut that the buffered vide is needed fr pre- r pst-recrding, it is autmatically appended t the recrding. If nt, it is simply discarded. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 150

159 Cnfiguratin Secnds [f pre-recrding]: Specify the number f secnds fr which yu want t recrd vide frm befre recrding start cnditins (that is mtin r start event) are met. Usually, nly sme secnds f pre-recrding is required, but yu can specify up t secnds f pre-recrding, crrespnding t 18 hurs, 12 minutes and 15 secnds. Hwever, if specifying a very lng pre-recrding time, yu can ptentially run int a scenari where yur pre-recrding time spans scheduled r unscheduled archiving times. That can be prblematic since prerecrding des nt wrk well during archiving. Pst-recrding: Yu can stre recrdings frm perids fllwing detected mtin and/r stp events. Select check bx t enable this feature. Remember t specify required number f secnds in the neighbring clumn. Secnds [f pst-recrding]: Specify the number f secnds fr which yu want t recrd vide frm after recrding stp cnditins (that is mtin r stp event) are met. Usually, nly sme secnds f pst-recrding is required, but yu can specify up t secnds f pst-recrding, crrespnding t 18 hurs, 12 minutes and 15 secnds. Hwever, if specifying a very lng pst-recrding time, yu can ptentially run int a scenari where yur pst-recrding time spans scheduled r unscheduled archiving times. That can be prblematic since pst-recrding des nt wrk well during archiving. Camera: Click the Open buttn t cnfigure detailed and/r camera-specific settings (such as event ntificatin, PTZ preset psitins, etc.) fr the selected camera. Select All: Click buttn t select all cameras in the Apply Template clumn. Clear All: Click buttn t clear all selectins in the Apply Template clumn Set selected template value n selected cameras: Lets yu apply nly a selected value frm the template t selected cameras. Wizards Intrs Example: Only the selected value is applied using this methd Set all template values n selected cameras: Lets yu apply all values frm the template t selected cameras. Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Advanced Methd The Advanced ptin scans yur netwrk fr relevant hardware devices based n yur specificatins regarding required IP ranges, discvery methds, drivers, and device user names and passwrds. If yu are asked fr Device License Keys (DLKs) when starting the wizard, see Imprt DLKs (Device License Keys). When using the Advanced ptin, the wizard is divided int a number f pages: Device Discvery, IP Ranges, Drivers and Authenticatin Detected and Verified Hardware Devices Missing DLKs (if Applicable) Overview and Names Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Express Methd The Express ptin scans yur netwrk fr relevant hardware devices, and helps yu quickly add them t yur system. With the Express ptin, the wizard nly scans fr hardware devices supprting device discvery, and nly n the part f yur netwrk (subnet) where the RC-I server itself is lcated. What is device discvery? Device discvery is a methd with which hardware devices make infrmatin abut themselves available n the netwrk. Based n such infrmatin, the NVR can quickly recgnize relevant hardware devices, such as cameras and vide encders, and include them in the scan. T use the Express methd, the RC-I server and yur cameras must be n the same layer 2 netwrk; that is a netwrk where all servers, cameras, etc. can cmmunicate withut the need fr a ruter. The reasn fr this is that device On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 151

160 Cnfiguratin discvery relies n direct cmmunicatin between the RC-I server and the cameras. If yu knw that ruters are used n yur netwrk, use the advanced r manual methd instead. If yu are asked fr Device License Keys (DLKs) when starting the wizard, see Imprt DLKs (Device License Keys). When using the Express ptin, the wizard is divided int a number f pages: Hardware Detectin and Verificatin Missing DLKs (if Applicable) Overview and Names Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Imprt frm CSV File Methd This ptin lets yu imprt data abut hardware devices and cameras as cmma-separated values (CSV) frm a file; a highly effective methd if setting up several similar systems. First select whether cameras and the RC-I server is nline (that is having wrking netwrk cnnectins) r ffline. Then pint t the CSV file, and click Next. CSV File Frmat and Requirements The CSV file must have a header line (defining each value n the subsequent lines), and subsequent lines must each cntain infrmatin abut ne hardware device nly. A minimum f infrmatin is always required fr each hardware device, but nte that the minimum required infrmatin is different depending n whether yur server and cameras are nline r ffline. Cameras and Server Are Online If cameras and server are nline, required infrmatin is: HardwareAddress IP address f the hardware device. Required frmat: IPv4 r IPv6. HardwarePrt Prt t use fr HTTP cmmunicatin with the hardware device. Default is prt 80. HardwarePasswrd Passwrd fr the hardware device's administratr accunt. Mst rganizatins use their wn passwrds rather than device manufacturers' passwrds. Camera and Server Are Offline If cameras and server are ffline, required infrmatin is: HardwareAddress IP address f the hardware device. Required frmat: IPv4 r IPv6. HardwareMacAddress MAC address f the hardware device. Examples f valid MAC address frmats: 0011D81187A9, 0011d81187a9, 00:11:D8:11:87:A9, D A9 HardwareDriverID A numerical ID used fr identifying which vide device driver t use fr the hardware device in questin. Fr infrmatin abut hw t find the right ID fr yur devices, see Hardware Driver IDs. HardwarePrt Prt t use fr HTTP cmmunicatin with the hardware device. Default is prt 80. HardwarePasswrd Passwrd fr the hardware device's administratr accunt. Fr security reasns mst rganizatins use their wn passwrds rather than device manufacturers' passwrds. Optinal Parameters Yu can furthermre include these ptinal parameters, regardless whether cameras and server are nline r ffline: HardwareUserName and HardwarePasswrd User name fr the hardware device's administratr accunt. If yu d nt specify a user name, the device manufacturer's default user name fr each hardware device will be used. Many rganizatins use the hardware device manufacturers' default user names fr their hardware devices. If that is the case in yur rganizatin, there is n need t painstakingly type hardware device manufacturers' On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 152

161 Cnfiguratin default user names as this can be a surce f errr; trust that the sftware will knw the manufacturers' default user names. Nte that yu must always specify a passwrd (the HardwarePasswrd parameter) even when it is nt necessary t specify user name. In the extremely rare cases where the user name fr a hardware device is [blank], yu cannt use the CSV methd, since the methd interprets n passwrd as use the hardware device manufacturer's default passwrd. If the user name fr a hardware device is [blank], use the wizard's Manual methd instead; with the Manual methd yu can use a [blank] user name. HardwareDeviceName Name f the hardware device. Name must unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] CameraName[number] Name f the camera. Must appear as CameraName1, CameraName2, etc. in the header line since a hardware device can ptentially have mre than ne camera attached. Names must unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] CameraShrtcut[number] Number fr keybard shrtcut access t the camera in the Ocularis Client. Must appear as CameraShrtcut1, CameraShrtcut2, etc. in the header line since a hardware device can ptentially have mre than ne camera attached. A camera shrtcut number must nt cntain any letters r special characters, and must nt be lnger than eight digits. PreBufferLength[ptinal number] Required length (in secnds) f pre-recrding. If specified as, fr example, PreBufferLength1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. PstBufferLength[ptinal number] Required length (in secnds) f pst-recrding. If specified as, fr example, PstBufferLength1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. RecrdingPath[ptinal number] Path t the flder in which a camera's database shuld be stred. If specified as, fr example, RecrdingPath1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. ArchivePath[ptinal number] Path t the flder in which the camera's archived recrdings shuld be stred. Remember that an archiving path is nly relevant if nt using dynamic paths fr archiving. If specified as, fr example, ArchivePath1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. RetentinTime[ptinal number] Required retentin time (in minutes). Remember that retentin time is the ttal f recrding time plus archiving time. If specified as, fr example, RetentinTime1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. MjpegLiveFrameRate[ptinal number] Required MJPEG live frame rate (in number f frames; depending n what has been cnfigured n the camera, it will then knw whether it is frames per secnd, minute, r hur). If specified as, fr example, MjpegLiveFrameRate1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. MjpegRecrdingFrameRate[ptinal number] Required MJPEG recrding frame rate (in number f frames; depending n what has been cnfigured n the camera, it will then knw whether it is frames per secnd, minute, r hur). If yu need t specify a value which includes a decimal separatr, use the full stp character (example: 7.62). If specified as, fr example, MjpegRecrdingFrameRate1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. MtinSensitivity[ptinal number] A value between 0-256; crrespnds t using the Sensitivity slider when cnfiguring mtin detectin settings in the Management Applicatin. If specified as, fr example, MtinSensitivity1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. MtinDetectinThreshld[ptinal number] A value between ; crrespnds t using the Mtin slider when cnfiguring mtin detectin settings in the Management Applicatin. If specified as, fr example, MtinDetectinThreshld1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. MtinDetectinInterval[ptinal number] Lets yu specify hw ften mtin detectin analysis shuld be carried ut n vide frm the camera. Specified in millisecnds. The interval is applied regardless f the camera's frame rate settings. If specified as, fr example, MtinDetectinInterval1, infrmatin relates t a specific camera, therwise t all cameras attached t the hardware device. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 153

162 Cnfiguratin Mst system integratrs stre hardware device infrmatin in spreadsheets like Micrsft Excel, frm which they can save the infrmatin as cmma-separated values in a CSV file. These examples shw hardware infrmatin in Excel (1) and when exprted t a CSV file (2); nte the header lines: Whichever methd is used, the fllwing applies: The first line f the CSV file must cntain the headers, and subsequent lines must cntain infrmatin abut ne hardware device each Separatrs can be cmmas, semiclns r tabs, but cannt be mixed All lines must cntain valid values pay special attentin t the fact that camera names, user names, etc. must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] There is n fixed rder f values, and ptinal parameters can be mitted entirely Blean fields are cnsidered true unless set t 0, false r n Lines cntaining nly separatrs are ignred Empty lines are ignred Even thugh the CSV file frmat is generally ASCII nly, Unicde identifiers are allwed; even withut Unicde identifiers, the entire file r even individual characters are allwed t be Unicde strings If yu need t include separatr characters in a value fr example if a camera name is Receptin; Camera 1 yu can encapsulate the value in qutes t indicate that the separatr shuld nt be interpreted as separating values in the file. Such qute-encapsulated values are interpreted as they appear. If a separatr, a qute r a space is needed in a value, the whle value has t be encapsulated in qutes. Leading and trailing spaces utside the qute-encapsulated value are remved, while spaces inside the qute-encapsulated value are maintained. N characters (except spaces) are allwed utside the qute-encapsulated value. A duble qute inside a qute-encapsulated value is interpreted as a single qute. Nested qutes (qutes inside qutes) are nt allwed. Sme examples (using semicln as the separatr): "camera"; is interpreted as camera "cam;""era"; is interpreted as cam;"era """camera"""; is interpreted as "camera" ""; is interpreted as an empty string...; " cam"" era " ;... is interpreted as cam" era (where is nt part f the interpretatin but nly used t shw the start and end f the interpretatin) ""camera; is nt valid as there are characters utside the qute-encapsulated value "cam" "era"; is nt valid as the tw qutes are separated with a space and qutes cannt be nested "cam"er"a"; is nt valid as yu cannt nest qutes cam"era"; is nt valid as there are characters utside the qutes On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 154

163 Cnfiguratin Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Manual Methd The Manual ptin lets yu specify details abut each hardware device separately. A gd chice if yu nly want t add a few hardware devices, and yu knw their IP addresses, required user names and passwrds, etc. If yu are asked fr Device License Keys (DLKs) when starting the wizard, see Imprt DLKs (Device License Keys). When using the Manual ptin, the wizard is divided int a number f pages: Hardware Device Infrmatin, Driver Selectin and Verificatin Missing DLKs (if Applicable) Overview and Names Adjust Mtin Detectin Wizard The Adjust Mtin Detectin wizard helps yu quickly cnfigure yur cameras' mtin detectin prperties. The wizard is divided int tw pages: Exclude Regins Mtin Detectin Cameras that d nt supprt multiple simultaneus vide streams will nt be able t cnnect t the surveillance server and the Management Applicatin at the same time; therefre it is recmmended t stp the Recrding Server service when cnfiguring such devices fr mtin detectin and PTZ. See als View Vide frm Cameras in Management Applicatin. Cnfigure User Access Wizard The Cnfigure User Access wizard helps yu quickly cnfigure clients' access t NVR vide. When using the wizard, all users yu add will have access all t cameras, including any new cameras added at a later stage. If this is nt acceptable, specify access settings, users and user rights separately; see Cnfigure Server Access. Als nte that yu cannt add users t grups thrugh the wizard. The wizard is divided int a number f pages: Server Access Settings Basic and Windws Users Access Summary Cnfigure Vide & Recrding Wizard The Cnfigure Vide and Recrding wizard helps yu quickly cnfigure yur cameras' vide and recrding prperties. The wizard is divided int a number f pages: Vide Settings and Preview Online Schedule Live and Recrding Settings (Mtin-JPEG Cameras) Live and Recrding Settings (MPEG Cameras) Drive Selectin Recrding and Archiving Settings Replace Hardware Device Wizard The Replace Hardware Device wizard helps yu replace a hardware device which yu have previusly added t and cnfigured n yur surveillance system with a new ne. The wizard is divided int tw pages: On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 155

164 Cnfiguratin New Hardware Device Infrmatin Database Actin Remember that yu must have a Device License Key (DLK) fr every hardware device (cameras, etc.) yu intend t use n the system. Befre using the wizard, make sure yu have a DLK fr the new hardware device. Pages The wizard autmatically scans yur netwrk fr hardware devices, and lists devices real-time as they are detected. All prperties n a white backgrund are editable, prperties n a light blue backgrund cannt be edited. Wait until the scan is cmplete. If the scan takes very lng, yu can stp it with the Stp Scan buttn; the wizard will remember any devices detected up t that pint. When the scan is cmplete: G thrugh the list f detected hardware devices t see if it cntains unwanted devices. If it des, clear the check bx in the Use clumn fr each unwanted device. If any hardware devices are missing frm the list, verify that the missing hardware devices supprt device discvery, verify that they are wrking and cnnected t the same part f the netwrk as the server, then click the Rescan buttn. If hardware devices detected in the first scan cannt be detected in the secnd scan, the wizard will still remember them. In the User name clumn, select r type the user name required t access the administratr accunt n each hardware device. The administratr accunt gives full access, and is ging t need that fr each hardware device. Many rganizatins use the hardware device manufacturer's default user names fr their hardware devices. If that is the case in yur rganizatin, select <default> (d nt type a manufacturer's default user name as this can be a surce f errr; trust that will knw the manufacturer's default user name). Other typical user names, such as admin r rt are als selectable frm the list. If requiring a user name which is nt n the list, simply type the required user name. Tip: User names yu type yurself will subsequently be added t the list, s yu can easily select them later. In the Passwrd clumn, specify the passwrd required t access the administratr accunt n each hardware device. The administratr accunt gives full access, and is ging t need that fr each hardware device. If the same passwrd is used fr all the hardware devices, use the Passwrd field belw the list, then click the Set n All buttn (which becmes available when yu specify a passwrd in the field). Tip: If in dubt abut which passwrd t use, ask yurself: Have yu previusly used a web page t cnnect t the hardware device and view vide? While yu did this, were yu als able t cnfigure camera settings, such as reslutin, etc.? If yu can answer yes t bth questins, yu were in all likelihd using the hardware device s administratr accunt, in which case yu will als knw the passwrd. When yu have specified a passwrd fr all hardware devices n the list (except unwanted devices), click Next. This will verify that all passwrds are crrect, and mark each device in the Verified clumn. If any hardware devices cannt be verified, make sure yu have specified the crrect passwrds, then click Next again. If yu have valid Device License Keys (DLKs) fr all the detected hardware devices, the next wizard page will prvide yu with an verview, and ask yu t select names fr cameras, etc. If a valid DLK is missing fr ne r mre f the detected hardware devices, the next wizard page will prmpt yu t supply valid DLKs befre yu cntinue. If a valid Device License Key (DLK) is missing fr ne r mre f the detected hardware devices, the wizard will prmpt yu t supply valid DLKs. If s, specify a valid DLK fr each listed hardware device, either manually in the Device License key (DLK) clumn r by clicking the Imprt DLKs buttn t imprt the DLKs frm yur.dlk file. Then click Next. What is a.dlk file? Yu get DLKs as part f the sftware registratin prcess. Upn registratin, all yur DLKs are sent t yu as a single.dlk file attached t an . Then, all yu have t d is imprt the.dlk file and will knw the DLKs fr all yur hardware devices. All prperties n a white backgrund are editable, prperties n a light blue backgrund cannt be edited. On the last page, the wizard prvides yu with a detailed verview, listing each camera, micrphne and/r speaker attached t the hardware devices. All prperties n a white backgrund are editable, prperties n a light blue backgrund cannt be edited. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 156

165 Cnfiguratin All cameras, etc. are by default enabled (selected in the Enable clumn). This means that they are able t cmmunicate with. If required, yu can disable individual cameras, micrphnes r speakers, and thus prevent them frm cmmunicating with. All cameras, etc. get autmatically generated names based n their type plus a number (examples: Camera 1, Micrphne 26). Such names are shwn in the Name clumn. If required, yu change names manually, r select anther name frmat in the Aut-generated name frmat list: Device type + number: The default name frmat. Example: Camera 1 Custm text - Device type + number: Names will cnsist f a text f yur chice (specified in the Custm text field) fllwed by a dash, type infrmatin and a number. Example: Airprt Security - Camera 1 Address - Device type + number: Names will cnsist f the hardware device address fllwed by a dash, type infrmatin and a number. Example: Camera 1 Custm text - Address - Device type + number: Names will cnsist f a text f yur chice (specified in the Custm text field) fllwed by a dash, then the hardware device address fllwed by a dash, type infrmatin and a number. Example: Airprt Security Camera 1 Hardware mdel - Device type + number: Names will cnsist f hardware device mdel infrmatin fllwed by a dash, type infrmatin and a number. Example: Axis P Camera 1 Hardware mdel - Custm text - Device type + number: Names will cnsist f hardware device mdel infrmatin fllwed by a dash, then a text f yur chice (specified in the Custm text field), a dash, type infrmatin and a number. Example: Axis P Airprt Security - Camera 1 Hardware mdel - Address - Device type + number: Names will cnsist f hardware device mdel infrmatin fllwed by a dash, then the hardware device address, a dash, type infrmatin and a number. Example: Axis P Camera 1 Tip: Need ther name frmats? Remember yu can change names manually by verwriting all r parts f them in the Name clumn. If yu change camera names manually, remember that camera names must be unique, and must nt cntain any f the fllwing special characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] When ready, click Finish. Exclude regins let yu disable mtin detectin in specific areas f cameras' views. Disabling mtin detectin in certain areas may help yu avid detectin f irrelevant mtin, fr example if a camera cvers an area where a tree is swaying in the wind r where cars regularly pass by in the backgrund. Cameras that d nt supprt multiple simultaneus vide streams will nt be able t cnnect t the surveillance server and the Management Applicatin at the same time; therefre it is recmmended t stp the Recrding Server service when cnfiguring such devices fr mtin detectin and PTZ. See als View Vide frm Cameras in Management Applicatin. Fr each camera fr which exclude regins are relevant, use the list in the left side f the wizard windw t select the camera and define its exclude regins. Exclude regins are camera-specific, and must therefre be cnfigured individually fr each camera n which they are required. When yu have selected a camera, d the fllwing t define its exclude regins: 1. Select the Enable check bx. Yu will see a preview frm the camera. Yu define exclude regins in the preview, which is divided int small sectins by a grid. 2. T define exclude regins, drag the muse pinter ver the required areas in the preview while pressing the muse buttn dwn. Left muse buttn selects a grid sectin; right muse buttn clears a grid sectin. Selected areas are highlighted in blue. Tip: With the Set All buttn, yu can quickly select all grid sectins in the preview. This may be advantageus if yu want t disable mtin detectin in mst areas f the preview, in which case yu can simply clear the few sectins in which yu d nt want t disable mtin detectin. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 157

166 Cnfiguratin Mtin detectin is a key element in mst surveillance systems. Depending n yur further cnfiguratin, mtin detectin settings may determine when vide is recrded (that is saved n the surveillance system server), when ntificatins are sent, when utput (such as lights r sirens) is triggered, etc. Time spent n finding the best pssible mtin detectin settings fr each camera may thus help yu later avid unnecessary recrdings, ntificatins, etc. Depending n the physical lcatin f yur cameras, it is ften a gd idea t test mtin detectin settings under different physical cnditins (day/night, windy/calm weather, etc.). Cameras that d nt supprt multiple simultaneus vide streams will nt be able t cnnect t the surveillance server and the Management Applicatin at the same time; therefre it is recmmended t stp the Recrding Server service when cnfiguring such devices fr mtin detectin and PTZ. See als View Vide frm Cameras in Management Applicatin. Depending n yur needs, yu can cnfigure mtin detectin settings individually fr each camera, r fr several cameras in ne step. Use the list in the left side f the wizard windw t select cameras; t select several cameras at a time, press CTRL r SHIFT n yur keybard while selecting. When yu select a camera, yu will see a preview frm that camera. If yu select several cameras, yu will see a preview frm the last camera yu select. When yu have selected ne r mre cameras, d the fllwing t cnfigure their mtin detectin settings: 1. Nte any green areas in the preview. Green areas are areas with mtin. Example: 2. Adjust the Sensitivity slider s that irrelevant backgrund nise is filtered ut, and nly real mtin is shwn in green. As an alternative t using the slider, yu may specify a value between 0 and 256 in the field next t the slider t cntrl the sensitivity setting. Tip: Technically, the slider determines hw much each pixel must change befre it is regarded as mtin. With a high sensitivity, very little change in a pixel is required befre it is regarded as mtin. If yu find the cncept f sensitivity difficult t grasp, try dragging the slider t the left: The mre yu drag the slider t the left, the mre f the preview becmes green. This is because with a high sensitivity even the slightest change in a pixel will be regarded as mtin. 3. Adjust the Mtin slider s that mtin detectin is nly triggered by the required level f mtin. The selected mtin level is indicated by the black vertical line in the Mtin level bar abve the sliders. The black vertical line serves as a threshld: When mtin is abve (that is t the right f) the selected level, the bar changes clr frm green t red, indicating a psitive mtin detectin. As an alternative t using the slider, yu may specify a value between 0 and in the field next t the slider t cntrl the mtin setting. Tip: Technically, the slider determines hw many pixels must change befre it is regarded as mtin. The mre yu drag the slider t the left, the fewer pixels must change befre yu have a psitive mtin detectin. Thus, as a rule f thumb, the mre yu drag the slider t the left, the mre psitive mtin detectins yu are likely t get since less change will be required t trigger a psitive mtin detectin. The number f psitive mtin detectins may subsequently affect the amunt f vide yu recrd, the amunt f ntificatins yu receive, etc. 4. Mtin detectin is vital n mst surveillance systems, but als cnsumes system resurces n the surveillance server. In the Detectin interval field, yu are therefre able t specify hw ften mtin detectin analysis shuld be carried ut n vide frm the camera. Default is every 240 millisecnds (that is clse t nce every quarter f a secnd). The interval is applied regardless f yur cameras' frame rate settings. The access summary simply lists which cameras yur users will have access t. When using the wizard, all users yu have added will have access all t cameras, including any new cameras added at a later stage. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 158

167 Cnfiguratin Yu can, hwever, limit individual users' access t cameras by changing their individual rights. Yu can add client users in tw ways, which may be cmbined. Basic user: Lets yu create a dedicated surveillance system user accunt with basic user name and passwrd authenticatin fr each individual user. T add a basic user, specify required user name and passwrd, and click the Add Basic User buttn. Repeat as required. Windws user: Lets yu imprt users defined lcally n the server, r users frm Active Directry, and authenticate them based n their Windws lgin. This generally prvides better security, and is the recmmended methd. The users yu want t add must have been defined as lcal PC users n the server. Simple file sharing must be disabled n the server. T disable simple file sharing, right-click Windws' Start buttn and select Explre. In the windw that pens, select the Tls menu, then select Flder Optins..., then the View tab. Scrll t the bttm f the tab's Advanced Settings list, and make sure that the Use simple files sharing check bx is cleared. When ready, click OK and clse the windw. Add Windws users the fllwing way: 1. Click the Add Windws User... buttn t pen the Select Users r Grups dialg. Nte that yu will nly be able t make selectins frm the lcal cmputer, even if yu click the Lcatins... buttn. 2. In the Enter the bject names t select bx, type the required user name(s), then use the Check Names feature t verify that the user name(s) yu have entered are crrect. If typing several user names, separate each name with a semicln. Example: Brian; Hannah; Karen; Wayne 3. When ready, click OK. When a user wh has been added this way lgs in with a client, the user shuld nt specify any server name, PC name, r IP address as part f the user name. Example f a crrectly specified user name: USER001. Example f an incrrectly specified user name: PC001/USER001. The user shuld f curse still specify a passwrd and any required server infrmatin. The users yu want t add must have been defined as lcal PC users n the server. Simple file sharing must be disabled n the server. T disable simple file sharing, right-click Windws' Start buttn and select Explre. In the windw that pens, select the Tls menu, then select Flder Optins..., then the View tab. Scrll t the bttm f the tab's Advanced Settings list, and make sure that the Use simple file sharing check bx is cleared. When ready, click OK and clse the windw. Add Windws users the fllwing way: 1. Click the Add Windws User... buttn t pen the Select Users r Grups dialg. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 159

168 Cnfiguratin Nte that yu will nly be able t make selectins frm the lcal cmputer, even if yu click the Lcatins... buttn. 2. In the Enter the bject names t select bx, type the required user name(s), then use the Check Names feature t verify that the user name(s) yu have entered are crrect. If typing several user names, separate each name with a semicln. Example: Brian; Hannah; Karen; Wayne 3. When ready, click OK. When a user wh has been added this way lgs in with a client, the user shuld nt specify any server name, PC name, r IP address as part f the user name. Example f a crrectly specified user name: USER001. Example f an incrrectly specified user name: PC001/USER001. The user shuld f curse still specify a passwrd and any required server infrmatin. Any prerequisites fr adding users frm a lcal database? The users must have been defined as lcal PC users n the server. Simple file sharing must be disabled n the server. T disable simple file sharing, rightclick Windws' Start buttn and select Explre. In the windw that pens, select the Tls menu, then select Flder Optins..., then the View tab. Scrll t the bttm f the tab's Advanced Settings list, and make sure that the Use simple file sharing (Recmmended) check bx is cleared. When ready, click OK and clse the windw. What is Active Directry? Active Directry is a distributed directry service included with several Windws Server perating systems; users are specified centrally in Active Directry. In shrt, the benefits f imprting user data frm Active Directry are that administratrs d nt have t create separate user accunts fr accessing the surveillance system because user authenticatin will be handled centrally by Active Directry, and that users can use their Windws lgin when accessing the surveillance system; n need t memrize separate user names and passwrds. Any prerequisites fr adding users frm Active Directry? verifies client users' identities using NTLM challenge handshake with a Micrsft Dmain Cntrller. In rder t be able t imprt users and grups thrugh Active Directry, a server with Active Directry installed and acting as dmain cntrller must be available n yur netwrk. Cnsult yur netwrk administratr if in dubt. Can I add grups frm Active Directry? Yu can nly add individual users frm Active Directry t. Active Directry als supprts grups f users, but yu cannt add such grups t. Yu can, hwever, grup individual users in, and quickly assign cmmn user rights fr all users within such grups. Add Windws users the fllwing way: 1. Click the Add Windws User... buttn. This will pen the Select Users r Grups windw. By default, yu will be able t make selectins frm yur entire directry. If yu want t narrw this, click the Select Users and Grups windw's Lcatins... buttn, and select the lcatin yu require. 2. In the Enter the bject names t select bx, type the required user names, then use the Check Names feature t verify that the user names yu have entered are recgnized. Example: Brian; Hannah; Karen; Wayne 3. When ready, click OK. When a user wh has been added frm a lcal database lgs in with a client, the user shuld nt specify any server name, PC name, r IP address as part f the user name. Example f a crrectly specified user name: USER001. Example f an incrrectly specified user name: PC001/USER001. The user shuld f curse still specify a passwrd and any required server infrmatin. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 160

169 Cnfiguratin Server name: Name f the server as it will appear in clients. Client users with rights t cnfigure their clients will see the name f the server when they create views in their clients. Lcal prt: Prt number t use fr cmmunicatin between clients and the surveillance server. The default prt number is 80; yu can change the prt number if prt 80 is used fr ther purpses in yur rganizatin. Character encding (language): Select required language/character set. Example: If the surveillance server runs a Japanese versin f Windws, select Japanese. Prvided access clients als use a Japanese versin f Windws, this will ensure that the crrect language and character encding is used in clients' cmmunicatin with the server. If using a master/slave setup, remember t specify the same language/character set n all invlved servers. Internet access: Select the check bx if the server shuld be accessible frm the internet thrugh a ruter r firewall. If selecting this ptin, als specify the public ( utside ) IP address and prt number in the fllwing fields. When using public access, the ruter r firewall used must be cnfigured s requests sent t the public IP address and prt are frwarded t the lcal ( inside ) IP address and prt f the server. Internet address: Lets yu specify a public IP address r hstname fr use when the server shuld be available frm the internet. Internet prt: Lets yu specify a prt number fr use when the shuld be available frm the internet. The default prt number is 80; yu can change the prt number if prt 80 is used fr ther purpses in yur rganizatin. Specify which drives yu want t stre cameras' recrdings n. Yu can specify separate drives/paths fr recrding and archiving. All prperties n a white backgrund are editable, prperties n a light blue backgrund cannt be edited. What is archiving? Archiving an integrated and autmated feature helps yu stre recrdings beynd the capabilities f 's standard database. Archiving thus maximizes strage capacity and minimizes risk. Fr mre detailed infrmatin, see Archiving Extends Recrding Strage. Drive: Letter representing the drive in questin, fr example C:. T add further netwrk drives, use the Netwrk drive field (described in the fllwing). Purpse: Lets yu select what yu want t use the drive fr: Nt in use: D nt use the drive. Recrding: Only available if the drive is a lcal drive n the server; netwrk drives cannt be used fr recrding. Use the drive fr string recrdings in 's regular database. Archiving: Use the drive fr archiving. Fr archiving, it is generally a gd idea t use a drive which has plenty f space. Tip: With dynamic path selectin fr archives (see descriptin in the fllwing), yu d nt have t wrry abut drive space. Rec. & Archiving: Only available if the drive is a lcal drive n the server; netwrk drives cannt be used fr recrding. Use the drive fr string recrdings in 's regular database as well as fr archiving. Recrding Path: Path t the flder in which t stre recrdings in 's regular database. Default is [drive letter]:\videdata. T brwse fr anther flder, click the brwse icn next t the required cell. Yu are nly able t specify a path t a flder n the selected drive (which must be a lcal drive). If yu change the recrding path, and there are existing recrdings at the ld lcatin, yu will be asked whether yu want t mve the recrdings t the new lcatin (recmmended), leave them at the ld lcatin, r delete them. Archiving Path: Only editable if nt using dynamic path selectin fr archives (see descriptin in the fllwing). Path t the flder in which archived recrdings shuld be stred. T brwse fr anther flder, click the brwse icn next t the required cell. Yu can specify a path t lcal r netwrked drive as required. If yu change the archiving path, and there are existing archived recrdings at the ld lcatin, yu will be asked whether yu want t mve the archived recrdings t the new lcatin (recmmended), leave them at the ld lcatin, r delete them. Ttal Size: Ttal size f the drive. Free Space: Amunt f unused space left n the drive. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 161

170 Cnfiguratin Dynamic path selectin fr archives: If using this ptin (highly recmmended), yu shuld select a number f different drives fr archiving. If the path cntaining the database is n ne f the drives yu have selected fr archiving, will always try t archive t that drive first. If nt, autmatically archives t the archiving drive with the mst available space at any time. Which drive that is may change during the archiving prcess, and archiving may therefre happen t several archiving drives during the same prcess. This fact will have n impact n hw users find and view archived recrdings. Netwrk Drive: Lets yu add a netwrk drive t the list f drives. First specify the netwrk drive, then click the Add buttn (the buttn becmes available when yu specify a netwrk drive). Nte that netwrk drives cannt be used fr recrding, nly fr archiving. Archiving schedule: Lets yu specify when yu want t autmatically mve recrdings t yur archiving path(s). Yu can specify up t 24 archiving times per day, with minimum ne hur between each ne. As a rule f thumb, the mre yu expect t recrd, the mre ften yu shuld archive. Specify when each camera shuld be nline. An nline camera is a camera that transfers vide t the server fr live viewing and further prcessing. The fact that a camera is nline will nt in itself mean that vide frm the camera is recrded (recrding settings are cnfigured n ne f the wizard's next pages). All prperties n a white backgrund are editable, prperties n a light blue backgrund cannt be edited. By default, cameras added t will autmatically be nline (Always n), and yu will nly need t mdify their nline schedules if yu require cameras t be nline nly at specific times r events. Nte, hwever, that this default may be changed as part f the scheduling ptins. Fr each camera, yu are initially able t select between tw nline schedules: Always n: The camera is always nline. Always ff: The camera is never nline. If these tw ptins are t simple fr yur needs, use the Create / Edit... buttn t specify nline schedules accrding t yur needs, and then select these schedules fr yur cameras. This way, yu can specify whether cameras shuld be nline within specific perids f time, r whether they shuld start and stp transferring vide when specific events ccur within specific perids f time. The template can help yu cnfigure similar prperties quickly. Fr example, yu have 50 cameras and yu want a particular nline schedule n all f them. Instead f having t enter the same piece f infrmatin 50 times, yu can simply enter it nce in the template, and then apply the template t the 50 cameras with nly tw clicks. Apply template: Lets yu select which cameras yu want t apply the template fr. Yu then use Apply template n selected cameras (see descriptin in the fllwing) t actually apply the template. Tip: T select all cameras in the list, click the Select All buttn. Select All: Click buttn t select all cameras in the Apply Template clumn. Clear All: Click buttn t clear all selectins in the Apply Template clumn. Apply template n selected cameras: Lets yu apply the value frm the template t selected cameras. Vide settings typically let yu cntrl bandwidth, brightness, cmpressin, cntrast, reslutin, rtatin, etc. All prperties n a white backgrund are editable, prperties n a light blue backgrund cannt be edited. Use the list in the left side f the wizard windw t select a camera and adjust its vide settings. Then select the next camera and adjust its settings, and s n. Vide settings are t a large extent camera-specific, and must therefre be cnfigured individually fr each camera. Click the Open Settings Dialg buttn t cnfigure the camera's settings in a separate dialg. When yu change vide settings, they are applied immediately. This means that fr mst cameras yu are immediately able t see the effect f yur settings in a preview image. Hwever, it als means that yu cannt und yur changes by exiting the wizard. Fr cameras set t use the vide frmats MPEG r H.264, yu are typically able t select which live frame rate t use fr the camera. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 162

171 Cnfiguratin Vide settings may feature an Include Date and Time setting. If set t Yes, date and time frm the camera will be included in vide. Nte, hwever, that cameras are separate units which may have separate timing devices, pwer supplies, etc. Camera time and system time may therefre nt crrespnd fully, and this may ccasinally lead t cnfusin. As all frames are time-stamped by upn receptin, and exact date and time infrmatin fr each image is thus already knwn, it is recmmended that the setting is set t N. Tip: Fr cnsistent time synchrnizatin, yu may if supprted by the camera autmatically synchrnize camera and system time thrugh a time server. The last page f the Replace Hardware wizard lets yu decide what t d with the camera and the database cntaining recrdings frm the camera attached t the ld hardware device. Fr multi-camera devices such as vide encders, yu must decide what t d fr each vide channel n the new hardware device. The table in the left side f the wizard page lists available vide channels n the new hardware device. Fr a regular single-camera hardware device, there will nly be ne vide channel. Fr vide encders, there will typically be several vide channels. 1. Fr each vide channel, use the table's Inherit clumn t select which camera frm the ld hardware device shuld be inherited by the new hardware device. 2. Then decide what t d with camera databases. Yu have three ptins: Inherit existing database(s): The cameras yu selected t be inherited by the new hardware device will inherit camera names, recrdings databases as well as any archives frm the ld hardware device. Databases and archives will be renamed t reflect the new hardware device's MAC address and vide channels. The rights f users with access t the inherited cameras are autmatically updated s they can view bth ld and new recrdings. Users will basically nt ntice the hardware device replacement since camera names will remain the same. Delete the existing database(s): The databases f the cameras yu selected t be inherited by the new hardware device will be deleted. New databases will be created fr future recrdings, but it will nt be pssible t view recrdings frm befre the hardware replacement. Leave the existing database(s): The databases f the cameras yu selected t be inherited by the new hardware device will nt be deleted. New databases will be created fr future recrdings, but even thugh the ld databases still exist n the server it will nt be pssible t view recrdings frm befre the hardware replacement. Shuld yu later want t delete the ld databases, deletin must take place manually. 3. If the new hardware device has fewer vide channels than the ld hardware device, it will nt be pssible fr the new hardware device t inherit all cameras frm the ld hardware device. When that is the case, yu will be asked what t d with the databases f cameras that culd nt be inherited by the new hardware device. Yu have tw ptins: Delete the databases fr the cameras that are nt inherited: The databases f the cameras that culd nt be inherited by the new hardware devices will be deleted. It will nt be pssible t view recrdings frm befre the hardware replacement. New databases will f curse be created fr future recrdings by the new hardware devices. Leave the databases fr the cameras that are nt inherited: The databases f the cameras that culd nt be inherited by the new hardware devices will nt be deleted. Even thugh the ld databases still exist n the server it will nt be pssible t view recrdings frm befre the hardware replacement. Shuld yu later want t delete the ld databases, deletin must take place manually. New databases will f curse be created fr future recrdings by the new hardware devices. 4. Click Finish. 5. When ready, restart the Recrding Server service. The hardware replacement will nt be evident in clients until yu restart the Recrding Server service. First specify details abut the new hardware device: Hardware device address: IP address r hst name f the new hardware device. Hardware device prt: Prt number t use fr cmmunicating with the hardware device. Default is prt 80. If the new hardware device is lcated behind a NAT-enabled ruter r a firewall, yu may need t specify a different prt number. When this is the case, als remember t cnfigure the ruter/firewall s it maps the prt On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 163

172 Cnfiguratin and IP addresses used by the new hardware device. User name: User name fr the hardware device's administratr accunt. Many rganizatins use the hardware device manufacturer's default user names fr their hardware devices. If that is the case in yur rganizatin, select <default> (d nt type a manufacturer's default user name as this can be a surce f errr; trust that will knw the manufacturer's default user name). Other typical user names, such as admin r rt are als selectable frm the list. If requiring a user name which is nt n the list, simply type the required user name. Tip: User names yu type yurself will subsequently be added t the list, s yu can easily select them later. Passwrd: Passwrd required t access the new hardware device's administratr accunt. Tip: If in dubt abut which user name/passwrd t use, ask yurself: Have yu previusly used a web page t cnnect t the hardware device and view vide? While yu did this, were yu als able t cnfigure camera settings, such as reslutin, etc.? If yu can answer yes t bth questins, yu were in all likelihd using the hardware device s administratr accunt, in which case yu will als knw the user name/passwrd. Then specify which device driver t use fr the new hardware device. Yu can d this in tw ways: By selecting the required vide device driver in the Hardware device type list, then clicking the Autdetect/Verify Hardware Device Type buttn t verify that the driver matches the hardware device. - r - By just clicking the Aut-detect/Verify Hardware Device Type buttn t autmatically detect and verify the right driver. When the right driver is fund, the Serial number (MAC address) field will display the MAC address f the new hardware device. The Device License Key (DLK) required t use the hardware device is issued based n this MAC address. If yu have already imprted a.dlk file which includes the DLK fr the new hardware device, the Device license key (DLK) field will be pre-filled. If nt, yu can either enter the DLK fr the new device manually in the field, r click the Imprt DLKs buttn t imprt a.dlk file which includes the DLK fr the new hardware device. When ready, click Next. Overview f Wizards Wizards guide yu thrugh cmmn tasks in : The Add Hardware Devices wizard helps yu add cameras and ther hardware devices, such as vide encders, DVRs, etc., t yur system. If micrphnes and/r speakers are attached t a hardware device, they are autmatically added as well. The Cnfigure Vide and Recrding wizard helps yu quickly cnfigure yur cameras' vide and recrding prperties. The Adjust Mtin Detectin wizard helps yu quickly cnfigure yur cameras' mtin detectin prperties. The Cnfigure User Access Wizard helps yu quickly cnfigure clients' access t the server. Add a Generic Event The RC-I NVR is able t analyze received TCP and/r UDP data packages, and autmatically trigger events when specified criteria are met. This way yu can easily integrate yur surveillance system with a very wide range f external surces, fr example access cntrl systems, alarm systems, etc. Events based n the analysis f received TCP and/r UDP packets are called generic events. 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, then expand Events and Output. Right-click Generic Events and select Add New Generic Event 2. In the Generic Event Prperties windw, click the Add buttn, and specify required prperties. When ready, click OK, r click the Add buttn t add a timer event t the event yu have just created. 3. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 164

173 Cnfiguratin Test a Generic Event Once yu have added a generic event, a quick and easy way t test yur generic event is t first set up an event ntificatin and then use Telnet t send a small amunt f data which will trigger the generic event and in turn the event ntificatin. What is Telnet? Telnet is a terminal emulatin prgram used n TCP/IP netwrks. With Telnet, yu can cnnect t a server frm a cmputer n the netwrk, and execute cmmands thrugh Telnet as if yu were entering them directly n the server. Windws includes a client fr use with Telnet. Fr this example, we have created a generic event called Vide. Our generic event simply specifies that if the term vide appears in a received TCP data package, the generic event shuld be triggered. Yur generic event may be different, but yu can still use the principles utlined in the fllwing steps: 1. In the Management Applicatin navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, then expand Cameras and Strage Infrmatin, right-click a camera t which yu have access in the Ocularis Client, and select Prperties. 2. Select Event Ntificatin, select the required generic event, and click OK. Make sure that yur generic event is the nly event appearing in the Selected Events list while yu are perfrming the test, therwise yu cannt be sure that it is yur generic event which triggers the event ntificatin. Once yu are dne testing, yu can mve any temprarily remved events back t the Selected Events list. 3. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. 4. Make sure the Recrding Server service is running. Als make sure that the camera fr which yu just cnfigured the event ntificatin is displayed in yur Ocularis Client, and that yu have camera title bars enabled in yur Ocularis Client s that yu can see the yellw event indicatr. 5. In Windws' Start menu, select Run..., and type the fllwing in the Open field: If yu are perfrming the test n the RC-I server itself: telnet lcalhst 1234 If yu are perfrming the test frm a remte cmputer: Substitute lcalhst with the IP address f the RC-I server. Example: If the IP address f the RC-I server is , type: telnet This will pen a Telnet windw. In the abve examples, the number 1234 indicates the prt n which the RC-I server listens fr generic events. Prt 1234 is the default prt fr this purpse, but it is pssible t change this by specifying anther prt number as part f the general event handling cnfiguratin. If the alert and generic event prt number has been changed n yur system, type yur system's alert and generic event prt number instead f In the Telnet windw, type the terms (s-called event substring) required t trigger yur generic event. In ur case, a single term, vide, is required: While typing in the Telnet windw, yu may experience s-called ech. This is simply the server repeating sme r all f the characters it receives; it will nt have any impact as lng as yu are sure yu type the required characters. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 165

174 Cnfiguratin 8. Clse the Telnet windw by clicking the clse buttn in its tp right crner:. It is imprtant that yu clse the windw;, yur input is nt sent t the surveillance system until yu clse the windw. 9. Lg in t the Ocularis Client. If the yellw event indicatr lights up fr the required camera, yur generic event wrks as intended. Add a Hardware Input Event With hardware input events, yu can turn input received frm input units attached t hardware devices int NVR events. Befre yu specify input fr a hardware device, verify that sensr peratin is recgnized by the hardware device. Mst hardware devices are capable f shwing this in their cnfiguratin interfaces, r via CGI script cmmands. Als check the release ntes t verify that input-cntrlled peratin is supprted fr the hardware device and firmware used. T add and/r cnfigure a hardware input event, d the fllwing: 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, then expand Events and Output. Right-click Hardware Input Events and select Enable New Input Event. 2. In the Hardware Input Event Prperties windw's list f hardware devices, expand the required hardware device t see a list f pre-defined hardware input. 3. Select the required types f input t use them as events. The types f input ften vary frm camera t camera. If mtin detectin is enabled in the NVR fr the camera in questin, nte the input type System Mtin Detectin, which lets yu turn detected mtin in the camera's vide stream int an event. Nte that sme types f input are mutually exclusive. When yu select ne type f input, yu may therefre nte that ther types f input becme unavailable fr selectin. 4. Fr each selected type f input, select required prperties. When ready, click OK, r click the Add buttn t add a timer event t the event yu have just created. 5. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Add a Hardware Output With hardware utput, yu can add external utput units, such as lights, sirens, dr peners, etc., t yur system. Once added, utput can be activated autmatically by events r detected mtin, r manually by client users. Befre yu specify utput, verify that sensr peratin is recgnized by the hardware device with which yu are ging t use the utput. Mst hardware devices are capable f shwing this in their cnfiguratin interfaces, r via CGI script cmmands. Als check the release ntes t verify that utput-cntrlled peratin is supprted fr the hardware device and firmware used. T add a hardware utput event, d the fllwing: 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, then expand Events and Output. Right-click Hardware Output and select Add New Output. 2. In the Hardware Output Prperties windw's list f hardware devices, select the required hardware device, and click the Add buttn belw the list. 3. Specify required prperties. 4. Click OK. 5. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Fr infrmatin abut hw t cnfigure autmatic activatin f hardware utput when events ccur, see Cnfigure Hardware Output n Event. Yu cnfigure utput fr manual activatin in clients as well as fr autmatic activatin n detected mtin individually fr each camera. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 166

175 Cnfiguratin Add a Manual Event With manual events, yur users with required rights can trigger events manually frm their clients. Manual events can be glbal (shared by all cameras) r tied t a particular camera (nly available when the camera is selected). Yu can use manual events fr a wide variety f purpses, fr example: As start and stp events fr use when scheduling cameras' nline perids. Fr example, yu can make a camera start r stp transferring vide t the surveillance system based n a manual event. As start and stp events fr cntrlling ther camera settings. Fr example, yu can make a camera use a higher frame rate based n a manual event r yu can use a manual event fr triggering PTZ n event. Fr triggering utput. Particular utput can be assciated with manual events. Fr triggering event-based and/r SMS ntificatins. In cmbinatins. Fr example, a manual event culd make a camera start transferring vide t the surveillance system while an utput is triggered and an ntificatin is sent t relevant peple. T add a manual event, d the fllwing: 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, then expand Events and Output. Right-click Manual Events and select Add New Manual Event 2. In the list in the left side f the Manual Event Prperties, select glbal r a camera as required. 3. Click the add buttn and specify required prperties. When ready, click OK, r click the Add buttn again t add a timer event t the event yu have just created. 4. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Add a Timer Event Timer events are separate events, triggered by the hardware input event r manual event r generic event under which they are defined. Timer events ccur a specified number f secnds r minutes after the event under which they are defined has ccurred. Timer events may be used fr a wide variety f purpses, typically fr stpping previusly triggered actins. Examples: A camera starts recrding based n a hardware input event, fr example when a dr is pened; a timer event stps the recrding after 15 secnds Lights are switched n and a camera starts recrding based n a manual event; a timer event stps the recrding after ne minute, and anther timer event switches the lights ff after tw minutes T add a timer event, select any event yu have previusly cnfigured, click the Add buttn, and specify required prperties. When ready, click OK, and save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Tip: Yu can add as many timer events as required under an event. This way yu can, fr example, make ne timer event trigger smething 10 secnds after the main event, anther timer event trigger smething else 30 secnds after the main event, and a third timer event trigger smething else 2 minutes after the main event. Add Audi Surces Yu add cameras and ther hardware devices, such as vide encders, DVRs, etc., t the system thrugh the Add Hardware Devices... wizard. If micrphnes and/r speakers are attached t a hardware device, they are autmatically added as well. When managing micrphnes and speakers, it is imprtant t remember the basic cncepts: Micrphnes are attached t hardware devices, and are typically physically lcated next t cameras. They generally recrd what peple near a camera are saying. Operatrs, with the necessary rights, can then listen t these recrdings thrugh their Ocularis Client (prvided the cmputer running the Ocularis Client has speakers attached). It is nly pssible t have ne micrphne enabled at a time. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 167

176 Cnfiguratin Speakers are als attached t devices, and als typically physically lcated next t cameras. They can transmit infrmatin t peple near a camera. Operatrs, with the necessary rights, can talk thrugh such speakers using their Ocularis Client (prvided the cmputer running the Ocularis Client has a micrphne attached). Example: An elevatr is stuck. Thrugh a camera munted in the elevatr, Ocularis Client peratrs can see that there is a persn in the elevatr. A micrphne attached t the camera recrds that the persn says: The elevatr is stuck; please help me ut! Thrugh a speaker attached t the camera, peratrs can tell the persn that: Help is n its way; yu shuld be ut in less than fifteen minutes. When managing micrphnes and speakers in RC-I, yu manage the micrphnes and speakers attached t cameras; nt micrphnes and speakers attached t Ocularis Client peratrs' cmputers. Add Basic Users When adding a basic user, yu create a dedicated surveillance system user accunt with basic user name and passwrd authenticatin fr the individual user. Nte that adding the user as a Windws user will prvide better security. If yu want t include users in grups, make sure yu add required grups befre yu add users: Yu cannt add existing users t grups. Yu can add basic users in tw ways: One is thrugh the Cnfigure User Access Wizard, the ther is described here: 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click Users, and select Add New Basic User. 2. Specify a user name. User names must be unique, and must nt cntain the fllwing characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] Then specify a passwrd, and repeat it t be sure yu have specified it crrectly. 3. Click OK. 4. Specify General Access and Camera Access prperties. These prperties will determine the rights f the user. 5. Click OK 6. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. Add Cameras & Other Hardware Devices Yu add cameras and ther hardware devices, such as vide encders, DVRs, etc., t the system thrugh the Add Hardware Devices... wizard. If micrphnes and/r speakers are attached t a hardware device, they are autmatically added as well. The wizard ffers yu fur different ways f adding cameras: Express (recmmended): Scans yur netwrk fr relevant hardware devices, and helps yu quickly add them t yur system. T use the Express methd, the RC-I server and yur cameras must be n the same layer 2 netwrk, that is a netwrk where all servers, cameras, etc. can cmmunicate withut the need fr a ruter. See Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Express. Advanced: Scans yur netwrk fr relevant hardware devices based n yur specificatins regarding required IP ranges, discvery methds, drivers, and device user names and passwrds. See Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Advanced. Manual: Lets yu specify details abut each hardware device separately. A gd chice if yu nly want t add a few hardware devices, and yu knw their IP addresses, required user names and passwrds, etc. See Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Manual. Imprt frm CSV file: Lets yu imprt data abut cameras as cmma-separated values frm a file; an effective methd if setting up several similar systems. See Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Imprt frm CSV File. Add Hardware Devices Yu add cameras and ther hardware devices, such as vide encders, DVRs, etc., t yur surveillance system thrugh the Add Hardware Devices... wizard. If micrphnes and/r speakers are attached t a hardware device, they are autmatically added as well. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 168

177 Cnfiguratin Yu are allwed t use up t 64 cameras per RC-I server. Yu are allwed t use up t 64 cameras. Yu are allwed t use up t 25 cameras. Nte that, if required, it is pssible t add mre cameras than yu are allwed t use. If using vide encder devices n yur system, keep in mind that many vide encder devices have mre than ne camera cnnected t them. Fr example, a fully used fur-prt vide encder will cunt as fur cameras. Befre yu begin using the wizard, it is highly recmmended that yu imprt yur Device License Key file int the RC-I NVR. Imprting the file is quick and easy, and it will free yu frm having t specify license keys manually fr each hardware device later. The wizard ffers yu fur different ways f adding cameras: Express (recmmended): Quickly scans yur netwrk fr devices, and helps yu quickly add them t yur system. This methd is quick and easy since it nly scans fr devices supprting device discvery, and nly n the part f yur netwrk (subnet) where the RC-I server itself is lcated. Device discvery is a methd with which hardware devices make infrmatin abut themselves available n the netwrk. Based n such infrmatin, RC-I can recgnize relevant hardware devices n yur netwrk, and thus include, fr example, cameras, but nt printers, in the scan. T use the Express methd, the RC-I server and yur cameras must be n the same layer 2 netwrk, that is a netwrk where all servers, cameras, etc. can cmmunicate withut the need fr a ruter. See Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Express. Advanced: Scans yur netwrk fr hardware devices based n yur specificatins regarding required IP ranges, discvery methds, drivers, and device user names and passwrds. See Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Advanced. Manual: Lets yu specify details abut each hardware device separately. A gd chice if yu nly want t add a few hardware devices, and yu knw their IP addresses, required user names and passwrds, etc. See Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Manual. Imprt frm CSV file: Lets yu imprt data abut cameras as cmma-separated values frm a file; an effective methd if setting up several similar systems. See Add Hardware Devices Wizard - Imprt frm CSV File. Add User Grups User grups are lgical grups created and used fr practical purpses in the Management Applicatin nly. They are nt in any way cnnected with user grups frm central directry services such as, fr example, Active Directry. By gruping users, yu can specify rights fr all users within a grup in ne step. If yu have many users perfrming similar tasks, this can save yu significant amunts f wrk. Make sure yu add grups befre yu add users: Yu cannt add existing users t grups. 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click Users, and select Add New User Grup. 2. Specify a name fr the grup. Grup names must be unique, and must nt cntain the fllwing characters: < > & ' " \ / : *? [ ] 3. Click OK. 4. Specify General Access and Camera Access prperties. These prperties will determine the rights f the grup's future members. 5. Click OK 6. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. 7. Nw yu can add users t the grup: In the navigatin pane, right-click the grup yu just created, and Add Basic Users r Add Windws Users as required. Add Windws Users When adding Windws users, yu imprt users defined lcally n the server, r users frm Active Directry, and authenticate them based n their Windws lgin. This generally prvides better security than the basic user cncept, and is the recmmended methd. If yu want t include users in grups, make sure yu add required grups befre yu add users: Yu cannt add existing users t grups. Yu can add Windws users in tw ways: One is thrugh the Cnfigure User Access Wizard, the ther is described here: On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 169

178 Cnfiguratin The users yu want t add must have been defined as lcal PC users n the server. Simple file sharing must be disabled n the server. T disable simple file sharing, right-click Windws' Start buttn and select Explre. In the windw that pens, select the Tls menu, then select Flder Optins..., then the View tab. Scrll t the bttm f the tab's Advanced Settings list, and make sure that the Use simple files sharing check bx is cleared. When ready, click OK and clse the windw. 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click Users, and select Add New Windws User. This will pen the Select Users r Grups dialg. Nte that yu will nly be able t make selectins frm the lcal cmputer, even if yu click the Lcatins... buttn. 2. In the Enter the bject names t select bx, type the required user name(s), then use the Check Names feature t verify that the user name(s) yu have entered are crrect. If typing several user names, separate each name with a semicln. Example: Rich; Matthew; Marc; Ari 3. When ready, click OK. The users yu want t add must have been defined as lcal PC users n the server. Simple file sharing must be disabled n the server. T disable simple file sharing, right-click Windws' Start buttn and select Explre. In the windw that pens, select the Tls menu, then select Flder Optins..., then the View tab. Scrll t the bttm f the tab's Advanced Settings list, and make sure that the Use simple file sharing check bx is cleared. When ready, click OK and clse the windw. 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click Users, and select Add New Windws User. This will pen the Select Users r Grups dialg. Nte that yu will nly be able t make selectins frm the lcal cmputer, even if yu click the Lcatins... buttn. 2. In the Enter the bject names t select bx, type the required user name(s), then use the Check Names feature t verify that the user name(s) yu have entered are crrect. If typing several user names, separate each name with a semicln. Example: Rich; Matthew; Marc; Ari 3. When ready, click OK. Any prerequisites fr adding users frm a lcal database? The users must have been defined as lcal PC users n the server. Simple file sharing must be disabled n the server. T disable simple file sharing, right-click Windws' Start buttn and select Explre. In the windw that pens, select the Tls menu, then select Flder Optins..., then the View tab. Scrll t the bttm f the tab's Advanced Settings list, and make sure that the Use simple file sharing (Recmmended) check bx is cleared. When ready, click OK and clse the windw. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 170

179 Cnfiguratin What is Active Directry? Active Directry is a distributed directry service included with several Windws Server perating systems; users are specified centrally in Active Directry. In shrt, the benefits f imprting user data frm Active Directry are that administratrs d nt have t create separate user accunts fr accessing the surveillance system because user authenticatin will be handled centrally by Active Directry, and that users can use their Windws lgin when accessing the surveillance system; n need t memrize separate user names and passwrds. Any prerequisites fr adding users frm Active Directry? verifies client users' identities using NTLM challenge handshake with a Micrsft Dmain Cntrller. In rder t be able t imprt users and grups thrugh Active Directry, a server with Active Directry installed and acting as dmain cntrller must be available n yur netwrk. Cnsult yur netwrk administratr if in dubt. Can I add grups frm Active Directry? Yu can nly add individual users frm Active Directry t. Active Directry als supprts grups f users, but yu cannt add such grups t. Yu can, hwever, grup individual users in, and quickly assign cmmn user rights fr all users within such grups. 1. In the Management Applicatin's navigatin pane, expand Advanced Cnfiguratin, right-click Users, and select Add New Windws User. This will pen the Select Users r Grups windw. By default, yu will be able t make selectins frm yur entire directry. If yu want t narrw this, click the Select Users and Grups windw's Lcatins... buttn, and select the lcatin yu require. 2. In the Enter the bject names t select bx, type the required user names, then use the Check Names feature t verify that the user names yu have entered are recgnized. Example: Rich; Matthew; Marc; Ari 3. When ready, click OK. 4. Specify General Access and Camera Access prperties. These prperties will determine the rights f the user. 5. Click OK 6. Save yur cnfiguratin changes by clicking the Save Cnfiguratin buttn in the Management Applicatin's tlbar. When a user wh has been added frm a lcal database lgs in with a client, the user shuld nt specify any server name, PC name, r IP address as part f the user name. When a user wh has been added frm a lcal database lgs in with a client, the user shuld nt specify any server name, PC name, r IP address as part f the user name. Example f a crrectly specified user name: USER001. Example f an incrrectly specified user name: PC001/USER001. The user shuld f curse still specify a passwrd and any required server infrmatin. Apply r Save Cnfiguratin Changes Whenever yu make changes in the NVR cnfiguratin, yu will be asked t apply them: If yu made the changes in ne f the Management Applicatin's dialgs, yu simply apply them by clicking OK. If yu made the changes in ne f the Management Applicatin's summary tables, click the Apply buttn belw the summary table. Applying a cnfiguratin change means that the change is stred by the RC-I NVR in a restre pint (s that yu can return t a wrking cnfiguratin if smething ges wrng), but applying a cnfiguratin change des nt mean that the changes will take immediate effect n the surveillance system. On-Net Surveillance Systems, Inc. 171